Title Page-Subject Cards

SUBJECT CARDS

FACULTY: ELECTRONICS

MAIN FIELD OF STUDY: AUTOMATICS AND ROBOTICS

EDUCATION LEVEL: 1st

level, Engineer

FORM OF STUDIES: full-time

PROFILE: general academic

LANGUAGE OF STUDY: polish

SPECJALIZATION: ARK – Computerized Control Networks

ARR - Robotics

ARS – Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing

ART – Information Technologies in Control System

ASI – Information Technology in Control System

1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Modele układów dynamicznych Name in English Models of dynamics system Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK001 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 15 30

Number of hours of total student workload (CNPS)

50 60 70

Form of crediting exam crediting with grade

crediting with grade

For group of courses mark (X) final course

X

Number of ECTS points 6

including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes

- 2 2

including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student contact (BK) classes

1 1 2

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W01, K1AIR_W02, K1AIR_W03, K1AIR_W06 K1AIR_U01, K1AIR_U02, K1AIR_U03, K1AIR_U04

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To acquire knowledge of description form and research methods of dynamics system properties C2. To acquire skill to construct dynamic models of simple physical systems C3. To acquire skill to analytical research of dynamic properties C4. To acquire skill to prepare and carry on simulation research

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS The course should result with a student’s ability to:

relating to knowledge (K1AIR_W21): PEK_W01 – characterize fundamental mathematical form of a description and analysis of system

dynamics – differential equation on 1.order, state space equations and transmittance PEK_W02 – explain dynamics properties on base of a poles placement, step and impulse response, and

Bode characteristic PEK_W03 – indicate parameters, properties and examples of fundamental dynamics elements PEK_W04 – explain principles of construction of dynamics systems on the base of fundamental

conservation laws PEK_W05 – describe fundamental method of identification on the base of transient response and

frequency charcteristic PEK_W06 – specify simulating methods of research of dynamics properties

2

relating to skills (K1AIR_U21): PEK_U01 – construct models of simply hydraulic, thermal, electrical and mechanical systems on the

base on the conservation laws PEK_U02 – convert one form of model into another: linear differential equation n-order into state space

system or transmittance, equations into transmittances PEK_U03 – determine an equilibrium state and test a stability of a linear system described with the help

of differential equation n-order, state space equations or transmittance, PEK_U04 – simulate in Matlab/Simulink (Scilab) a step and impulse response of systems described

with the help of ordinary differential equations, or transmittances PEK_U05 – describe dynamic properties using precise notions relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – carry on research and documentation PEK_K02 – verify own research

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number of hours

Lec 1 Static and dynamics description. Analytical solution of a linear differential equation and its application in description of dynamics properties.

2

Lec 2a Equilibrium state. Poles of a system 1

Lec 2b Simulation solution of differential equations – construction and verification of model diagram.

1

Lec 3 Methods of analysis of dynamics properties (equation 2. order). Oscillation equation. Phase portrait

2

Lec 4a Construction of models of open tanks 1

Lec 4b Description of dynamics with the help of state space equations and transmittances

1

Lec 5a Fundamental dynamics elements 1

Lec 5b Construction of models of thermal plant 1

Lec 6 Frequency characteristics. Asymptotes of Bode characteristics 2

Lec 7 Construction of models of mechanical and electrical systems. Analogies of electrical, mechanical, hydraulic and thermal systems

2

Lec 8 Models as such a cognitive tool. Methodology of construction of models 2

Lec 9 General typology of models 2

Lec 10 Simulation of nonlinear dynamic models 2

Lec 11 Probabilistic models. Simulation of stochastic processes 2

Lec 12 Analog simulations. Introduction to parallel simulations 2

Lec 13 Methods of numerical integration of ordinary differential equation systems 2

Lec 14-15 Hybrid simulations 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes - class Number of

hours

Cl 1 Static and characteristic equation 1 Cl 2 Poles placement and a step/implus response 2 Cl 3 Properties and parameters of an oscillator equation. Different method of analysis

on the base of a second order model 2

Cl 4 Method of analysis of state space equations. Determination and analysis of a 2

3

transfer function. Construction and analysis of models of open hydraulic systems Cl 5 Construction and analysis of models of thermal systems 2 Cl 6 Parameters and properties of fundamental dynamics elements in time domain 2 Cl 7 Determination and application of asymptotes of Bode characteristics 2 Cl 8 Construction of models of mechanical and electrical systems 2 Total hours 15

Form of classes - laboratory Number of hours

Lab 1 Health and safety at work. Introduction to Matlab – plot function and operations on matrices

2

Lab 2 Static characteristic of plant. 2 Lab 3 Function of time: compound the exponential function and the sinus function 2 Lab 4 Simulation solution of a second order differential equation 2 Lab 5 Simulation research of variants of differential equation 2 Lab 6 Generation of phase portraits 2 Lab 7 Simulation research of nonlinear models (cascade of tanks) 2 Lab 8 Alternative methods of an analysis of linear models (state space equation,

transfer function) 2

Lab 9-11 Preparation and operation of simulation research of a chosen plant (research project)

6

Lab 12 Application and research of dynamics elements in time domain 2 Lab 13 Research of dynamics elements in frequency domain 2 Lab 14-15 Another methods of a construction of models in simulation programs 4 Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with projector N2. Class N3. Laboratory N4. Student’s work – study for a laboratories, paper reports N5. Student’s work – problem collection N6. Student’s work – self study N7. Consultations

EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEME NT

Evaluation F – forming (during semester), P – concluding (at semester end)

Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

F1, F2 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03 PEK_U05, PEK_K03

writen short tests and one general test

F3 PEK_U03 ÷ PEK_04 PEK_K01÷ PEK_K03

paper reports

F4 written test in the field of lecture C = 0,3*(F1+F2) + 0,3*F3+0,4*F4 if F1+F2>=3,0 i F3>=3 i F4>=3,0

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE

4

PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Czemplik A., Praktyczne wprowadzenie do opisu, analizy i symulacji dynamiki obiektów, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2012 [2] Czemplik A., Modele dynamiki układów fizycznych dla inżynierów, WNT, Warszawa 2008 [3] Close C.C., Frederick D.K., Newell J.C., Modeling and analysis of dynamic systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2002

[4] Osowski S., Modelowanie i symulacja układów i procesów dynamicznych, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 2007 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Franklin G.F. i in., Feedback control of dynamic systems, Pearson, 2010

[2] Halawa J., Symulacja i komputerowe projektowanie dynamiki układów sterowania,Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2007

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Anna Czemplik, 71 320 32 85; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT

Models of dynamics system AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics Subject educational effect Correlation between subject

educational effect and educational effects defined for main field of

study and specialization (if applicable)**

Subject objectives***

Programme content***

Teaching tool number***

PEK_W01, PEK_W02 (knowledge) K1AIR_W21, K1AIR_W23 C1

Lec1, Lec2a, Lec3

1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_W21, K1AIR_W23 C3 Lec 3, Lec5a,

Lec6 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_W21 C1,C4 Lec 4a, Lec5b

Lec7 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_W21 C4 Lec 6 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_W21 C5 Lec 2b 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U01 (skills) K1AIR_U21 C5 Lab4,Lab5,

Lab8 1,2,5

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U21 C4 Lab4,Lab6,

Lab7 1,2,5

PEK_U03 K1AIR_U21 C3,C4 Cl1÷4, Cl6÷7

Lab4-15 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U04 K1AIR_U21 C5 Lab4-15 1,3,4,5

PEK_U05 K1AIR_U22 C3 Cl1÷8 1,2,5

PEK_K01 (competences) C5 Lab1÷Lab15 1,3,4,5

PEK_K02 C5 Lab1÷Lab15 Cl1÷8

1,2,3,4,5

** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects *** - from table above

5

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Mechanika analityczna Name in English Analytic mechanics Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK002 Group of courses YES

Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 15


40 50

Form of crediting crediting with grade



X

Number of ECTS points

3


- 1


1 1

*delete as applicable

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W01, K1AIR_W02, K1AIR_W03, K1AIR_W04, K1AIR_W05, K1AIR_W06,

K1AIR_ W11

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Gain knowledge of mathematical methods of motion description C2 Learn of fundamental concepts and methods of Newtonian, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian mechanics C3 Gain knowledge of kinematic and dynamic models of systems with constraints C4 Get insight into analytic methods of mechanics enabling the student to read and understand the literature C5 Get acquainted with life and achievements of father-founders of analytic mechanics

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - knows mathematical methods of description of the motion kinematics PEK_W02 - knows mathematical methods of description of the motion dynamics PEK_W03 - understands the formalism of Newtonian mechanics PEK_W04 - understands the formalism of Lagrangian mechanics PEK_W05 - understands the formalism of Hamiltonian mechanics PEK_W06 - understands the methods of description and analysis of constrained system

kinematics PEK_W07 - understands the methods of description and analysis of constrained system

dynamics PEK_W08 - knows the tools used for creating mathematics models of automation and

robotics systems PEK_W09 - understands mechanical inspirations of developmnet of mathematics and control

theory relating to skills: PEK_U01 - can use the tools of kinematics and dynamics motion analysis PEK_U02 - can create Lagrangian models of mechanical systems PEK_U03 - can create Hamiltonian models of mechanical systems PEK_U04 - can create control theoretic representations of kinematics of constrained

systems PEK_U05 - can create control theoretic representations of dynamics of constrained systems PEK_U06 - can solve paradigmatic modeling problems of automation and robotics systems relating to social competences: PEK_K01- understands significance of information retrival and critical analysis PEK_K02 - can debate, rationally explain, and justify his/her own standpoint relying on the

subject knowledge PEK_K03 - understands the process of growing knowledge in the field of analytic mechanics

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes – lecture Number of hours

Lec 1 Newtonian mechanics 2

Lec 2 Linear and angular momentum, energy, conservation principles 2

Lec 3 Rigid body kinematics 2

Lec 4,5

Introduction into calculus of variations 4

Lec 6,7

Lagrangian mechanics 4

Lec 8 Geometric interpretation of equations of motion: Riemannian metric 2

Lec 9,10

Hamiltonian mechanics 4

Lec 11 Holonomic and nonholonomic constraints 2

Lec 12 Kinematics of systems with constraints 2

Lec 13 Dynamics of systems with constraints 2

Lec 14 Aanlysis of examples from automation and robotics 2

Lec 15 Test 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes – class Number of hours

Cl 1 Kepler's laws of planetary motion 2 Cl 2 Pursuit problem and the brachistochrone 2 Cl 3,4 Lagrangian models of dynamics 4 Cl 5 Hamiltonian models of dynamics 2 Cl 6,7 Modeling systems with constraints 4 Cl 8 Test 1 Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture N2. Classes N3. Consultations N4. Independent work – solving example problems N5. Independent work – literature study


Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), P – concluding (at semester end)


F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09; test F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09;

PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U06; active participation in classes, test

C=0.4*F1+0.6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: (ALL IN POLISH)

[1] W. Rubinowicz, W. Królikowski: „Mechanika teoretyczna”, PWN, W-wa, 1995.

[2] G. Gutowski: „Mechanika analityczna”, PWN, W-wa, 1971.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: (ALL IN POLISH)

[1] K. Tchoń et al.: "Manipulatory i roboty mobilne: modele, planowanie ruchu, sterowanie", Akad. Oficyna Wyd. PLJ., W-wa, 2000. [2] W. I Arnold: „Metody matematyczne mechaniki klasycznej”, PWN, W-wa, 1981

[3] I. M. Gelfand, S. W. Fomin: „Rachunek wariacyjny”, PWN, W-wa, 1979.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Krzysztof Tchoń, [email protected]


Analytic mechanics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION …...................

Subject educational effect Correlation between subject educational effect and

educational effects defined for main field of study and

specialization (if applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1AIR_W22, K1AIR_W28 C1 Wy1, Wy3, Wy12

1,3,4,5

PEK_W02 K1AIR_W22, K1AIR_W28 C1 Wy1, Wy6,7, Wy 9,10,

Wy13

1,3,4,5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_W22 C2, C5 Wy1,2 1,3,4,5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_W22, K1AIR_W28 C2, C4, C5 Wy6,7,8 1,3,4,5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_W22, K1AIR_W28 C2, C4, C5 Wy9,10 1,3,4,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_W22, K1AIR_W28, S2ARR_W01, S2ARR_W05

C3 Wy11,12 1,3,4,5

PEK_W07 K1AIR_W22, K1AIR_W28, S2ARR_W01, S2ARR_W02,

S2ARR_W05

C3, C4, C5 Wy13 1,3,4,5


S2ARR_W05

C1, C2, C3 Wy14 1,3,4,5

PEK_W09 K1AIR_W22, K2AIR_W06, K2AIR_W07, K2AIR_W08

C1-C5 Wy1-Wy15 1,3,4,5

PEK_U01 (skills) K1AIR_U23, K1AIR_U29 C1, C2, C4 Ćw1-Ćw8 2,3,4

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U23, K1AIR_U29 C2, C4 Ćw3,4 2,3,4

PEK_U03 K1AIR_U23 C2, C4 Ćw5 2,3,4

PEK_U04 K1AIR_U23, K1AIR_U29 C1, C3, C4 Ćw6,7 2,3,4

PEK_U05 K1AIR_U23, K1AIR_U29 C3,C4 Ćw6,7 2,3,4

PEK_U06 K1AIR_U23, K1AIR_U29 C1, C3, C4 Ćw1-Ćw8 2,3,4

PEK_K01 - PEK_K03(competences)

K1AIR_W22, K1AIR_W28 K2AIR_W06, K2AIR_W07,

K2AIR_W08

C4, C5 Wy1-Wy15, Ćw1-Ćw8

1,2,3,5


1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012 FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS

SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish: Podstawy elektrotechniki i elektroniki Name in English: Foundations of electrical engineering and electronics Main field of study: Control Engineering and Robotics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: AREK003 Group of courses: YES


15 15 15 0 0


30 60 60 0 0




Examination / crediting with grade*



X

Number of ECTS points 5 including number of ECTS

points for practical (P) classes 2 2

including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student

contact (BK) classes

1 1 1

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_W01 2. K1AIR_W02 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Become familiar with the basic concepts in the circuits theory. C2. The acquisition of skills for solving of simple circuits with phasor and operator methods. C3. The acquisition of skills for basic measurement of linear and nonlinear electrical networks. *delete as applicable

2

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – has a basic knowledge about the models of components of electrical circuits. PEK_W02 – knows analysis methods of electrical networks in steady-state with sine excitations

(the phasor method). PEK_W03 – has got a knowledge of an operator method based on Laplace transformation, knows

a concept of the transfer function and frequency response. PEK_W04 – knows a concept of a two-port and its description using proper and working parameters. relating to skills: PEK_U01 – can use the phasor method for circuits analysis, is capable to evaluate of power in

networks with sine inputs, can formulate and solve a load matching problem to obtain maximum of real power.

PEK_U02 – can evaluate Laplace-transform and inverse Laplace-transform, is capable to built operational equivalent networks and set up and solve operational equations describing an electrical network.

PEK_U03 – is capable to evaluate proper and working parameters of the two-port using analytical as well as measuring methods.

PEK_U04 – is capable to analyse an electrical network containing a single nonlinear resistance-type component, can compute its static and dynamic parameters.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Parameters of period signals (mean and RMS value). Current-voltage description of RLC elements and sources.

2

Lec 2 Complex representation of sinusoidal signal. Ohm’s and Kirchhoff’s laws in complex notation. Complex impedance and admittance.

2

Lec 3 Mesh currents method, nodal voltages method. 2 Lec 4 Basic theorems of circuits theory. 2 Lec 5 Two-ports, matrix description, working parameters. 2 Lec 6 Laplace transform, properties, invers transform. 2

Lec 7 Transient analysis in RLC circuits. Transfer function, transient characteristics, stability.

2

Lec 8 Repetytorium. 1 Total hours 15

Form of classes - class Number of hours Cl 1,Cl 2,Cl 3 Phasor method 6 Cl 4 Repetytorium 1 Cl 5,Cl 6,Cl 7 Operator method 6 Cl 8 Repetytorium 2 Total hours 15

3

Form of classes - laboratory Number of hours Lab 1 Introduction 1 Lab 2 Basic theorems of circuits theory 4 Lab 3 Measurement of two-ports parameters 4 Lab 4 Nonlinear networks 4 Lab 5 Supplementary laboratory and crediting 2 Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED 1. Lecture – traditional. 2. Classes – solving tasks on the blackboard. 3. Laboratory – taking measurements and their documentation. 4. Own work – solving tasks from the list. 5. Own work – preparation to laboratory, writing the report. 6. Consultations.



Educational effect number

Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

F1 PEK_W01 – 04, PEK_U01 – 02

Repetytorium

F2 PEK_U01 – 04, PEK_W04

Carrying out of the exercise and the report

P = F1 + fix(F2 – F1)/2

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] W. Wolski, Teoretyczne podstawy techniki analogowej, Oficyna Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 2007. [2] Materiały dydaktyczne do ćwiczeń i laboratorium na stronie internetowej Zakładu Teorii Obwodów. SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] J. Osiowski, J. Szabatin, Podstawy teorii obwodów, WNT, Warszawa 2006.

[2] S. Osowski, K. Siwek, M. Śmiałek, Teoria obwodów, Oficyna Wyd. PWa, Warszawa 2006. [3] S. Bolkowski, Teoria obwodów elektrycznych, WNT, Warszawa 2008.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

• Andrzej Jarząbek , [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR Foundations of electrical engineering and electronics

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control Engineering and Robotics

Subject

educational effect

Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for main field of study and specialization (if

applicable)**




PEK_W01 K1AIR_W19 C1 Lec 1 1,2,6 PEK_W02 K1AIR_W19 C1,C2 Lec 2,3,4 1,2,3,6 PEK_W03 K1AIR_W19 C1,C2 Lec 6, Lec 7 1,2,6 PEK_W04 K1AIR_W19 C1 Lec 5 1,3,6 PEK_U01 K1AIR_U18, K1AIR_U19 C1,C2 Cl 1,2,3,

Lab 2,3 1,2,3,4,5,6

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U18, K1AIR_U19 C1,C2 Cl 5,6 1,2,4,6 PEK_U03 K1AIR_U18, K1AIR_U19 C1,C3 Lab 2,3 1,3,5,6 PEK_U04 K1AIR_U18, K1AIR_U19 C1,C3 Lab 4 3,5,6


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Urządzenia obiektowe automatyki Name in English: Object devices of automatic control systems Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1nd level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK004 Group of courses YES

Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar

Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 30


90 90


For group of courses mark (X) final course X



- 3


2 3


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. The student gains the knowledge about sensors constructions and methods of measurement of physical phenomena. C2. The student gains the basic knowledge in the field of working and construction of control devices used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems. C3. The student gains skills of configuration of control devices used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems. C4. The student gains the basic skills of designing of SCADA applications for operation stations and visualization systems. C5. The student gains the knowledge in the field of methods of power supply and the basic protection of control devices used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems. C6. The student gains the basic skills of programming PLC controllers as a central measurement station. C7. The student gains the basic knowledge in the field of standards and methods of communication and data exchange of control devices used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems.

C8. The student gains the basic skills of searching and exploiting of user manuals, catalog of industrial equipment, technological schema of industrial processes.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – The student knows the sensors constructions and methods of measurement of

physical phenomena. PEK_W02 – The student knows the basic rules of working and construction of control devices

used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems. PEK_W03 – The student can select the proper configuration of control devices used in

automatic control installations, which is based on the technical documentation. PEK_W04 – The student can suggest the simple SCADA applications for operation stations or

visualization systems. PEK_W05 – The student knows the methods of power supply and the basic protection of object

devices of automatic control systems in particular executive devices. PEK_W06 – The student knows the basic functions and blocks of PLC ladder language. PEK_W07 – The student has the basic knowledge in the field of analog and digital

measurement standards used in communication and data exchange of control devices in in automatic control installations.

PEK_W08 – The student has the basic knowledge in the field of standards and methods of serial communication used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems.

PEK_W09 – The student has the knowledge necessary to understand technological schema of industrial processes.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – The student is able to connect devices for measurement and assess the correctness

of results measured directly on a sensor or on a control device. PEK_U02 – The student is able to match a configuration of control devices using user manuals. PEK_U03 – The student is able to perform a simple SCADA application for an operation

station or visualization system. PEK_U04 – The student is able to match a configuration of PLC and other controllers and make

a program for these devices, which executes a function of central measurement station or simple control system.

PEK_U05 – The student is able to use technological schema of industrial processes. PEK_U06 – The student is able to correctly connect an industrial device to electrical installation

using user manuals. PEK_U07 – The student is able to connect a device with a serial communication net RS-485 relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – The student has an awareness of an importance of ability of information searching

and critical analysis of this information. PEK_K02 – The student understands the necessity of self-education and developing abilities to

self-using of the student's own knowledge and skills.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of lecture Number

of hours

Lec1 Introduction and presentation the overall structure of the master SCADA system.

1

Lec1,2 Sensors and different methods of measuring of basic physical phenomena 2

Lec2 Sensors and different methods of directly and indirectly measuring 1

Lec3 Standards and signals of measurement 1

Lec3,4 Measurement converters and other devices to convert signals of measurement 3

Lec5,6 The devices and equipment working in digital standard 3

Lec6,7 Methods of power supply and protecting of industrial devices, methods and symbols used in electric designs

2

Lec7 Norms and standards used to technological schema of industrial processes 1

Lec8 Devices used as central measurement stations. The function of PLC controller in a distributed control system.

2

Lec9 Construction and configuration of PLC controller. Methods of programming of PLC controller

2

Lec10 The basic structure and rules of ladder language. The memory structure and types of values in PLC controller

2

Lec11 Timers and counters and other functions for collection, buffering and registration data in PLC controller

1

Lec11,12

Communication and data exchange in devices used in systems of industrial control devices

2

Lec12,13

Serial communication standards used in systems of acquisition of measuring data

2

Lec13,14

SCADA systems and operator panels in systems of acquisition of measuring data

3

Lec15 Security and protective systems. Examples of automatic protection systems on production lines, the hierarchy of alarms, alarm and event registration, procedures, levels of access to the systems.

2

Total hours 30

Form of laboratory Number

of hours

La1 Training of health and safety-at-work legislation. Organizational details 2

La2 Introduction and presentation of laboratory tasks, students' acquainting with laboratory devices and models of objects

4

La3 Measurement converters and sensors tests 4

La4 The digital standard working devices tests. Students' acquainting with power supply and protective equipment of industrial devices

4

La5 Configuring a multifunction controller. The task of configuration of a multifunction controller as a central measurement station.

4

multifunction controller as a central measurement station.

La6 Configuring a PLC controller. The task of configuration of a PLC controller as a central measurement station.

4

La7 The operation station in SCADA visualization system. 4

La8 Configuring and testing measurement converters. Setting the application of the operation station in SCADA visualization system with PLC controller in motion.

4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED 1. Informational Lecture with multimedia presentation 2. Laboratory classes 3. Tutorial 4. Students' individual work before each laboratory class 5. Students' individual work and study to the final test




F1 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U07 PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Oral answers, control of work during the laboratory classes, written reports of laboratory

tasks F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09 The written final exam

P = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Nawrocki Waldemar, Rozproszone systemy pomiarowe,WKiŁ, 2006

[2] Kasprzyk J., Programowanie sterowników przemysłowych. WNT, Warszawa 2006

[3] Krzesaj-Janyszek Barbara, Pomiary ciśnienia. Wybrane problemy konstrukcji i technologii przyrządów pomiarowych, PIAP, Warszawa 2005

[4] Taler D., Sokołowski J., Pomiary cieplne (zwężkowe) w przemyśle, PAK 2006

SUPPLEMENTARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bolton W.: Programmable Logic Controllers, Elsevier 2003

[2] Korytkowski Jacek, Układy przetworników cyfrowo-analogowych napięcia, prądu i rezystancji oraz metoda ich analizy, PIAP Warszawa 2004

[3] Jakuszewski Ryszard, Programowanie systemów Scada - iFix 4.0 PL, wydawca: Jacka Skalmierskiego, 2008

[4] Trybus L.: Regulatory wielofunkcyjne, WNT, Warszawa 1992

User manuals: [1],GE INTELLIGENT PLATFORMS - PROFICY MACHINE EDITION, Inc., 2011

[2], GE INTELLIGENT PLATFORMS – 90-30, Inc., 2011

[2] Podręcznik InTouch. Wizualizacja. Invensys Systems, Inc., 2011

[3] SIPROM DR24. Graphic Configuration of the Multifunction Unit SIPART DR24. Manual. SIEMENS. Issue 05/96

[4] SIPROM DR24. Handbuch. 6DR1125-8KB. Siemens AG,1992.

Jurnals:

[1] Pomiary Automatyka Kontrola SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Lower Michał, 71 320 29 68; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Object devices of automatic control systems


Subject educational effect Correlation between subject educational effect and educational

effects defined for main field of study and specialization (if

applicable)**




(knowledge) PEK_W01 K1AIR_W11,

K1AIR_ W25

C1 Lec1, Lec2, 1,3,5

PEK_W02 K1AIR_W11,

K1AIR_ W25

C2 Lec3-Lec6, Lec15

1,3,5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_W3,

K1AIR_ W25,

K1AIR_ W26

C3 Lec3,Lec4, 1,3,5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_W27 C4 Lec1,

Lec13-Lec15,

1,3,5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_W10,

K1AIR_ W25

C5 Lec6, Lec7, 1,3,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_W26 C6 Lec8-Lec10, 1,3,5

PEK_W07,

PEK_W08

K1AIR_ W25,

K1AIR_ W27

C7 Lec02,

Lec11-Lec13,

1,3,5

PEK_W09 K1AIR_W10,

K1AIR_ W25

C8 Lec7 1,3,5

PEK_U01 K1AIR-U5,

K1AIR_ U7,

K1AIR-U19,

K1AIR_ U26

C4-5, C7-8 La3,La4,La8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U02 K1AIR_ U26 C4, C6 La5,La6,La8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U03 K1AIR_ U26 C7 La7,La8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U04 K1AIR_ U26 C4, C6 La5,La6 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U05 K1AIR_ U20,

K1AIR_ U44

C3-8 La2 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U06 K1AIR_ U20,

K1AIR_ U44

C7, C8 La4 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U07 K1AIR_ U26 C2-8 La8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 K1AIR_K04

C8

Lec1÷Lec15

La1÷La8

1,2,3,4,5


1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 33/2012 WYDZIAŁ …W4…

KARTA PRZEDMIOTU Nazwa w języku polskim …Systemy analogowe i cyfrowe……. Nazwa w języku angielskim …Analog and digital systems…………. Kierunek studiów (jeśli dotyczy): …Automatyka i Robotyka…. Specjalność (jeśli dotyczy): ………ND…………….. Stopień studiów i forma: I stopień, stacjonarna Rodzaj przedmiotu: obowiązkowy Kod przedmiotu AREK005 Grupa kursów TAK

Wykład Ćwiczenia Laboratorium Projekt Seminarium Liczba godzin zajęć zorganizowanych w Uczelni (ZZU)

15 30

Liczba godzin całkowitego nakładu pracy studenta (CNPS)

60 60

Forma zaliczenia Egzamin / zaliczenie na ocenę*

Egzamin / zaliczenie na ocenę*




Dla grupy kursów zaznaczyć kurs końcowy (X)

X

Liczba punktów ECTS 4 w tym liczba punktów

odpowiadająca zajęciom o charakterze praktycznym

(P)

2

w tym liczba punktów ECTS odpowiadająca zajęciom

wymagającym bezpośredniego kontaktu

(BK)

1 2

*niepotrzebne skreślić

WYMAGANIA WST ĘPNE W ZAKRESIE WIEDZY, UMIEJ ĘTNOŚCI I INNYCH KOMPETENCJI

K1AIR_ W08, K1AIR_ W19, K1AIR_U07, K1AIR_ U18, K1AIR_ U19. \

CELE PRZEDMIOTU C1: Zdobycie wiedzy na temat budowy, zasad działania i właściwości elementarnych

analogowych układów elektronicznych i trendów rozwojowych w tej dziedzinie. C2: Uzyskanie umiejętności projektowania elementarnych układów elektronicznych. C3: Poznanie narzędzi komputerowego wspomagania projektowania i symulacji typu SPICE C4: Zdobycie umiejętności zaprojektowania elementarny układ elektroniczny i

przeprowadzenia jego symulację w programie typu SPICE. C5: Zdobycie podstawowych umiejętność zrealizowania elementarnego układu

2

elektronicznego, uruchomienie go oraz pomiar jego podstawowych parametrów. C6: Doskonalenie umiejętności przedstawienia wyników pomiarowych w przejrzystej

formie.

PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA Z zakresu wiedzy: PEK_W01: Student objaśnia budowę i zasadę działania elementarnych układów

elektronicznych, PEK_W02: Student wymienia i objaśnia podstawowe metody i techniki obliczeniowe w

projektowaniu elementarnych układów analogowych (w tym komputerowe) PEK_W03: Student wskazuje trendy rozwojowe analogowych układów elektronicznych, w

tym układów scalonych. Z zakresu umiejętności: PEK_U01 – Student potrafi zaprojektować elementarny układ elektroniczny i przeprowadzić

jego symulację w programie typu SPICE. PEK_U02 – Student potrafi zrealizować prosty układ elektroniczny, uruchomić go oraz

zmierzyć jego podstawowe parametry. PEK_U03 – Student potrafi napisać w przejrzystej formie raport z przeprowadzonych

eksperymentów Z zakresu kompetencji społecznych: --------

TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE

Forma zajęć - wykład Liczba godzin

Wy1 Zasilacze sieciowe; stabilizatory napięcia i prądu; przetwornice napięcia.

1

Wy2-5

Parametry wzmacniaczy elektronicznych; wzmacniacze tranzystorowe z tranzystorami BJT, FET, MOSFET (polaryzacja; model małosygnałowy; wzmacniacze impulsowe, szerokopasmowe i mocy)

4

Wy6-11 Wzmacniacz operacyjny i jego zastosowania (wzmacniacz odwracający i nieodwracający; układ całkujący i różniczkujący; filtry; zastosowania nieliniowe; komparatory)

5

Wy12 Wzmacniacze impulsowe; podstawowe struktury bramek logicznych.

1

Wy13 Generatory sinusoidalne i przerzutniki; układ PLL i jego zastosowanie; detekcja synchroniczna

1

Wy14 Przetworniki AC i CA 1 Wy15 Repetytorium 1 Suma godzin 15

Forma zajęć - ćwiczenia Liczba godzin

Ćw1 Suma godzin

3

Forma zajęć - laboratorium Liczba godzin

La1 Wstęp: - zapoznanie studentów z zasadami bezpieczeństwa pracy w laboratorium; -zapoznanie studentów z obsługą aparatury

3

La2-10 Wykonanie ośmiu ćwiczeń pomiarowych z listy dostępnych w Laboratorium Układów Elektronicznych: Wzmacniacz operacyjny – podstawowe konfiguracje; Wzmacniacz operacyjny – układ różniczkujący i całkujący; Wzmacniacz operacyjny – filtr aktywny; Wzmacniacz pomiarowy; Wzmacniacz tranzystorowy WE; Klucze tranzystorowe; Prostownik z filtrem pojemnościowym; Liniowy stabilizator napięcia; Przetwornica podwyższająca napięcie; Przetwornica obniżająca napięcie; Przetwornica odwracająca napięcie; Wzmacniacz mocy małej częstotliwości; Generatory kwarcowe; Przerzutnik astabilny 555; Przerzutnik monostabilny 555; Czujnik ciśnienia w systemie mikroprocesorowym (zaawansowane); Układ PLL – synteza częstotliwości (zaawansowane); Parametry źródeł światła (zaawansowane); Parametry diod LED (zaawansowane); Parametry fotodetektorów(zaawansowane);

27

Suma godzin 30

Forma zajęć - projekt Liczba godzin

Pr1

Suma godzin

Forma zajęć - seminarium Liczba godzin

Se1 Suma godzin

STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE N1. Wykład tradycyjny (tablica, kreda),. N2. Projektor, komputer z programem do prezentacji (np. PowerPoint). N3. Komputery z program analizy układów elektronicznych typu SPICE (np. Multisim) N4. Praca własna studenta N5. Konsultacje

OCENA OSIĄGNIĘCIA PRZEDMIOTOWYCH EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA

Oceny (F – formująca (w trakcie semestru), P – podsumowująca (na koniec semestru)

Numer efektu kształcenia

Sposób oceny osiągnięcia efektu kształcenia

F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03

Test końcowy

PEK_U01

Kartkówka wstępna lub/i ocena projektu zadanego układu

F2

PEK_U02 PEK_U03

Realizacja układu, uruchomienie, pomiary oraz sprawozdanie z przeprowadzonych pomiarów.

P = 0.51*F1+0.49*F2 (obie oceny F1 i F2 muszą być pozytywne)

4

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA: [1] W. Tietze, Ch. Schenk, Układy półprzewodnikowe, WNT 2009,. [2] S. Kuta, Elementy i układy elektroniczne, AGH 2000, [3] Materiały do zajęć na stronie internetowej przedmiotu. LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA: [1] A. Dobrowolski, P. Komur, A. Sowiński, Projktowanie i analiza wzmacniaczy

małosygnałowych, BTC, [2] J. Boska, Analogowe układy elektroniczne, BTC, [3] C. Kitchin, L. Counts, Wzmacniacze operacyjne i pomiarowe, BTC, [4] M. Rusek, J. Pasierbiński, Elementy i układy elektroniczne w pytaniach i

odpowiedziach WNT, [5] K. Baranowski (red.), Zbiór zadań z układów elektronicznych nieliniowych i

impulsowych, WNT, [6] A. Dobrowolski, Pod maską SPICE. Metody i algorytmy analizy układów

elektronicznych, BTC. [7] Materiały wskazane przez prowadzącego. OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMI Ę, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL)

dr. inż. Jerzy Witkowski, [email protected]

MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU Systemy analogowe i cyfrowe

Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA NA KIERUNKU Elektronika I SPECJALNOŚCI …………ND…………………..

Przedmiotowy

efekt kształcenia Odniesienie przedmiotowego efektu

do efektów kształcenia zdefiniowanych dla kierunku studiów i specjalności (o ile

dotyczy)**

Cele przedmiotu***

Treści programowe***

Numer narzędzia

dydaktycznego***

PEK_W01 PEK_W02 PEK_W03

K1AIR_W20

C1-3 Wy1-Wy15 N1, N2, N4, N5

PEK_U01 PEK_U02 PEK_U03

K1AIR_ U20

C3 - 6 Lab1-10 N3, N4, N5

** - wpisać symbole kierunkowych/specjalnościowych efektów kształcenia *** - z tabeli powyżej

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT I-6 SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: SCR Sieci komputerowe Name in English: RTS computer networks Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: AREK006 Group of courses: YES



30 15


60 60

Form of crediting exam crediting with

grade


x


including number of ECTS points for practical

(P) classes

2

including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student contact

(BK) classes

2 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquiring skills of build and configure a local area network

C2. Acquiring skills of the management of user accounts on the local network

C3. Acquiring skills of install the network services

C4. Acquiring skills of content publishing on the internet network

C5. Acquiring skills of design a computer network

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS

relating to knowledge

PEK_W01 Knows the basic types of networks and devices used in these networks.

PEK_W02 Knows the standard model of network, standards and network topologies.

PEK_W03 Knows the physical layer transmission media, their properties and methods of access to the media.

PEK_W04 Knows the methods portioning of data, error control and flow control in the data link layer

PEK_W05 Knows network protocols IPv4 and IPv6.

PEK_W06 Has knowledge of services and routing protocols.

PEK_W07 Has a basic knowledge of UDP and TCP.

PEK_W08 Knows the application layer services, including services related to network security.

PEK_W09 Knows the basic structure of the networks.

PEK_W10 Has knowledge of the modes, standards, security in wireless networks.

PEK_W11 Has knowledge of the networks used in industrial applications

PEK_W12 Knows industrial network solutions used in practice.

PEK_W13 Knows the basic principles for the design and analysis of computer networks.

relating to skills

PEK_U01 Is able to choose and configure network devices for local area network.

PEK_U02 Is able to create user accounts, manage permissions to network resources

PEK_U03 Is able to install and configure the Web server

PEK_U04 Is able to write a simple web application consisting of an HTML document and the programs that run on the user side or server.

relating to social competences

PEK_K01 - Is able to work independently and in a team

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec1 Introduction. Basic concepts. LAN, WAN networks in industrial. Computer and network hardware.

2

Lec2 Layer models of network. Standards. Network topologies. 2

Lec3 Physical layer. Transmission media and their properties. Types and modes of transmission. Media access protocols.

2

Lec4 The data link layer. Framing. Error Checking. Controlling the flow. Data link protocols.

2

Lec5 Network layer. Addressing, address classes. Network Protocols IPv4, IPv6.

2

Lec6 Network layer. Routing. Routing algorithms: RIP, RIPv2, OSPF. Congestion control. Services and their quality.

2

Lec7 The transport layer. Services of layer. UDP, TCP. Network performance. Optimisation of the flow.

2

Lec8 The application layer. Services of layer. Network security. 2

Lec9 Selected Network Solutions : Ethernet, Token Ring, FDDI, ATM. 2

Lec10 Wireless Networks: modes of operation, standards, security, mobility.. 2

Lec11 Industrial networks, distributed networks of monitoring and control, real-time network. TSX Network. Uni-Telway Network.

2

Lec12 Selected industrial networking solutions: Remote I / O, DH-485, Device net, ControlNet, Ethernet / IP.

2

Lec13 Selected solutions of industrial networks: Modbus and Profibus DP and MPI

2

Lec14-15 The design, analysis and integration of networks 4

Total hours 30

Form of classes – Laboratory Number of hours

La1 Workplace training in health and safety. Organizational matters.

Introduction. 1

La2 The basic commands in linux 2

La3 Managing accounts in linux 2

La4 The creation of the network infrastructure, configuration of the router 2

La5 Installing a web server, PHP interpreter 2

La6 Website in web technologies with scripts javascript 2

La7 Service in the Web-service technology. 2

La8 Summary and evaluation of laboratory exercises 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 Lecture with a video projector.

N2 Laboratory exercises

N3 Consultations.

N4 Self-study – individual literature review




F1 PEK_W01 − PEK_W13; Test result

F2 PEK_U01 − PEK_U04;

Evaluation of oral answer, evaluation of made exercise, evaluation of the report of the exercises

P=0.5*F1+0.5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] S. Tanenbaum, Sieci komputerowe, Helion, 2004

SECONDARY LITERATURE:

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Prof. dr hab. inż. Czesław Smutnicki, czesł[email protected]


RTS computer networks

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:

Automation Engineering and Robotics




Subject objectives**

*



PEK_W01 K1AIR_W33 C1 Lec1 N1, N3, N4







PEK_W08 K1AIR_W33 C1,C2 Lec8 N1, N3, N4


PEK_W10 K1AIR_W33 C2, Lec10 N1, N3, N4

PEK_W11 K1AIR_W33 C1,C3 Lec11-12 N1, N3, N4

PEK_W12 K1AIR_W33 C1,C3 Lec11-12 N1, N3, N4

PEK_W13 K1AIR_W33 C5 Lec14-15 N1, N3, N4

PEK_U01 K1AIR_U36 C1 La2,La4 N2, N3, N4

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U36 C5 La3 N2, N3, N4

PEK_U03 K1AIR_U36 La5 N2, N3, N4

PEK_U04 K1AIR_U36 C3, C4 La6,7 N2, N3, N4

PEK_K01 K1AIR_K04, K1AIR_K05 C5 La2-7 N2, N3, N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Projektowanie algorytmów i metody sztucznej inteligencji Name in English: Algorithms designing and artificial intelligence methods Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK007 Group of courses YES


30 45


90 60




X


5


- 2


2 2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W01, K1AIR_W02

K1AIR_W09, K1AIR_U09.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquisition of knowledge and skills to analysis of combinatorial problems (mainly in terms of their computational complexity). C2. Acquisition of knowledge and skills to use of selected algorithms, i.e., constructing and selecting the appropriate type of algorithm for a particular problem. C3. Acquisition of skills to select the appropriate data structures for certain types of algorithms. C4. Acquisition of knowledge and skills to algorithms analysis in terms of their effectiveness. C5. Acquisition of knowledge and skills to use artificial intelligence methods in combinatorial problems solving. C6. Acquisition of skills to find information in the scientific literature and using documentation tools.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - knows the basic and advanced data structures (arrays, lists, stacks, queues,

heaps, hash tables, trees, graphs) and efficiency of basic operations on them (adding, deleting, searching for items).

PEK_W02 - knows the conception and efficiency of basic algorithms of sorting, searching, determining the minimum spanning tree, shortest paths, maximal flow.

PEK_W03 - is able to explain the model and working conception of deterministic and non-deterministic Turing machines and the differences between them.

PEK_W04 - knows the rules of input data encoding for particular problems, their effeciency and their influence on the size of the problem instance.

PEK_W05 - knows definitions of polynomial and exponential algorithm.

PEK_W06 - knows basic classes of computational complexity of combinatorial and decision problems (P, NP, NP-complete, strongly NP-complete), the relationship between them as well as a consequences and limitations of the problems which belongs to that classes.

PEK_W07 - knows definitions of polynomial and pseudopolynomial transformation.

PEK_W08 - knows steps of proving NP-completeness of decision problems and methods of proving that a problem belongs to the P class.

PEK_W09 - is able to characterize the worst-case analysis, experimental and probabilistic, and measures the approximate quality of approximate algorithms.

PEK_W10 - is able to explain the idea of approximation algorithms and schemes.

PEK_W11 - knows the idea of chosen metaheuristic algorithms (tabu search, simulated annealing, genetic search, ant colony optimization).

PEK_W12 - knows basic methods of artificial intelligence: strategies of solutions trees searching, the A * algorithm, MINIMAX algorithm, alpha-beta cuts algorithm.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 - is able to select appropriate data structure to the particular algorithm and

problem, in order to obtain a specific (high) efficiency.

PEK_U02 - distinguishes decision and optimization problems, can point out the differences between them, and is able to formulate optimization version of the any decision problem.

PEK_U03 - can construct programs for deterministic Turing machine.

PEK_U04 - is able to estimate the computational complexity of simple algorithms.

PEK_U05 - distinguishes polynomial, pseudopolynomial and exponential complexities.

PEK_U06 - can develop and implement algorithms of artificial intelligence in games for two persons.

PEK_U07 - can provide experimental analysis for an approximate algorithm.

relating to social competences: PEK_K01- understands significance of information retrieval and critical analysis PEK_K02 - understands the need for self-education and to develop the ability to applying

their knowledge and skills,

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Organizational lecture: program requirements literature. 1

Lec 1 Introduction to the course: problems of combinatorial nature, the relationship between the nature of the optimization and decision problems, algorithm’s instance, function of the computational complexity of the algorithm.

1

Lec 2 Data structures: effectiveness of basic operations (add, delete, search items) in selected data structures (stacks, lists, queues, mounds, hash tables, trees, graphs, etc.)

2

Lec 3

Basic algorithms: search, selection, sorting. 2

Lec 4 Graph algorithms: finding the minimum spanning tree, shortest path search, flows in graphs.

2

Lec 5 Introduction to the theory of computational complexity - the input data encoding.

2

Lec 6,7

Polynomial and exponential algorithms. Complexity class of decision problems (P, NP, NP-complete and strongly NP-complete). The relationship between the NP-completeness and NP-hardness

4

Lec 8,9

Examples of polynomially solvable problems and NP-complete problems. Polynomial transformation. Outline of NP-completeness proving techniques.

4

Lec 10 Pseudopolynomial algorithms. Strong NP-completeness. 2

Lec 11 Approximate algorithms: an experimental analysis, worst-case analysis probabilistic analysis.

2

Lec 12 Approximation algorithms and approximation schemas. 2

Lec 13 Selected methods of artificial intelligence: the elements of game theory, two-person games strategies, searching trees, A * algorithm, MINIMAX algorithm, the algorithm of alpha-beta cuts.

2

Lec 14 Selected methods of artificial intelligence: metaheuristic algorithms (tabu search, simulated annealing, genetic search, ACO).

2

Lec 15 Test 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes – laboratory Number of hours

La1 BHP training. Organizational matters, classes program and requirements. Introduction - refer to the workplace, available software, etc. 3

La2 Determination of students programming skills (performing tasks of varying difficulty: input and output data, operations on single and multidimensional arrays, dynamic structures, etc.).

3

La3 Implementation of basic operations (adding, deleting, searching for items) for basic data structures (array, list, queue) and analysis of their effectiveness.

3

La4 Implementation of basic operations for advanced data structures (stack, heap, tree) and analysis of their effectiveness.

3

La5 Implementation and analysis of the effectiveness of different sorting algorithms (bubble sort, insert sort, heapsort, quicksort). 3

La6 Implementation of various graph-structures (matrix weights, the edge list, a list of neighbors). 3

La7 Implementation and analysis of the efficiency of algorithms for determining the minimal spanning tree (Kruskal, Prime) as well as analysis of the impact of various graph-structures on their effectiveness.

3

La8 Implementation and efficiency analysis of algorithms the shortest path determination in the graph (Dijkstra, Bellman-Ford), and analysis of the impact of various graph-structures on their effectiveness.

3

La9,10 Algorithms of varying complexity for deterministic Turing machine. 6

La11,12

Implementation and analysis of the efficiency of polynomial and fully polynomial approximation schemes for the selected optimization problem.

6

La13,14,15

Develop and implement a selected game (Tic Tac Toe, Checkers, Minesweeper, etc.) using appropriate methods of artificial intelligence.

9

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture N2. Classes N3. Consultations N4. Independent work – solving example problems N5. Independent work – literature study




F1 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U08

PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

oral answers, laboratory exercises,

reports,

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W12 Colloquium

P = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE PRIMARY LITERATURE: (ALL IN POLISH)

[1] T. Cormen, C.E. Leiserson, R.L. Rivest, „Wprowadzenie do algorytmów”, WNT 2003.

[2] N. Wirth, „Algorytmy + struktury danych = programy”, WNT 2004.

[3] J. Błażewicz, „Problemy optymalizacji kombinatorycznej”, PWN, Warszawa 1996.

[4] A. Janiak, „Wybrane problemy i algorytmy szeregowania zadań i rozdziału zasobów”, Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza PLJ, Warszawa 1999.

[5] C. Smutnicki, „Algorytmy szeregowania”, Exit, Warszawa 2002.

[6] L. Bolc, J. Cytowski, „Metody przeszukiwania heurystycznego”, PWN 1989.

[7] P. Wróblewski, „Algorytmy, struktury danych i techniki programowania”, Helion 2003. SECONDARY LITERATURE: (ALL IN POLISH)

[1] M. Sysło, N. Deo, J. Kowalik, „Algorytmy optymalizacji dyskretnej”, PWN, Warszawa 1999.

[2] T. Sawik, „Badania operacyjne dla inżynierów zarządzania”, Wydawnictwa AGH, Kraków 1998.

[3] N.J. Nilsson, “Principles of Artificial Intelligence”, Springer-Verlag, 1982.

[4] S. Kirkpatrick, C.D. Gelatt, M.P. Vecchi, “Optimization by Simulated Annealing”, Science 220 (4598), 671–680, 1983.

[5] F. Glover, “Tabu Search - Part I”, ORSA Journal on Computing, 1 (3), 190-206, 1989.

[6] F. Glover, “Tabu Search - Part II”, ORSA Journal on Computing, 2 (1), 4-32, 1990.

[7] Z. Michalewicz „Algorytmy genetyczne + struktury danych = programy ewolucyjne”, Warszawa, WNT 1996.

[8] M. Dorigo, „Ant Colony Optimization”, MIT Press, 2004.

Newsletters:

European Journal of Operational Research, Annals of Operations Research, IEEE Trans. Systems, Man and Cybernetics, Part A, itp.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Adam Janiak, 71 320 29 06; [email protected]


Algorithms design and artificial intelligence methods AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics







PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1AIR_ W32 C3 Wy1, Wy2 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W02 K1AIR_ W32 C2, C3, C4 Wy1, Wy3, Wy4 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W03 – PEK_W08 K1AIR_ W32 C1, C2 Wy5…Wy10 1,3,5

PEK_W09, PEK_W10 K1AIR_ W32 C2, C4 Wy11, Wy12 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W11, PEK_W12 K1AIR_ W32 C2, C5 Wy13, Wy14 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U01 K1AIR_ U35 C2, C3 La3, La4, La6…La8

1,2,3,4

PEK_U02, PEK_U03, PEK_U05

K1AIR_ U35 C1, C2 La9, La10 1,2,3,4

PEK_U04 K1AIR_ U35 C1, C2, C4 La5, La7, La8 1,2,3,4

PEK_U06 K1AIR_ U35 C5 La13…La15 1,2,3,4

PEK_U07 K1AIR_ U35 C2, C4 La11, La12 1,2,3,4

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 K1_K04 C6 Wy1÷Wy15

La1÷La15 1,2,3,4,5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Teoria regulacji Name in English Control theory Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): ……---……… Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK008 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 30


90 60

Form of crediting Examination Crediting with grade




2


2 1

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. 1. K1AIR_W01, K1AIR_W02 2. K1AIR_W03 3. K1AIR_W12. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Gaining the knowledge about descriptions of continuous-time linear dynamic systems C2. Gaining the knowledge about stability analysis of linear dynamic systems C3. Gaining the knowledge and skills of designing continuous-time control systems and

analysis of their stability C4. Gaining the knowledge about descriptions of discrete-time linear dynamic systems C5. Gaining the knowledge about stability analysis of discrete-time linear dynamic systems C6. Gaining the knowledge and skills of designing discrete-time control systems and

analysis of their stability

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Knows basic properties of the Laplace transform.

PEK_W02 Knows differentia equations and transmitances of the most popular dynamic systems.

PEK_W03 Knows selected criterions of stability analysis of linear continuous-time systems

PEK_W04 Knows the structure and basic properties of automatic control system

PEK_W05 Knows structures of linear controllers and their theoretical properties

PEK_W06 Knows basic properties of the Z transform and the methods of describing of discrete-time systems

PEK_W07 Knows methods of stability analysis of discrete-time systems

PEK_W08 Knows structures of selected discrete-time control systems relating to skills: PEK_U01 Can compute the transfer function of the system, given the differential equation

PEK_U02 Can compute the impulse response and the step response of the system, given differentia equation or the transfer function

PEK_U03 Can verify stability of linear continuous-time systems using known criterions

PEK_U04 Can compute the transfer function of control system, verify the stability of the control system and select the controller for the given object

PEK_U05 Can compute the transfer function of discrete-time system, given the difference equation

PEK_U06 Can design the discrete-time control system and verity its stability

PEK_U07 Can indicate basis properties of discrete-time control system

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction. The Laplace transform and its properties 2

Lec 2 Linear dynamic systems, differentia equations, transfer function 2

Lec 3 Impulse response and step response. Frequency domain characteristics 2

Lec 4 Typical blocks and their transfer functions 2

Lec 5 Stability, definitione 2

Lec 6 Stability, criteria 2

Lec 7 The control systems 2

Lec 8 Static control and its properties 2

Lec 9 Astatic control and its properties 2

Lec 10 Tuning the PID controllers 2

Lec 11 Discrete-time signals and the Z transform 2

Lec 12 Discrete-time systems, difference equations, discrete transfer function 2

Lec 13 Stability of discrete-time systems, definition and criteria 2

Lec 14 Discrete-time control system 2

Lec 15 Static and astatic discrete-time control 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes - class Number of hours

Cl 1 Introduction – selected topics of algebra and mathematical analysis 2

Cl 2 Basic properties of the Laplace transform 2

Cl 3 Describing the linear systems with the use of differential equations and the transfer functions

2

Cl 4 Impulse and step responces of typical blocks 2

Cl 5 Stability analysis of linear dynamic systems 2

Cl 6 Stability criteria 2

Cl 7 The automatic control system. Transfer function and control error 2

Cl 8 Stability of control systems 2

Cl 9 Static and astatic control systems 2

Cl 10 Selected properties of the Z transform 2

Cl 11 Discrete-time systems – difference equation, transfer function 2

Cl 12 Stabilily of discrete-time systems, criteria of stability 2

Cl 13 Discrete-time control 2

Cl 14 Stability of discrete-time control systems 2

Cl 15 Summary 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture

N2. Classes

N3. Consultations

N4. Individual job – preparing to classes

N5. Individual job – literaturę studies and preparing to final exam EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEME NT

Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), C – concluding (at semester end)




PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Oral answers,

Written tests,

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W08

Final exam

P = 0,3 * F1 + 0,7 * F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] W. Greblicki, Teoretyczne podstawy automatyki, OW PWr, Wrocław 2001. [2] T. Kaczorek, Teoria układów regulacji automatycznej, WNT, Warszawa 1994. SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1] W. Pełczewski, Teoria sterowania, WNT, Warszawa, 1980. [2] S. Węgrzyn, Podstawy automatyki, PWN, Warszawa, 1972. SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) WŁODZIMIERZ GREBLICKI, e-mail: [email protected]


Control theory AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION ………---………..



applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1AIR_ W23 C1 Lec1 1, 3, 5

PEK_W02 K1AIR_ W23

C1 Lec2, Lec3, Lec4

1, 3, 5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_ W23

C2 Lec5, Lec6 1, 3, 5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_ W23

C3 Lec7 1, 3, 5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_ W23

C3 Lec8, Lec9 1, 3, 5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_ W23

C4, C5 Lec11, Lec12 1, 3, 5

PEK_W07 K1AIR_ W23

C6 Lec13, Lec14 1, 3, 5

PEK_W08 K1AIR_ W23

C6 Lec15 1, 3, 5

PEK_U01 (skills) K1AIR_ U24

C1 Cl1, Cl2 2, 3, 4

PEK_U02 K1AIR_ U24

C1 Cl3, Cl4 2, 3, 4

PEK_U03 K1AIR_ U24

C2 Cl5, Cl6 2, 3, 4

PEK_U04 K1AIR_ U24 C3 Cl7, Cl8, 2, 3, 4

Cl9

PEK_U05 K1AIR_ U24

C4 Cl10, Cl11 2, 3, 4

PEK_U06 K1AIR_ U24

C5, C6 Cl11, Cl12 2, 3, 4

PEK_U07 K1AIR_ U24

C6 Cl13, Cl14 2, 3, 4

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY of ELECTRONICS SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Cyfrowe przetwarzanie obrazów i sygnałów Name in English Digital image and signal processing Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK009 Group of courses YES



30

15


60

60




X

Number of ECTS points 4 including number of

ECTS points for practical (P) classes

-

2


(BK) classes

2

2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_W01

2. K1AIR_W02

3. K1AIR_W03

4. K1AIR_W04

5. K1AIR_W15

6. K1AIR_U08

7. K1AIR_U09

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquiring knowledge on basic problems of digital signals and image processing

C2. Acquiring knowledge on image acquisition and early processing

C3. Acquiring knowledge on image segmentation (features and objects extraction)

C4. Acquiring knowledge on objects description methods, based on images

C5. Acquiring skill in testing image processing methods, based on real examples

C6. Acquiring skill in development of image processing applications, based on provided procedures

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – ability to explain signal and image sampling and quantisation problems

PEK_W02 – ability to describe basic methods of early processing of images

PEK_W03 – ability to summarise basic methods of image segmentation (features extraction)

PEK_W04 – ability to explain spectral methods of signal and image analysis

PEK_W05 – ability to describe selected methods of shape encoding

PEK_W06 – ability to explain selected methods of object location in images

PEK_W07 – ability to specify methods of 3D scene analysis

PEK_W08 – ability to specify methods of motion analysis in image sequence

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – ability to use software image processing tools

PEK_U02 – ability to verify and assess image processing methods, based on real examples

PEK_U03 – ability to develop image processing applications, using provided procedures

PEK_U04 – ability to search parameters for image processing procedures

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture N

Lec 1 Introduction to digital signal and image processing

2

Lec 2 Image acquisition basics 2

Lec 3 Sampling and quantisation 2

Lec 4 Histograms, adjacency matrix, point transforms

2

Lec 5 Global transforms (Fourier) 2

Lec 6 Local transforms (linear and non-linear) 2

Lec 7 Hardware implementation of local transforms

2

Lec 8 Thresholdind – a global segmentation method

2

Lec 9 Local edge operators (gradient, Laplace) 2

Lec 10 Edge interpolation (Hough transform), Canny edge detector

2

Lec 11 Morphological operators (contour, skeleton, closing, opening)

2

Lec 12 Image parameterisation (geometry moments)

2

Lec 13 Binocular stereo 2

Lec 14 Motion analysis 2

Lec 15 Summary of the subject 2

Total hours 30


Lab 1 Introduction 1

Lab 2 Harpia – a software environment for image processing 2

Lab 3 Sampling and quantisation 2

Lab 4 Histogram and point transforms 2

Lab 5 Global transforms (DFT) 2

Lab 6 Local transforms and filters 2

Lab 7 Thresholding and edge detection 2

Lab 8 Morphological operators 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED 1. Traditional lecture

2. Laboratory exercises

3. Consultations

4. Reading (self-study)





F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W08;

4 short tests + 1 final test grading

F2 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U04;

Laboratory exercises grading

C=0,5*F1+0,5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [[1] Gonzales R., Woods R., Digital Image Processing, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 2002 [2] Pavlidis T., Grafika i przetwarzanie obrazów, WNT, Warszawa, 1987 (in Polish)

[3] Skarbek W., Metody reprezentacji obrazów cyfrowych, PLJ, Warszawa, 1993 (in Polish)

[4] Tadeusiewicz R., Korohoda P., Komputerowa analiza i przetwarzanie obrazów, FPT, Kraków, 1997 (in Polish)

[5] Wnuk M., Slides for the subject http://rab.ict.pwr.wroc.pl/~mw/Docs/arek00009.html (in Polish) SECONDARY LITERATURE: [[1] Bradski G., Kaehler A., Learning OpenCV, O'Reilly, Cambridge, 2008 [2] Stranneby D., Cyfrowe przetwarzanie sygnałów, BTC, Warszawa, 2004

[3] Wiatr K., Akceleracja obliczen w systemach wizyjnych, WNT, Warszawa 2003 (in Polish)

[4] Laboratory agenda http://rab.ict.pwr.wroc.pl/~mw/Lab/lbcpos.html (in Polish)

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Marek Wnuk, [email protected]


Digital image and signal processing AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY




applicable)**




PEK_W01 K1AIR_W15, K1AIR_W29 C1, C2 Lec1-Lec3 1,3,4

PEK_W02 K1AIR_W15, K1AIR_W29 C1, C2 Lec4-Lec7 1,3,4

PEK_W03 K1AIR_W29 C3 Lec8-Lec10 1,3,4

PEK_W04 K1AIR_W15, K1AIR_W29 C2 Lec5 1,3,4

PEK_W05 K1AIR_W29 C4 Lec12 1,3,4




PEK_U01 K1AIR_U08, K1AIR_U11 C5,C6 Lab1-Lab8 2,3,4

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U11, K1AIR_U31 C5,C6 Lab1-Lab8 2,3,4

PEK_U03 K1AIR_U11,K1AIR_U31 C5, C6 Lab1-Lab8 2,3,4

PEK_U04 K1AIR_U11, K1AIR_U14, K1AIR_U31

C5,C6 Lab1-Lab8 2,3,4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT……………… SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Metody numeryczne Name in English Numerical analysis Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): …………………….. Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK010 Group of courses YES



30 15


60 30




X



1


(BK) classes

1 0.5


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. 2. 3. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 To gain knowledge of the basic principles of engineering calculations. C2 To gain knowledge of basic numerical methods and algorithms used to solve engineering tasks in the field of automation and robotics. C3 To know sources of errors in numerical calculations C4 To have ability to evaluate errors arising in basic numerical procedures C5 To get skills in using specialized packages (like Matlab) in basic engineering tasks arising in control systems and robotics

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - has knowledge of basic principles of numerical calculations PEK_W02 - has knowledge of sources of erros in numerica calculations PEK_W03 - knows basic methods and algorithms useful in solving basic engineering tasks

arising in control systems and robotics PEK_W04 – knows how to evaluate errors arising in basic numerical procedures PEK_W05 – knows basic facts why advanced computaional methods are necessary PEK_W06 – knows basic bibliographical sources on nemrical methods applicable in automatic

control and robotics relating to skills: PEK_U01 – is able to describe all naumbers exactly representable in a given arithmetic system PEK_U02 – has skills that are necessary to implemnet the Gauss method for solving linear

equations and calculating determinants and the matrix invers PEK_U03 – is able to implement basic methods of finding zeros of a function PEK_U04 – has skills that are necessary to implement the Lagrange interpolation method and to calculate the Newton interpolating plynomial PEK_U05 – is able to construct and solve the system of normal equations for N-point data using

a polynomial of degree m<N PEK_U06 – has skills that are necessary to solve simple ODE's using the Euler and the 4-th

order Runge-Kutta metods PEK_U07 – is able to select and implement a method of approximating derivatives of an

univariate function. relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Has competences to cooperate in a small group PEK_K02

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Basic problems of calculation numerycznych.Błędy calculations. 2

Lec 2 Examples of simple algorithms 2

Lec 3 Solving algebraic equations 2

Lec 4 Gauss and Cholesky method, LU decomposition 2

Lec 5 Methods of calculating zeros of a function 2

Lec 6 Newton's method of solving nonlinear equations 2

Lec 7 Interpolation – Newton's and Lagrange's methods 2

Lec 8 Mean squares approximation 2

Lec 9 Numerical integration 2

Lec 10 Numerical differentiation 2

Lec 11 Numerical solution of ODE's 2

Lec 12 Numerical calculation of eigenvalues and principal components 2

Lec 13 Introduction to the siplex method 2

Lect 14 Basic approaches to global optimization 2

Lec 15 Summary of the course 2

Total hours 30


Lab 1 Introduction 1 Lab 2 Floating point arithmetics 2 Lab 3 Gauss elimination method 2 Lab 4 Nonlinear equations 1 variable 2 Lab 5 Interpolation 2 Lab 6 Approximation by polynomials 2 Lab 7 Numerical differentiation 2 Lab 8 Solving ODE's by Runge-Kutta methods 2 Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lectures + Video projector N2. Lab. exercises N3. Consulting N4 Homework - analysis of lab results N5 Homework – studies of selected methods






PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Questions and answers evaluation of lab exercises

F2 F3 C=0.7F2+0.3F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Z. Fortuna, B. Macukow, J. Wąsowski, Metody numeryczne, WNT, Warszawa, 1998. [2] G. Dahlquist, A. Bjorck, Metody numeryczne, PWN, Warszawa, 1983. [3] J.Klamka i inni , Metody numeryczne, Wydawnictwo Pol. Śl., Gliwice 2004. SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] D.Kincaid,W.Cheney, Analiza numeryczna, WNT, Warszawa, 2006. [2] Press W, Teukolsky S, Vetterling W and Flannery B Numerical Recipes 3rd edn. Cambridge University Press 2007

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Ewa Skubalska-Rafajłowicz 320-33-45 [email protected]


…………………………… AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

……………………….. AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..



applicable)**




PEK_W01 (wiedza) K1AIR_ W30, K1AIR_ W1 C1 W1 1,3,5

PEK_W02 K1_ W30, C1,C3 W1-W14 1,3,5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_ W30,K1AIR_ W1,K1AIR_ W3,K1AIR_ W23,K1AIR_ W29

C1,C2,C3,C4 W2-W15 1,3,5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_ W30, C1,C2,C3,C4 W3,W8-W10 1,3,5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_ W30,K1AIR_ W3,K1AIR_ W5

C2,C3 W3-W14 1,3,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_ W30,K1AIR_ W5, C2,C3 W1-W14 1,3,5

PEK_U01 K1AIR_ U32 C1,C3,C4 L2 1,2,3,4

PEK_U02 K1AIR_ U32 C1-C5 L3 1,2,3,4

PEK_U03 K1AIR_ U32,K1AIR_U08 C1-C5 L4 1,2,3,4

PEK_U04 K1AIR_ U32,K1AIR_U08,

K1AIR_U22, K1AIR_U24

C1-C5 L5 1,2,3,4

PEK_U05 K1AIR_ U32K1AIR_U08 C1-C5 L6 1,2,3,4

PEK_U06 K1AIR_ U32,K1AIR_U08, K1AIR_U22, K1AIR_U24

C1-C5 L7 1,2,3,4

PEK_U07 K1AIR_ U32,K1AIR_U08 C1-C5 L8 1,2,3,4

PEK_K01 K1AIR_K6 C1-C5 L1-L8 1,2,3,4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Robotyka 1 Name in English Robotics 1 Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK011 Group of courses YES



30 30


60 90

Form of crediting examination crediting with grade


X

Number of ECTS points 5 including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes

- 3


1 2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W01, K1AIR_W02, K1AIR_W03, K1AIR_W05, K1AIR_ W11, K1AIR_ W22,

K1AIR_ W23 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Gain knowledge of description methods of the rigid body motion C2. Gain knowledge of the kinematics and dynamics of rigid robotic manipulators C3. Gain knowlegde of dynamics models of elastic manipulators C4. Gain knowledge of description methods of the kinematics and dynamics of mobile robots C5. Learn of selected robot control problems and algorithms C6. Gain ability of applying methods of robotics C7. Gain ability of formulating and solving basic robotic problems C8. Get acquainted with problems and methods of robotics, enabling the use of literature

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01- knows methods of description and analysis of rigid body kinematics and dynamics PEK_W02 - knows methdos of description and analysis of manipulator kinematics PEK_W03 - knows methods of solving the inverse kinematics problem for manipulators PEK_W04 - understands the role and significance of singular configurations of manipulators, knows performance measures PEK_W05 - knows methods of description and analysis of rigid manipulator dynamics PEK_W06 - knows methdos of description and analysis of elastic manipulator dynamics PEK_W07 - knows problems and algorithms of manipulator control PEK_W08 - knows methods of analysis and control algorithms of mobile robots PEK_W09 - knows methods of description and analysis of dynamics of mobile robots PEK_W10 - has due insight into methods, tools and development trends of robotics relating to skills: PEK_U01 - can use basic tools of analysis the kinematics and dynamics of motion PEK_U02 - can solve the forward and the inverse kinematic problem PEK_U03 - knows performance measures of robots PEK_U04 - can create a control theoretic representation of manipulator dynamics PEK_U05 - can propose control algorithms for basic manipulation tasks PEK_U06 - can create a control theoretic representation of the mobile robot kinematics subject

to nonholonomic constraints PEK_U07 - can examine basic properties of the kinematics model of mobile robots PEK_U08 - can implement basic control algorithms for mobile robots PEK_U09 - can create dynamics models of mobile robots PEK_U10 - can expand known methodologies to other classes of robots relating to social competences: PEK_K01- understands significance of information retrival and critical analysis PEK_K02 - can debate, rationally explain, and justify his/her own standpoint relying on the

subject knowledge PEK_03 – shows openness toward new industrial and social applications of robotics

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes – lecture Number

of hours Lec 1 Rigid body kinematics and dynamics 2

Lec 2 Coordinate representations of kinematics 2

Lec 3 Kinematics of rigid manipulators: Denavit_Hartenberg algorithm 2

Lec 4 Analytic and geometric Jacobians 2

Lec 5 Inverse kinematic problem, algorithms 2

Lec 6 Manipulator kinematics – defining trajectories 2

Lec 7 Dynamics of rigid manipulators 2

Lec 8 Actuators, position control, servomechanisms 2

Lec 9 Control algorithms in joint space 2

Lec 10 Control algorithms in task space 2

Lec 11 Position/force control 2

Lec 12 Dynamics of elastic manipulators 2

Lec 13 Kinematics of mobile robots 2

Lec 14 Dynamics of mobile robots 2

Lec 15 Control algorithms of mobile robots 2

Total hours 30


Cl 1 Recapitulation of basics of matrix algebra 2

Cl 2 Coordinate frame transformations, angular space and body velocity 2 Cl 3 Total space and body velocity 2

Cl 4 Coordinate systems and parameterizations of rotation group 2 Cl 5,6 Forward kinematics problem 4 Cl 7 Analytic Jacobian, singularities 2 Cl 8 Test 1 2 Cl 9 Geometric Jacobian 2 Cl 10 Inverse kinematic problem 2 Cl 11 Dynamics and control of rigid manipulators 2 Cl 12,13 Kinematics of mobile robots 4 Cl 14 Dynamics of mobile robots 2 Cl 15 Test 2 2 Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Traditional lecture N2. Classes N3. Consultations N4. Independent work – solving example problems N5. Independent work – literature study




F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W10; examination F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W10;

PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U10; active participation in classes, test

F3 C=0.4*F1+0.6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] K. Tchoń et. al.: "Manipulatory i roboty mobilne: modele, planowanie ruchu, sterowanie", Akad. Oficyna Wyd PLJ., W-wa, 2000 (in Polish).

[2] M. Spong, M. Vidyasagar: "Dynamika i sterowanie robotów", WNT, W-wa 1997 (in Polish).

[3] E. Jezierski: "Dynamika robotów" WNT, W-wa, 2006 (in Polish).


[1] J. J. Craig: „Wprowadzenie do robotyki: mechanika i sterowanie”, WNT, W-wa, 1993 (in Polish).

[2] R. Murray, Z. Li, S. S. Sastry: „A Mathematical Introduction to Robotic Manipulation”, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1994.

[3] Springer Handbook of Robotics: Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2008.

[4] B. Siciliano, et. al.: „Robotics”, Springer-Verlag, London, 2009.



Robotics 1 AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION …...........



applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1AIR_W28, K1AIR_W22 C1 Wy1, Wy2 1,3,4,5

PEK_W02 K1AIR_W28, K1AIR_W11 C2, C5, C6 Wy3 1,3,4,5

PEK_W03, PEK_W04 K1AIR_W28 C2, C5, C7 Wy4-Wy6 1,3,4,5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_W28, K1AIR_W22, K1AIR_W11,

C2, C6, C7, C8 Wy7-Wy8 1,3,4,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_W28 C3 Wy12 1,3,4,5


S2ARR_W05

C5, C6, C8 Wy9-Wy11 1,3,4,5


S2ARR_W05

C4, C5, C8 Wy13, Wy15 1,3,4,5

PEK_W09 K1AIR_W28 C4, C8 Wy14 1,3,4,5

PEK_W10 K1AIR_W28, K1AIR_W11, S1AIR_W03, S1ARR_W07,

S2ARR_W08

C1-C8 Wy1-Wy15 1,3,4,5

2,3,4

PEK_U01 (skills) K1AIR_U23, K1AIR_U29 C1 Ćw1-Ćw4 2,3,4

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U23, K1AIR_U29, K1AIR_U30

C2, C6 Ćw5, Ćw6, Ćw8, Ćw10

2,3,4

PEK_U03 K1AIR_U29 C5, C6 Ćw7, Ćw9 2,3,4

PEK_U04, PEK_U05 K1AIR_U29, K1AIR_U30, K1AIR_U12

C2, C3, C5 Ćw11 2,3,4

PEK_U06, PEK_U07, PEK_U08

K1AIR_U29, K1AIR_U30, S1ARR_W04

C4, C5, C6 Ćw12, Ćw13, Ćw15

2,3,4

PEK_U09 K1AIR_U29, K1AIR_U30 C4, C6 Ćw14 2,3,4

PEK_U10 K1AIR_U29 C6, C7 Ćw1-Ćw15 2,3,5

PEK_K01 – PEK_K03

(competences) K1AIR_W28, K1AIR_U29,

S2ARR_W08 C6, C7 Wy1-Wy15,

Ćw1-Ćw15 1,2,3,5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Robotyka 2 Name in English Robotics 2 Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): …………………….. Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK012 Group of courses NO



30


90




3


3


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_ W28, K1AIR_ W29, K1AIR_ W09, K1AIR_ W13

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Gain ability of control, program, management, and exploitation of industrial and service robots C2. Gain ability of using sensor information to robot control

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: relating to skills: PEK_U01 - can manage, control, and program industrial robots PEK_U02 - can define the tool frame of industrial robot PEK_U03 - can indentify manipulator parameters and solve a basic inverse kinematic problem PEK_U04 - can use ultrasonic sonars for determining distances between objects present in the

robot scene PEK_U05 - can implement control algorithms for mobile robots relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – can work independently and in a team


Lab 1 Introduction, presentation of health and safety regulations 2 Lab 2 Management and programming of industrial robot ABB IRB1400 4 Lab 3 Path tracing for mobile robot Khepera 4

Lab 4 Identification of geometric parameters of didactic robot ROMIK 4 Lab 5 Defining the tool frame of industrial robot ABB IRB1400 4 Lab 6 Examination of properties of ultrasonic sonars 4 Lab 7 Management and programming of industrial robot FANUC LR Mate 200iC 4 Lab 8 Spare class 4 Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 Laboratory classes N2. Consultations N4. Independent work – literature study





F1 PEK_U01 ÷PEK_U05; tests, individual activity, reporting C=F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE: (ALL IN POLISH)

[1] K. Tchoń et al.: "Manipulatory i roboty mobilne: modele, planowanie ruchu, sterowanie", Akad. Oficyna Wyd PLJ., W-wa 2000.

[2] M. Spong, M. Vidyasagar :"Dynamika i sterowanie robotów", WNT, W-wa 1997.

[3] E. Jezierski: "Dynamika robotów" WNT, W-wa, 2006.

[4] Instrukcje do ćwiczeń http://rab.ict.pwr.wroc.pl/lab_010/




Robotics 2 AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control

Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..



applicable)**




PEK_U01 (skills) K1AIR_U30 C1, C2 Ćw1, Ćw2, Ćw7

1,2, 3

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U30 C1 Ćw1, Ćw5 1,2, 3

PEK_U03 K1AIR_U30 C1 Ćw1, Ćw4 1,2, 3

PEK_U04 K1AIR_U30 C2 Ćw1, Ćw6 1,2, 3

PEK_U05 K1AIR_U30 C1 Ćw1, Ćw3 1,2, 3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1AIR_U30 C1, C2 Ćw1-Ćw8 1,2, 3


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Sterowanie procesami ciągłymi Name in English Control of continuous-time processes Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable)……---….. Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK013 Group of courses YES


15 30


40 80

Form of crediting Crediting with grade

Crediting with grade


X



- 2


1 2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_ W23

2. K1AIR_ U24

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquisition of the knowledge about methods of structure selection and tuning of controllers on the basis of measurements.

C2. Gaining the ability of using of the following Matlab toolboxes: ‘Control System’, ‘System Identification’, ‘Signal Processing’, ‘Fuzzy Control, and the Simulink editor, for simulation purposes.

C3. Gaining the ability of formal describing the systems with complex structure of interconnections.

C4. Gaining the ability of designing simple, direct and indirect adaptive and robust control systems, for non-stationary plants, with the use of recursive prediction error method.

C5. Gaining the ability of designing discrete controllers for continuous-time systems.

C6. Acquisition of the knowledge about applications of fuzzy logic in control theory.

C7. Acquisition of the basic knowledge about hierarchical control with decomposition and coordination.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – knows the structure of control system

PEK_W02 – knows typical criterions of control quality evaluation and the methods of tuning PID controllers

PEK_W03 – knows the concepts of direct and indirect adaptive control and the prediction error method for non-stationary plants in the presence of random noise

PEK_W04 – knows the structure of robust control systems (e.g. MFC) and their properties

PEK_W05 –knows the terms ‘impulsator’ and ‘extrapolator’, and is able to design discrete controller for continuous-time system

PEK_W06 – knows the methods of formal describing the systems with complex structure of interconnections

PEK_W07 – knows foundations of fuzzy logic and the operating principle of fuzzy controllers

PEK_W08 –knows the concept of hierarchical control with adaptation level, optimization level and direct control level

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – is able to use selected Matlab toolboxes and the Simulink editor to simulate complex

control systems

PEK_U02 – can create Matlab scripts (m-files), and generate system characteristics

PEK_U03 – is able to convert different descriptions of dynamic systems

PEK_U04 – is able to describe complex system in formal manner, and can identify its parameters from measured data

PEK_U05 – can design discrete controller for continuous-time system

PEK_U06 – is able to decompose the complex task into layers and coordinate sub-problems

PEK_U07 – can use look-up tables to set any nonlinear characteristic of the controller relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – is aware of the importance of the ability of data searching and analysis,

PEK_K02 – understand the necessity of further self-education and broadening knowledge and skills,

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Descriptions of dynamic systems, state-space representation 1

Lec 2 Controlability and observability 1

Lec 3 Feedback systems, pole shifting 1

Lec 4 Optimal control, tasks and methods 1

Lec 5 P, PI and PID controllers 1

Lec 6 Quality of control 1

Lec 7 Discrete control of continuous-time processes (impulse, piecewise contant) 1

Lec 8 Adaptive control 1

Lec 9 Prediction error method 1

Lec 10 Robust control, MFC structure 1

Lec 11 Fuzzy control 1

Lec 12 Complex systems 1

Lec 13 Hierarchical control 1

Lec 14 Applications 1

Lec 15 Summary 1

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Introduction, organization of the laboratory, safety rules 2

Lab 2 Time-domain characteristics of the linear dynamic systems 2

Lab 3 Frequency-domain characteristics of the linear dynamic systems 2

Lab 4 Serial systems, parallel systems and feedback systems, stability 2

Lab 5 Systems with P, PI and PID controllers. Tunning of controllers 2

Lab 6 Impulsator and extrapolator. Discrete control of continuous-time processes 2

Lab 7 Non-stationary systems, adaptive control 2

Lab 8 Prediction error method 2

Lab 9 Systems with complex structure 2

Lab 10 Multi-level (hierarchical) control systems 2

Lab 11 Robust control, MFC structure 2

Lab 12 Fuzzy control 2

Lab 13 Look-up tables 2

Lab 14 Nonlinear controllers 2

Lab 15 Summary, examples of applications 2

Total hours: 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED 1. Traditional lecture with the use of video-projector 2. Laboratory exercises 3. Consultations 4. Individual job – literature studies before exercises, processing of the resulting data, reports



Educational effect numer



PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Written tests before exercises,

Observation of students during exercises,

Written reports,


Final coloqium (written test)

C = 0,6*F1 + 0,4*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Findeisen W., Wielopoziomowe układy sterowania, PWN, Warszawa, 1974. (in Polish)

[2] Greblicki W., Podstawy automatyki, Ofic. Wyd. Pol. Wroc., 2006. (in Polish)

[3] Kaczorek T., Teoria sterowania i systemów, T. 1, PWN, Warszawa, 1999. (in Polish)

[4] Kulikowski R., Sterowanie w wielkich systemach, WNT, Warszawa, 1970. (in Polish)

[5] Łysakowska B., Mzyk G., Komputerowa symulacja układów automatycznej regulacji w środowisku Matlab/Simulink, Ofic.Wyd. Pol.Wroc., 2005. (in Polish)

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Amborski K., Marusak A., Teoria sterowania w ćwiczeniach, PWN, Warszawa, 1978. (in Polish)

[2] Kaczorek T., Teoria wielowymiarowych układów dynamicznych liniowych, WNT, Warszawa, 1983. (in Polish)

[3] Ogata K., Metody przestrzeni stanów w teorii sterowania; WNT, Warszawa, 1974. (in Polish)

[4] Pełczewski W., Teoria sterowania. Ciągłe stacjonarne układy liniowe, WNT, Warszawa, 1980. (in Polish)

[5] Tatjewski P., Sterowanie zaawansowane obiektów przemysłowych, Wyd. Exit, Warszawa, 2002. (in Polish)

[6] Zalewski A., Cegieła R., Matlab - obliczenia numeryczne i ich zastosowania, Wyd. Nakom, Poznań, 1997. (in Polish)


Grzegorz Mzyk, 71 320 32 77; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR

SUBJECT Control of continuous-time processes








PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1_W24 C1, C2 Lec1..Lec6 1,3,5

PEK_W02 K1_W24 C1, C2 Lec1..Lec6 1,3,5

PEK_W03 K1_W24 C4 Lec8, Lec9 1,3,5

PEK_W04 K1_W24 C4 Lec10, Lec14 1,3,5

PEK_W05 K1_W24 C5 Lec7, Lec14 1,3,5

PEK_W06 K1_W24 C3 Lec12, Lec14 1,3,5

PEK_W07 K1_W24 C6 Lec11, Lec14 1,3,5

PEK_W08 K1_W24 C7 Lec13, Lec14 1,3,5

PEK_U01 (skills) K1_U25 C1, C2 Lab1..Lab15 2,3,4

PEK_U02 K1_U25 C1, C2 Lab1..Lab15 2,3,4

PEK_U03 K1_U25 C1 Lab1..Lab3 2,3,4

PEK_U04 K1_U25 C3, C4 Lab8, Lab9 2,3,4

PEK_U05 K1_U25 C5 Lab6 2,3,4

PEK_U06 K1_U25 C7 Lab10 2,3,4

PEK_U07 K1_U25 C6 Lab12, Lab13 2,3,4

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 (competences)

K1_K01

Lec1÷Lec15

Lab1÷Lab15 1,2,3,4,5



SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish: INTERFEJSY OBIEKTOWE Name in English: Interfacing microprocessor with industrial objects Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: AREK014 Group of courses YES


2

0

2 0

0


60

90

Form of crediting crediting with grade*

crediting with grade*




0

3



1,5

1,5

* delete \

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_W08 2. K1AIR_W15 3. K1AIR_W17 4. K1AIR_W19 5. K1AIR_W20 6. K1AIR_W25

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquisition of knowledge of the requirements for connecting devices microprocessor systems with actuators and measurement.

C2. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of electronic circuits for processing signals received

from the sensors and the initiators of the object. C3. Acquisition of knowledge about electromagnetic interference and ways to combat them.

C4. Acquisition of knowledge about ways of transmission of current. C5. Acquisition of knowledge about galvanic separation and applied solutions. C6. Acquisition of knowledge about electrical motors as actuators in automation. C7. Acquisition of knowledge about electronics solutions and ways to control various types of

electric motors. C8. Acquisition of knowledge of processing analog measurement signals. C9. Acquisition of the ability to choose components and assembly technology in test electronic

circuits. C10. Acquisition of skills commissioning, testing, error checking and damage, damage cleanup

implemented systems. C11. Acquisition of skills picking and operation of the measuring equipment. Taking of

measurements of the systems and their characteristics, the ability to documenting them. Measurement data analysis and processing of measurement errors.

C12. Acquiring the ability to search and use of the corporate documentation and catalogs C13. Understand the importance of information search skills. Developing the capacity for self-

knowledge and skills.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – knows the types, standards and systems of signal transmission in automatic control

systems, PEK_W02 – knows the types of electromagnetic interference, their propagation path and the effects

of their interaction in electronic devices, PEK_W03 – knows how to interpret the requirements of IEC 61131-2 to the inputs and outputs of

PLCs and briefly describe them, PEK_W04 – knows the basic solutions inputs and outputs of PLCs, PEK_W05 – knows about the importance of galvanic separation in automatic control systems and

knows the solutions applied, PEK_W06 – knows the rules of selecting the type of electromechanical drive for applications PEK_W07 – knows the basic types of electric motors, their types, principles of operation, used the

drivers and control algorithms

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – knows how to assemble, run, and test measuring amplifier based on operational amplifier PEK_U02 – know how to select, design, assemble, run, and test the circuit filter analog signal PEK_U03 – knows how to choose, assemble, run, and test the selected non-linear analog signal

converter, relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – is aware of the importance of information retrieval skills and their critical analysis, PEK_K02 – understands the need for self-education and self-development of the application of skills

and knowledge,

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture

Number

hours

Wy1 The transmission of analogue and digital signals in automation systems. The impact of electromagnetic interference.

2

Wy2 Digital control Circuits. Existing solutions. 2

Wy3 Protection against interference and damage in the input and output circuits. Used components and circuits.

2

Wy4 Input and output two-state circuits in the PLC (IEC 61131-2). Defined security.

2

Wy5 Control of electric actuators. Applied methods and circuits. 2

Wy6 Circuits transmission of analog signals. Current loop transmitters and receivers.

2

Wy7 Significance of galvanic isolation. Galvanic separation of analogue signals. 2

Wy8 Galvanic separation two-state signals. 2 Wy 9 Electric motors as actuators. Basic requirements. 2

Wy10 Control of stepper motors. Algorithms and circuits. 2

Wy11 The electronics control DC drives. Linear and two-state control. 2 Wy12 Switching circuitry for DC drives. PWM Controllers. 2 Wy13 Control of AC commutator motors. Phase control. 2

Wy14 Control of brushless DC electric motor. Algorithms and circuits. 2

Wy15 Control drives with asynchronous motors (AC electric motor). Algorithms and circuits (PWM drivers).

2

Total hours 30

number hours

La1 Workplace training in health and safety. Presentation of lab resources. Presentation and distribution of realized subjects. Introduction to the calculation methodology and the selection of the type and value of the items. Discusses how and technology of electronic assembly. Documentation of measurements and processing of the measurement data, performance reports. Organizational matters.

2

La2 The selection of electronic components and calculate their values depending on the selected system parameters. The initial installation.

4

La3 Linear amplifier circuit analog signal. 4

Step I - differential amplifier. Electronic assembly and commissioning. Measurement of static characteristics, stability in time and temperature changes.

La4 Linear amplifier circuit analog signal Stage II. - Upgrading the configuration of the measuring amplifier. The measurement of static characteristics and frequency characteristics

4

La5 Circuits interference suppression in analog signal - filters. Step I. Revision of the selection circuits configuration for a given type and characteristics of the filter. The choice of the type of items and the calculation of their value. Mounting the filter first degree, the measurement of static and dynamic parameters.

4

La6 Circuits interference suppression in analog signal - filters. Stage II. - Revision of the selection circuits configurations for higher order filter given type. The selection of elements and calculate their values. Mounting secondary filter. The measurement of the static parameters of the filter. The measurement of frequency-dependent parameters of the filter.

4

La7 Non-linear analog signal transducers: signal rectifier system or sample-and-remembering the maximum value of the signal. Stage I. Selection of the circuit configuration to the task, applied components and their value. Division startup stages. Mounting the first stage. Checking the static and dynamic correct operation. Effect of elements tolerance.

4

La8 Non-linear analog signal transducers: signal rectifier system or sample-and-remembering the maximum value of the signal. Mounting the second stage. Verification of static and dynamic parameters. Effect of elements tolerance.

4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lecture with modern audiovisual technology. N2. Consultation - contact with the teacher and evaluation of test results. N3. Own work - self-study and preparation for test. N4. Own work - preparing for laboratory exercises (bibliographic sources, internet, company and industry documentation, etc.). N5. Working in the laboratory (preparation assembly, electronic assembly, commissioning, testing, measurement, etc.). N6. Own work development of of measurement results, conclusions, drawing up a report.



Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational

effect achievement

F1 PEK_U01 – PEK_U03 PEK_K01 – PEK_K02

Replies oral; Observation laboratory tasks; Evaluation of the effects of partial; Practical skills rating;

Evaluation of the quality and

completeness of documentation. F2 PEK_W01 – PEK_W07 Written tests.

P = 0,5*F1 + 0,5*F2

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Filipkowski A.: Układy elektroniczne analogowe i cyfrowe. Wydawnictwa Naukowo

Techniczne, Warszawa 2006 (Filipkowski A. Electronics analog and digital. Scientific and Technical Publishing House,

Warsaw 2006) [2] Horowitz P. Hill W .: Sztuka elektroniki.Tom 1 i 2. Wydawnictwa Komunikacji i Łączności,

Warszawa 2009 (Horowitz P. Hill W .,: The Art of Electronics. Tom 1 and 2, Transport and Communication

Publishers, Warsaw 2009) [3] Nadachowski M., Kulka Z.: Analogowe układy scalone, WKŁ, Warszawa 1991 (Nadachowski M., Kulka Z.: Analog integrated circuits, Transport and Communication Publishers, Warsaw 1991) [4] Tietze U., Schenk Ch.: Układy półprzewodnikowe, WNT, Warszawa 1996 (Tietze U., Schenk Ch.: Semiconductor circuits, Scientific and Technical Publishing House, Warsaw 1996) SECONDARY LITERATURE: [5] Literature related to technologies and devices selected for the implementation of laboratory

exercises. [6] Application Notes circuits used in the laboratory exercises. SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Jerzy Kraśniewski ; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Interfacing microprocessor with industrial objects


AND SPECIALIZATION Computerized Control Networks Subject

educational effect

Correlation between subject educational effect and educational

effects defined for main field of study and specialization (if applicable)**




PEK_W01 K1AIR_W27 C1. C8 Wy1, Wy6 N1; N2; N3 PEK_W02 K1AIR_W27 C3 Wy1, Wy3 N1; N2; N3 PEK_W03 K1AIR_W27 C2 Wy2, Wy4 N1; N2; N3 PEK_W04 K1AIR_W27 C4 Wy3, Wy4 N1; N2; N3 PEK_W05 K1AIR_W27 C5 Wy7 N1; N2; N3 PEK_W06 K1AIR_W27 C6, C7 Wy9…Wy15 N1; N2; N3 PEK_W07 K1AIR_W27 C6, C7 Wy9…Wy15 N1; N2; N3

PEK_U01 K1AIR_U28 C9 – C12 La1;La2, La3, La4

N2; N4, N5, N6


N2; N4, N5, N6


N2; N4, N5, N6

PEK_K01 T1A_K01, T1A_K07 C13 La1-La8 N4 PEK_K02 T1A_K01, T1A_K07 C13 La1-La8 N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY of Electronics / DEPARTMENT……………… SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish SCR-Systemy Operacyjne Name in English RTS Operating Systems Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): …………………….. Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK015 Group of courses YES


15 15


15 45

Form of crediting Crediting with grade*

Crediting with grade*


X


2 0

including number of ECTS points for

practical (P) classes

0 1


(BK) classes

1 1



1. K1AIR_ W09 2. K1AIR_ W17 3. K1AIR_ U09

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Learn the general structure, functions and mechanisms C2. Learn the process concurrency and the interprocess communication mechanisms in operating systems C3. Learn the thread creation, processing, and synchronization mechanisms in operating systems C4. Learn the mechanisms and functions for controlling time in operating systems, and for scheduling real time applications C5. Learn the memory mechanisms and algorithms in operating systems C6. Learn the input/output mechanisms and algorithms in operating systems C7. Learn the file systems mechanisms and algorithms in operating systems C8. Gain a practical ability of investigating the operation and subsystems in operating systems

C9. Gain a practical ability of programming using the operating system mechanisms, such as: concurrency, inter-process communication, and synchronization

-

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – knows the general structure and services of operating systems PEK_W02 – knows the process control mechanisms in operating systems PEK_W03 – knows the thread control mechanisms in operating systems PEK_W04 – knows the time control mechanisms in operating systems PEK_W05 – knows the task scheduling mechanisms in operating systems PEK_W06 – knows the RAM memory usage and algorithms of operating systems PEK_W07 – knows the basic input/output mechanisms in operating systems PEK_W08 – knows the basic file systems services in operating systems relating to skills: PEK_U01 – can trace the application in the operating system PEK_U02 – can monitor the operation of specific subsystems of the operating system PEK_U03 – can build applications using the operating system mechanisms, such as:

concurrency, inter-process communication, and synchronization relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – know the importance of standards in solving computer-related problems PEK_K02 – understands the need to self-study and develop own skills for independently

applying the knowledge andabilities

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Computer system: processor, memory, input/output devices. The purpose and functions of operating systems. Example operating systems.

1

Lec 2 Processes: states, creation, and controlling. Signals. Inter-process communication.

2

Lec 3 Threads. The Pthread POSIX standard. Programming with threads. Synchronization mechanisms.

2

Lec 4 Time measurements: time functions, clocks and timers, time measurement errors.

2

Lec 5 Scheduling. Types and algorithms. Preempting. Deadlocks and methods for their avoidance/resolving.

2

Lec 6 Memory: organization, management, protection. Virtual memory: basic algorithms. Paging and swapping.

2

Lec 7 Input/output systems: servicing external devices, I/O functions, direct memory access, buffering.

2

Lec 8 File systems. Types and organization of files. File catalogs. Access rights. File system operation. Examples.

2

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Organization of classes, safety and training 1 Lab 2 Working with the Unix command interpreter. Writing scripts. 3 Lab 3 Creation and monitoring of POSIX processes. Priorities. Controlling

resources. Signals. 2

Lab 4 Process programming. Communication using pipes. 4 Lab 5 Process programming. Communication using shared memory. 4 Lab 6 Creating threads and investigating their properties. 2 Lab 7 Programming threads and their synchronization mechanisms. 4 Lab 8 Investigating time mechanisms (clocks and timers). 2 Lab 9 Scheduling algorithms. 2 Lab 10

Resource allocation methods. 6

Total hours 30

-

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture using video projector N2. Laboratory classes N3. Consultations. N4. Independent work – preparation for the laboratory classes N5. Independent work – self study and preparation for the written test





F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W08 Written test F2 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03 Evaluation of laboratory exercises P = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE - PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] A.Silberschatz, P.B.Galvin, G.Gagne: Operating System Concepts, Sixth Edition, Wiley 2003 [2] W.Stallings: Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles, Fifth Edition, Prentice Hall 2005


[1] A.S.Tanenbaum: Modern Operating Systems (3rd Edition), Prentice Hall 2007 [2] M.Bach: The Design of the UNIX Operating System, Prentice-Hall 1986

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Witold Paluszyński, [email protected]


RTS Operating Systems AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics Subject

educational effect


applicable)**


*


Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 K1AIR_ W34 C1÷C9 Wy1÷Wy8 1,3,5

PEK_W02 K1AIR_ W34 C1,C2 Wy2 1,3,5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_ W34 C1,C3 Wy3 1,3,5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_ W34 C1,C4 Wy4 1,3,5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_ W34 C1 Wy5 1,3,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_ W34 C1,C5 Wy6 1,3,5

PEK_W07 K1AIR_ W34 C1,C6 Wy7 1,3,5

PEK_W08 K1AIR_ W34 C1,C7 Wy8 1,3,5

PEK_U01 K1AIR_ U37 C1÷C9 La2÷La10 2,3,4

PEK_U02 K1AIR_ U37 C1,C8 La2÷La10 2,3,4

PEK_U03 K1AIR_ U37 C1,C9 La2÷La10 2,3,4

PEK_K01 K1AIR_ W34, K1AIR_K07 C1÷C4 Wy1÷Wy8, La2÷La10

1,2,3,4,5

PEK_K02 K1AIR_ W34, K1AIR_K07 C1÷C9 Wy1÷Wy8, La2÷La10

1,2,3,4,5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Podstawy techniki mikroprocesorowej 2 Name in English Foundations of Microprocessor Techniques 2 Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies: 2nd level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREU406 Group of courses NO



30


60





2


(BK) classes

1



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquiring basic skills in coding of numbers in the typical numerical codes and the codes used in mechatronic devices. C2. Acquiring basic skills in performing mathematical operations on numbers using software architecture microprocessor. C3. Gaining basic knowledge of standard systems working with microprocessors and microcontrollers in measurement lines and implementing automation. C4. Learning how to prepare and run the software using the internal structure of microcontroller for control and automation in real-time RTC.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to skills: PEK_U01 - can use programming tools for the implementation of microprocessor systems

processing codes used in industrial equipment. PEK_U02 - can prepare algorithms, implement and run programs in environments

microprocessor to implement controls for typical automation actuators. PEK_U03 - can prepare algorithms, implement and run programs in environments

microprocessor to implement controls to support common sensors. PEK_U04 - can take advantage of industrial communication protocol to exchange data with a

microprocessor system. relating to social competences: PEK_K01 - can work with the team, has a consciousness of their role in a group of laboratory

and attention to the timely execution of the tasks assigned

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lab 1 Exercise of arithmetic, logical interpretation of the scope of encoding numbers in typical numerical codes and the codes used in mechatronic devices.

4

Lab 2 WorSupport simple I / O devices: LEDs, buttons giving logical states to implement the program setpoint signals for mechatronic actuators.

4

Lab 3 Driver unipolar stepper motor. 4

Lab 4 Driver bipolar stepper motor, control with substeps. 4

Lab 5 Microprocessor cooperation with the sensor of quadrature output. 4

Lab 6 Service temperature sensor. 4

Lab 7 Servic selected e industrial protocol. 6

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Analysis of additional materials placed on a web page object N2. Discussions problem with the use of the array and other audiovisual resources available N3. Practical exercises - to prepare programming algorithms and their implementation in microprocessor systems N4. Consultation N5. Own work - preparation for laboratory


Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), C –



concluding (at semester end) F1 PEK_U01-04 assessment of one of the laboratory and the

correctness of the exercise F2 PEK_U01-04 verify the accuracy of someone else's evaluation

of the projectassessment of written reports on the implementation of further laboratory

C = 0.5*F1 + 0.5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Siemens SIMATIC S7-1200 in the examples. Siemens, Warsaw 2011. [2] J. Kasprzyk, programming industrial controllers. WNT, Warsaw 2006 [3] J. Kwasniewski, programmable controller SIMATIC S7-300 in engineering practice. Publisher BTC, Arkady 2009. [4] W. Solnik, Zayd Z., Computer, industrial networks and Uni-Telway bus module TSX. Publishing House of Wroclaw University of Technology, 2010.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] W. Bolton: Programmable Logic Controllers. Elsevier 2003 [2] J. Halawa, simulation and computer aided design of dynamic control systems. Publishing House of Wroclaw University of Technology in 2007 [3] W. Solnik, Zayd Z., Profibus DP network in industrial practice. Publisher BTC, Arkady 2013. Company Studies: [1] Websites PLC manufacturers [2] http://wazniak.mimuw.edu.pl [3] http://plcs.pl [4] http://controlengineering.pl [5] http://www.automatykaonline.pl/poradnik/ [6] https://support.automation.siemens.com Magazines: [1] Measurement Automation and Control [2] Measurement Automation and Robotics

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Izworski Antoni, [email protected]


Foundations of Microprocessor Techniques 2 AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control

Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Computerized Control Networks



applicable)**




PEK_U01 S1ARK_W3 C1, C2 La1, 5, 6 N1, N3, N5

PEK_U02 S1ARK_U05, S1ARK_U06 C3, C4 La2, 3, 4 N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_U03 S1ARK_U05, S1ARK_U06 C1, C2, C3 La5, La6 N1, N2, N3, N5

PEK_U04 S1ARK_W3, S1ARK_U03 C1, C3, C4 La5, 6, 7 N1, N2, N3, N5

PEK_K01 S1ARK_K02 C2, C3 La4, 5, 7 N1, N4, N5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELEKTRONICS……… / DEPARTMENT……………… SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Regulatory i sterowniki Name in English Controllers Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ETES704 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 30


60 90

Form of crediting Crediting with grade*


Crediting with grade*




X


including number of ECTS points for practical (P)

classes

3

including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-

student contact (BK) classes

1,5 1,5


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_W21 2. K1AIR_W23 3. K1AIR_W25

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of the construction and principles of operation PLC and PAC. C2. The acquisition of skills in the field of constructing binary control algorithms. C3. The acquisition of PLC programming skills. C4. Skills of designing and developing an application for HMI. C5. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of principles of operation and construction of all sorts of regulators. C6. The acquisition of knowledge and skills in the field of configuration and parameterization PID controllers C7. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of Ex-protection in control systems C8.The acquisition of skills in the use of documentation and catalogues

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS a person who has chosen the course has the following powers:

relating to knowledge: PEK_W01- knows the construction programmable logic controllers and regulators PEK_W02- knows the rules of use and place in the PLC control and regulator. PEK_W03 - is able to specify a described in the standard IEC 61131-3 programming languages

of PLC's and briefly characterise them PEK_W04-knows operational and function blocks the ladder language. PEK_W05-is able to explain the operation of control systems with two- and three state

controllers PEK_W06-has knowledge about the parameters of PID regulator PEK_W07-knows the rules of fuzzy controllers PEK_W08- knows the concept and methods of Ex-protection PEK_W09-is able to formulate design assumptions for the man-machine interface (HMI). relating to skills: PEK_U01 – is able to configure the PLC and multifunction controller (multi-function unit) PEK_U02 - is able to prepare control algorithm and the PLC program to control of the

production line node. PEK_U03 - is able to select the parameters of two- and three-state controllers objects in control

systems for objects with different dynamics, PEK_U04 – is able to tune the PID regulator in control systems for objects with different

dynamics, PEK_U05 - can designate regulator parameters by measurements PEK_U06 - is able to compile fuzzy-controller algorithm PEK_U07 - is able to prepare program for devices performing tasks man - machine (HMI)

interface … relating to social competences: PEK_K01 - is aware of the importance of critical analysis and information search skills PEK_K02- understands the need to self-study and develop own skills for independently

applying the knowledge and abilities

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Regulators and drivers in control systems 1

Lec 2 Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC): - basic structures and configure hardware.

2

Lec 3 PLC - programming languages ( IEC standard 61131-3) 1

Lec 4 PLC - instructions ( triggers RS and SR, timers and counters) . 2

Lec 5 PLC - instructions ( comparators, fast counters, interruptions) . 2

Lec 6 PLC - instructions ( control functions, PID function block) 3

Lec 7 A visualization of the process. Panels and operator stations. SCADA Systems

3

Lec 8 Microprocessor PID controllers: - structures of hardware, discrete 2

equation of regulator

Lec 9 PID - analog and binary input /output 2

Lec 10 PID - multi-function and modular controllers 2

Lec 11 PID - structuring and parameterization 2

Lec 12 Two- and three-state controllers. Fuzzy controllers. 2

Lec 13 Static and dynamic properties of controlled objects. 2

Lec 14 Controllers tuning in control systems. 2

Lec 15 Ex-protection of control devices

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Training on-the-job HEALTH AND SAFETY AT WORK. Organizational matters. Introduction.

2

Lab 2 Set up the driver. Programming PLC: the simple binary logic functions, control engine (Start/Stop), timing devices from, counters, comparators.

4

Lab 3 Development control algorithm selected the model line physical technology and implementing this algorithm software PLC control algorithm in the language drabinkowym

4

Lab 4 Development control algorithm selected the model line physical technology and implementing this algorithm software PLC in language drabinkowym or SFC

4

Lab 5 Two- and three-state controllers. Fuzzy controllers. 4

Lab 6 Configuring and testing of dynamic properties of PID controllers. 4

Lab 7 Tuning and auto tuning of PID controllers. 4

Lab 8 Human – Machine Interface 4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture using video projector N2. Laboratory classes N3. Consultations N4. Independent work – preparation for the laboratory classes N5. Independent work – self study and preparation for the written test





PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Oral tests, evaluation of laboratory exercises, written reports from the exercises

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09 Written test

P = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Greblicki W., Podstawy automatyki, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2006 [2] Kasprzyk J., Programowanie sterowników przemysłowych. WNT, Warszawa 2006 [3] Kwaśniewski J., Programowalny sterownik SIMATIC S7-300 w praktyce inżynierskiej, Wydawnictwo BTC, Legionowo 2009 [4] Trybus L.: Regulatory wielofunkcyjne, WNT, Warszawa 1992 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Bolton W.: Programmable Logic Controllers, Elsevier 2003 [2] Halawa J., Symulacja i komputerowe projektowanie dynamiki układów sterowania,Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2007 [3] Solnik W., Zajda Z.: Sieci przemysłowe Profibus DP i MPI w automatyce, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2010 Corporate documentation, manuals, etc.:

[1] KEPServerEX V5 Help. Kepware Technologies, 2011. [2] Podręcznik InTouch. Wizualizacja. Invensys Systems, Inc., 2009 [3] SIPROM DR24. Graphic Configuration of the Multifunction Unit SIPART DR24. Manual. SIEMENS. Issue 05/96 [4] SIPROM DR24. Handbuch. 6DR1125-8KB. Siemens AG,1992. [5] https://support.automation.siemens.com Scientific journals:

[1] Pomiary Automatyka Kontrola [2] Pomiary Automatyka i Robotyka

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Zbigniew Zajda, 71 320 26 48; [email protected]


Controllers AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY








PEK_W01, PEK_W02 K1AIR_W26 C1 Wy1, Wy2, Wy8 Wy11

1,2,4,5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_ W26 C3 Wy2 1,4,5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_ W26 C3 Wy3…Wy6 1,2,3,4

PEK_W05, PEK_W07 K1AIR_W24, K1AIR_ W26 C5 Wy12 1,4,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_W26, C6 Wy6, Wy8, Wy14 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W08 K1AIR_W26 C7 Wy15 1,5

PEK_W09

K1AIR_ W26 C4 Wy06, Wy07,

La8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U01 K1AIR_ U27 C1, C6 La2, La6 2, 4

PEK_U02 K1AIR_ U27 C2, C3 La3, La4 1,2, 4,

PEK_U03, PEK_U04 K1AIR_ U27 C6 La5…La7,

Wy12,Wy13 1,2,3,4

PEK_U05 K1AIR_ U27 C6 La6 1,2,4

PEK_U06 K1AIR_ U27 C5, C6 La5 1,2,3,4

PEK_U07 K1AIR_ U27 C4 La8 1,2,3,4

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 K1AIR_K04 C8 Wy1÷Wy15

La1÷La8 1,2,3,4,5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Bazy danych Name in English Database systems Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): ……---……….. Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK018 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

15 30


30 60






- 2


1 1



K1AIR_ W09

K1AIR_ U08

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquisition of the knowledge about relational algebra, data modeling and normalization.

C2. Gaining the skills of administration of selected database systems.

C3. Learning the SQL language and query optimization techniques.

C3. Gaining the skills of programming stored procedures in PL/SQL. language

C4. Acquisition of the knowledge about specific problems of data warehouse management and the methods of their solving.

C5. Learning of selected methods of designing and creating dynamic WWW pages with the

access to database.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – knows foundations of relational algebra and problems of data normalization

PEK_W02 – knows computational complexity of popular types of queries

PEK_W03 – knows the structure of typical database objects, i.e., tables, indexes, stored procedures,etc..

PEK_W04 – knows typical problems of multi-user access to data and the methods of their solving

PEK_W05 – knows the techniques of safety management and can protect the data from lose and unauthorised use

PEK_W06 – knows administration problems and tools specific for data warehouses relating to skills: PEK_U01 – is able to install, configure and administer of selected database management system (e.g.

Oracle)

PEK_U02 – can create complex queries in SQL

PEK_U03 – can write and compile simple procedures in PL/SQL

PEK_U04 – can design the WWW page with the access to database and user authentication

PEK_U05 – can export/import large sets of data between different types of databases and is able to implement distributed applications in various configurations (e.g. Oracle-Access, C#/C++-Oracle etc)

PEK_U06 – can apply modern tools to solve problems specific for data warehouses (partitioning, mirroring ,etc.)

relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – is aware of the importance of the ability of data searching and analysis,

PEK_K02 – understand the necessity of further self-education and broadening knowledge and skills,

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction, typical problems, classification of databases 1

Lec 2 Data modeling, normalization, UML language 1

Lec 3 Selected techniques of object oriented programming 1

Lec 4 The Oracle database system and its physical structure (files and tablespaces) 1

Lec 5 Logical structure of database system 1

Lec 6 Transactions, multi-user access to data, synchronization with the use of locks

1

Lec 7 Tables, indexes, views, procedures and packages 1

Lec 8 SQL language, select, insert and update queries 1

Lec 9 Programming in PL/SQL; conditions, lops, and exceptions 1

Lec 10 Safety of data 1

Lec 11 Microsoft SQL Server – physical and logical structure. Transact-SQL language 1

Lec 12 Other database systems, e.g. MySQL, SQLite 1

Lec 13 Data warehouses, mirroring of servers, partitioned objects 1

Lec 14 Examples of client applications (MS Access, C#) 1

Lec 15 Summary 1

Total hours 15

Form of classes - project Number of hours

Proj 1 Organization of the project. Introduction. User accounts 4

Proj 2 Problems formulation. Literature 4

Proj 3 Design of data sructure 4

Proj 4 Implementation and testing 4

Proj 5 Creation of the user interface 4

Proj 6 Building the WWW page 4

Proj 7 Final report preparation 4

Proj 8 Summary 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED 1. Traditional lecture with the use of videoprojector 2. Consultations 3. Individual job – programming 4. Individual job – literature studies 5. Individual job – preparation to final test






PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Observation of the results during semester,

Written final report.


Written coloqium (test)

C=0,5*F1 + 0,5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] System zarządzania bazą danych Oracle 7 i Oracle 8 /R. Wrembel, J. Jezierski, M. Zakrzewicz, wyd. Nakom, Poznań, 2000. (in Polish)

[2] Oracle -- łatwiejszy niż przypuszczasz /J. Gnybek. Gliwice : Helion, 1996. (in Polish)

[3] Learning Oracle PL/SQL /B. Pribyl, S. Feuerstein. Beijing : O’Reilly, 2002. (in Polish)

[4] Oracle database 11g :kompendium administratora /K. Loney , Gliwice : Helion, 2010. (in Polish)

[5] Learning center systemu MSSQL: http://www.microsoft.com/sqlserver/en/us/default.aspx

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Poznaj Oracle 8 /D. Austin, wyd. Mikom, Warszawa , 1999. (in Polish)

[2] UML - przewodnik użytkownika /G. Booch, J. Rumbaugh, J. , Warszawa : WNT, 2002. (in Polish)

[3] UML dla każdego :Ujednolicony Język Modelowania - wyrażanie związków między klasami w projektowaniu obiektowym /J. Schmuller.Gliwice : Helion, 2003. (in Polish)

[4] Techniczne podstawy systemów klient-serwer /C. L. Hall. Warszawa : WNT, 1996. (in Polish)

[5] Postawy języka C++/S. Lippman, WNT Warszawa, 2001. (in Polish)

[6] HTML 4 :biblia /B. Pfaffenberger, B. Karow. Gliwice : Helion, 2001. (in Polish)

[7] documentation on www.oracle.com

[8] internet courses, e.g. on page www.youtube.com


Adam Janiak, 71 320 29 06, [email protected]

Grzegorz Mzyk, 71 320 32 77; [email protected]


SUBJECT Database systems


AND SPECIALIZATION …………---…………..







PEK_W01 (knowledge) S1AiR_W35 C1 Lec1..Lec3 1,2,4,5

PEK_W02 S1AiR_W35 C3 Lec7, Lec9 1,2,4,5

PEK_W03 S1AiR_W35 C2 Lec4, Lec6, Lec8, Lec11

1,2,4,5

PEK_W04 S1AiR_W35 C2 Lec5,Lec7, Lec12 1,2,4,5

PEK_W05 S1AiR_W35 C2, C4 Lec10..Lec12 1,2,4,5

PEK_W06 S1AiR_W35 C4 Lec13, Lec14 1,2,4,5

PEK_U01.. PEK_U06 (skills) S1AiR_U38 C1..C5 Proj1..Proj8 2,3,4

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 (competences)

K1_K04

Lec1÷Lec15

Proj1÷Proj8 1,2,3,4,5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Sterowanie procesami dyskretnymi Name in English: Control of Discrete Processes Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: AREK019 Group of courses: YES



30 30


60 90

Form of crediting Exam crediting with

grade


X



(P) classes

- 3


(BK) classes

2 2



\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquirement of the basic knowledge of the processes

C2. Acquirement of the basic knowledge about the methods of designing exact algorithms for solving discrete problems

C3. Acquirement of the basic knowledge about the methods of constructing heuristic algorithms for discrete problems

C4. Acquirement of the basic knowledge about the structure of production systems and tools supporting schedule optimization

C5. Acquiring skills of design and implement algorithms for optimization in discrete systems

C6 Acquiring the ability to use applications supporting optimization and control in production systems


relating to knowledge PEK_W01 Has basic knowledge of discrete processes. He knows the basic models of the real production systems.

PEK_W02 Knows methods of modeling discrete systems

PEK_W03 Knows the description and models of some practical problems.

PEK_W04 Knows what are the basic differences between the exact and approximate discrete optimization algorithms. He knows the quality evaluation methods.

PEK_W05 Knows the dynamic programming scheme

PEK_W06 Knows the branch and bound scheme.

PEK_W07 Knows Land-Doig algorithm and the algorithm cut-off planes.

PEK_W08 Knows binary linear programming method and Balas algorithm .

PEK_W09 Knows thermodynamic method of constructing approximate algorithms for discrete problems.

PEK_W10 Knows the method of constructing algorithms based on genetic search

PEK_W11 Has knowledge about various methods of constructing aproximate algorithms.

PEK_W12 Knows the control structures and strategies in manufacturing production systems.

PEK_W13 Knows priority rules used in scheduling of jobs in production systems.

PEK_W14 Knows tools to simulate manufacturing systems. relating to skills PEK_U01 Is able to develop the model and find the exact solution of the discrete problem using computer based optimization package

PEK_U02 Is able to develop and implement an exact algorithm for polinomal one machine scheduling problems

PEK_U03 Is able to design and implement Carlier algorithm

PEK_U04 Is able to implement an algorithm based on dynamic programming method.

PEK_U05 Is able to implement aproximate algorithm for scheduling in flow production system

PEK_U06 Is able to create an application supporting scheduling in flow production system that uses thermodynamic algorithms.

PEK_U07 Is able to implement the local search algorithm for the job shop problem

PEK_U08 Is able to simulate the production process on the selected software. relating to social competences PEK_K01 Is aware of the importance of information retrieval skills and their critical analysis,

PEK_K02 Understands the need for self-education and to develop the ability to independently apply their knowledge and skills,

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Wy1 Discrete processes. Events. Process modeling. 2

Wy2-3 Models of systems and processes: graphs, combinatorial, discrete programming, Petri, fuzzy, queuing, stochastic.

4

Wy4 Some practical problems: bin packing, placement, traveling salesman problem, scheduling.

2

Wy5 Exact and approximate discrete optimization methods. Quality assessment methods.

2

Wy6 Dynamic programming scheme. 2

Wy7 Branch and bound algorithm. 2

Wy8 Integer linear programming. Land-Doig algorithm. The algorithm cut-off planes.

2

Wy9 Binary linear programming. Balas algorithm. 2

Wy10 Thermodynamic algorithms. Simulated annealing. 2

Wy11 Local search algorithms. Genetic algorithms. 2

Wy12 Other approximate methods. 2

Wy13 The layered structure of the control system. Strategies of manufacturing. Control and management.

2

Wy14 Priority scheduling rules. 2

Wy15 Simulations of systems and processes. 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes – labolatory Number of hours

La1 Workplace training in health and safety. Organizational matters. 2

La2-3 Development of models and finding the exact solution using optimization packages for real examples of discrete optimization

4

La4 Development and implementation of exact algorithms for one machine scheduling problems

2

La5-6 Design and implementation of Carlier algorithm 4

La7-8 Implementation of a dynamic programming algorithm for the 1||sumWiTi problem.

4

La9-10 Implementation of the NEH algorithm for the flow shop problem 4

La11 The design, implementation and testing of simulated annealing algorithm for the flow shop problem

2

La12-13 The implementation of the local search algorithm for the job shop problem

4

La14-15 Simulate the production process on the computer software 4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2 Self-study – individual work and preparation for the final test.

N3 Consultations.

N4 Laboratory class

N5 Self-study – individual preparation for laboratory class




F1 PEK_W01 - PEK_W14 Exam

F2 PEK_U01 - PEK_U08

Evaluation of oral answer,

evaluation of made exercise,

evaluation of the report of the exercises

P=0.4*F1+0.6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] C. Smutnicki, Algorytmy szeregowania, EXIT, Warszawa 2002. [2] T. Sawik, Optymalizacja dyskretna w elastycznych systemach produkcyjnych, WNT

Warszawa 1992.


[1] T. Sawik, Planowanie i sterowanie produkcji w elastycznych systemach montażowych, Warszawa, WNT, 1996.


Czesław Smutnicki; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Cotrol of Discrete Processes

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY: Automation Engineering and Robotics



applicable)**




PEK_W01 K1AIR_ W31 C1 Wy1 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W02 K1AIR_ W31 C1 Wy2-3 N1, N2, N3













PEK_U01 K1AIR_ U34 C6 La1 N3, N4, N5

PEK_U02 K1AIR_ U34 C5 La2-3 N3, N4, N5







PEK_K01 PEK_K02 K1AIR_K04

K1AIR_K05 C1-C6

Wy1-Wy15,

La1-La8 N1-N5


1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Dynamika obiektów automatyki Name in English Dynamics of controlled system Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREK021 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 15 30


50 60 70




X



- 2 2


1 1 2

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W01, K1AIR_W02, K1AIR_W03, K1AIR_W06 K1AIR_U01, K1AIR_U02, K1AIR_U03, K1AIR_U04

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To acquire knowledge of description form and research methods of dynamics of an automation system C2. To acquire skill to identification of the automation system C3. To acquire skill to elementary analytical research C4. To acquire skill to prepare and carry on simulation research


relating to knowledge (K1AIR_W21): PEK_W01 – characterize fundamental mathematical form of a description and analysis of system

dynamics – differential equation on 1.order, state space equations and transmittance PEK_W02 – explain dynamics properties on base of a poles placement, step and impulse response, and

Bode characteristic PEK_W03 – indicate parameters, properties and examples of fundamental dynamics elements PEK_W04 – describe typical field of application of models PEK_W05 – describe fundamental method of identification on the base of transient response and

frequency charcteristic PEK_W06 – specify simulating methods of research of dynamics properties

2

relating to skills (K1AIR_U21): PEK_U01 – identify simple models of an automation system PEK_U02 – convert one form of model into another: linear differential equation n-order into state space

system or transmittance, equations into transmittances PEK_U03 – determine an equilibrium state and test a stability of a linear system described with the help

of differential equation n-order, state space equations or transmittance, PEK_U04 – simulate in Matlab/Simulink (Scilab) a step and impulse response of systems described

with the help of ordinary differential equations, or transmittances PEK_U05 – describe dynamic properties using precise notions relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – carry on research and documentation PEK_K02 – verify own research

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Static and dynamics description of an automation system Aim of an identification and research of dynamics of plants

2

Lec 2-3 Fundamental dynamics elements – models and parameters 4

Lec 4 Identification of the automation system on base of transient response. 2

Lec 5 Example and analysis of oscilating systems. Phase portraits 2

Lec 6 Frequency characteristics. Asymptotes of Bode characteristics 2

Lec 7 Identification of the automation system on base of frequency characteristics 2

Lec 8 Multidimensional and complex models of plats 2

Lec 9 Properties and application of linear differential equations. State space equations 2

Lec 10 Description of nonlinear dynamic automation systems Simulation solution of differential equations

2

Lec 11 Methods of linearization of nonlinear automation systems 2

Lec 12 Analog simulations. Introduction to parallel simulations 2

Lec 13-14 Methods of numerical integration of ordinary differential equation systems 2

Lec 15 Summary – general typology and application of models 2 Total hours 30

Form of classes - class Number of

hours

Cl 1 Static and characteristic equation 1 Cl 2 Parameters and properties of fundamental dynamics elements in time domain 2 Cl 3 Different method of analysis on the base of a second order model 2 Cl 4 Identification of dynamics elements on base of transient response. 2 Cl 5 Determination and application of asymptotes of Bode characteristics 2 Cl 6 Block diagram of plants 2 Cl 7 Method of analysis of state space equations 2 Cl 8 Conversion of models - state space equations and transfer functions 2 Total hours 15


Lab 1 Health and safety at work. Introduction to Matlab – plot function and operations on matrices

2

3

Lab 2 Static characteristic of plant. 2 Lab 3 Function of time: compound the exponential function and the sinus function 2 Lab 4 Application and research of dynamics elements in time domain 2 Lab 5 Simulation solution of a second order differential equation 2 Lab 6 Generation of phase portraits 2 Lab 7 Methods of identification on the base of transient response. 2 Lab 8 Research of dynamics elements in frequency domain 2 Lab 9 Methods of identification on the base of frequency characteristics 2 Lab 10 Diagram and simulation research of linear differential equation 2 Lab 11 Diagram and simulation research of nonlinear differential equations 2 Lab 12-14 Identification and simulation research of chosen plant (research project) 6 Lab 15 Another methods of a construction of models in simulation programs 2 Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with projector N2. Class N3. Laboratory N4. Student’s work – study for a laboratories, paper reports N5. Student’s work – problem collection N6. Student’s work – self study N7. Consultations




F1, F2 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03 PEK_U05, PEK_K03

writen short tests and one general test

F3 PEK_U03 ÷ PEK_04 PEK_K01÷ PEK_K03

paper reports

F4 written test in the field of lecture C = 0,3*(F1+F2) + 0,3*F3+0,4*F4 if F1+F2>=3,0 i F3>=3 i F4>=3,0


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Czemplik A., Praktyczne wprowadzenie do opisu, analizy i symulacji dynamiki obiektów, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2012 [2] Close C.C., Frederick D.K., Newell J.C., Modeling and analysis of dynamic systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2002 [3] Czemplik A., Modele dynamiki układów fizycznych dla inżynierów, WNT, Warszawa 2008

[4] Osowski S., Modelowanie i symulacja układów i procesów dynamicznych, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 2007 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Franklin G.F. i in., Feedback control of dynamic systems, Pearson, 2010

[2] Halawa J., Symulacja i komputerowe projektowanie dynamiki układów sterowania,Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2007

4

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Anna Czemplik, 71 320 32 85; [email protected]


Dynamics of controlled system AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics Subject educational effect Correlation between subject






PEK_W01, PEK_W02 (knowledge) K1AIR_W21 C1

Lec1, Lec2-3, Lec5, Lec6,

Lec9 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_W21 C3 Lec 2-3, Lec5 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_W21 C1,C4 Lec 8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_W21 C4 Lec 4, Lec7 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_W21 C5 Lec 10,

Lec12-14 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U01 (skills)

K1AIR_U21 C5 Lab4,Lab5, Lab7,Lab9, Lab12-14

1,2,5

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U21 C4 Cl3,Cl8 1,2,5

PEK_U03 K1AIR_U21 C3,C4 Cl2÷3, Cl7 Lab12-14

1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U04 K1AIR_U21 C5 Cl6,Lab1-15 1,3,4,5

PEK_U05 K1AIR_U22 C3 Lab12÷14 1,2,5

PEK_K01 (competences) C5 Lab1÷Lab15 1,3,4,5 PEK_K02 C5 Lab1÷Lab15

Cl1÷8 1,2,3,4,5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Pomiarowe i wykonawcze urządzenia automatyki Name in English: Measuring and executive control devices Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1nd level, full-time Kind of subject: optional Subject code AREK022 Group of courses YES



30 30


90 90





- 3


2 3



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. The student gains the knowledge about sensors constructions and methods of measurement of physical phenomena. C2. The student gains the basic knowledge in the field of working and construction of measuring and executive control devices used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems. C3. The student gains skills of configuration of measuring and executive control devices used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems. C4. The student gains the basic skills of designing of SCADA applications for operation stations and visualization systems. C5. The student gains the knowledge in the field of methods of power supply and the basic protection of measuring and executive control devices used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems. C6. The student gains the basic skills of programming PLC controllers as a central measurement station. C7. The student gains the basic knowledge in the field of standards and methods of

communication and data exchange of measuring and executive control devices used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems. C8. The student gains the basic skills of searching and exploiting of user manuals, catalog of industrial equipment, technological schema of industrial processes.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – The student knows the sensors constructions and methods of measurement of

physical phenomena. PEK_W02 – The student knows the basic rules of working and construction of measuring and

executive control devices used in systems of object devices of automatic control systems.

PEK_W03 – The student can select the proper configuration of measuring and executive control devices used in automatic control installations, which is based on the technical documentation.

PEK_W04 – The student can suggest the simple SCADA applications for operation stations or visualization systems.

PEK_W05 – The student knows the methods of power supply and the basic protection of measuring and executive devices of automatic control systems.

PEK_W06 – The student knows the basic functions and blocks of PLC ladder language. PEK_W07 – The student has the basic knowledge in the field of analog and digital

measurement standards used in communication and data exchange of measuring and executive control devices in in automatic control installations.

PEK_W08 – The student has the basic knowledge in the field of standards and methods of serial communication used in systems of measuring and executive devices of automatic control systems.

PEK_W09 – The student has the knowledge necessary to understand technological schema of industrial processes.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – The student is able to connect devices for measurement and assess the correctness

of results measured directly on a sensor or on a control device. PEK_U02 – The student is able to match a configuration of measuring and executive control

devices using user manuals. PEK_U03 – The student is able to perform a simple SCADA application for an operation station

or visualization system. PEK_U04 – The student is able to match a configuration of PLC and other controllers and make

a program for these devices, which executes a function of central measurement station or simple control system.

PEK_U05 – The student is able to use technological schema of industrial processes. PEK_U06 – The student is able to correctly connect an industrial device to electrical installation

using user manuals. PEK_U07 – The student is able to connect a device with a serial communication net RS-485 relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – The student has an awareness of an importance of ability of information searching

and critical analysis of this information. PEK_K02 – The student understands the necessity of self-education and developing abilities to

self-using of the student's own knowledge and skills.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec1 Introduction and presentation the overall structure of the master SCADA system.

1

Lec1,2 Sensors and different methods of measuring of basic physical phenomena 2

Lec2 Sensors and different methods of directly and indirectly measuring 1

Lec3 Standards and signals of measurement 1

Lec3,4 Measurement converters and other devices to convert signals of measurement 3

Lec5,6 The devices and equipment working in digital standard 3

Lec6,7 Methods of power supply and protecting of measuring and executive devices, methods and symbols used in electric designs

2

Lec7 Norms and standards used to technological schema of industrial processes 1

Lec8 Devices used as central measurement stations. The function of PLC controller in a distributed control system.

2

Lec9 Construction and configuration of PLC controller. Methods of programming of PLC controller

2

Lec10 The basic structure and rules of ladder language. The memory structure and types of values in PLC controller

2

Lec11 Timers and counters and other functions for collection, buffering and registration data in PLC controller

1

Lec11,12

Communication and data exchange in devices used in systems of measuring and executive control devices

2

Lec12,13

Serial communication standards used in systems of acquisition of measuring data

2

Lec13,14

SCADA systems and operator panels in systems of acquisition of measuring data

3

Lec15 Security and protective systems. Examples of automatic protection systems on production lines, the hierarchy of alarms, alarm and event registration, procedures, levels of access to the systems.

2

Total hours 30

Form of laboratory Number

of hours

La1 Training of health and safety-at-work legislation. Organizational details 2

La2 Introduction and presentation of laboratory tasks, students' acquainting with laboratory devices and models of objects

4

La3 Measurement converters and sensors tests 4

La4 The digital standard working devices tests. Students' acquainting with power supply and protective equipment of industrial devices

4

La5 Configuring a multifunction controller. The task of configuration of a multifunction controller as a central measurement station.

4

La6 Configuring a PLC controller. The task of configuration of a PLC controller as a central measurement station.

4

La7 The operation station in SCADA visualization system. 4

La8 Configuring and testing measurement converters. Setting the application of the operation station in SCADA visualization system with PLC controller in motion.

4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED 1. Informational Lecture with multimedia presentation 2. Laboratory classes 3. Tutorial 4. Students' individual work before each laboratory class 5. Students' individual work and study to the final test





Oral answers, control of work during the laboratory classes, written reports of laboratory

tasks F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09 The written final exam

P = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Nawrocki Waldemar, Rozproszone systemy pomiarowe,WKiŁ, 2006

[2] Kasprzyk J., Programowanie sterowników przemysłowych. WNT, Warszawa 2006

[3] Krzesaj-Janyszek Barbara, Pomiary ciśnienia. Wybrane problemy konstrukcji i technologii przyrządów pomiarowych, PIAP, Warszawa 2005

[4] Taler D., Sokołowski J., Pomiary cieplne (zwężkowe) w przemyśle, PAK 2006

SUPPLEMENTARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bolton W.: Programmable Logic Controllers, Elsevier 2003

[2] Korytkowski Jacek, Układy przetworników cyfrowo-analogowych napięcia, prądu i rezystancji oraz metoda ich analizy, PIAP Warszawa 2004

[3] Jakuszewski Ryszard, Programowanie systemów Scada - iFix 4.0 PL, wydawca: Jacka Skalmierskiego, 2008

[4] Trybus L.: Regulatory wielofunkcyjne, WNT, Warszawa 1992

User manuals: [1],GE INTELLIGENT PLATFORMS - PROFICY MACHINE EDITION, Inc., 2011

[2], GE INTELLIGENT PLATFORMS – 90-30, Inc., 2011




Jurnals:

[1] Pomiary Automatyka Kontrola SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Lower Michał, 71 320 29 68; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Measuring and executive control devices




applicable)**




(knowledge) PEK_W01 K1AIR_W11,

K1AIR_ W25

C1 Lec1, Lec2, 1,3,5

PEK_W02 K1AIR_W11,

K1AIR_ W25

C2 Lec3-Lec6, Lec15

1,3,5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_W3,

K1AIR_ W25,

K1AIR_ W26

C3 Lec3,Lec4, 1,3,5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_W27 C4 Lec1,

Lec13-Lec15,

1,3,5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_W10,

K1AIR_ W25

C5 Lec6, Lec7, 1,3,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_W26 C6 Lec8-Lec10, 1,3,5

PEK_W07,

PEK_W08

K1AIR_ W25,

K1AIR_ W27

C7 Lec02,

Lec11-Lec13,

1,3,5

PEK_W09 K1AIR_W10,

K1AIR_ W25

C8 Lec7 1,3,5

PEK_U01 K1AIR-U5,

K1AIR_ U7,

K1AIR-U19,

K1AIR_ U26

C4-5, C7-8 La3,La4,La8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U02 K1AIR_ U26 C4, C6 La5,La6,La8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U03 K1AIR_ U26 C7 La7,La8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U04 K1AIR_ U26 C4, C6 La5,La6 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U05 K1AIR_ U20,

K1AIR_ U44

C3-8 La2 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U06 K1AIR_ U20,

K1AIR_ U44

C7, C8 La4 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_U07 K1AIR_ U26 C2-8 La8 1,2,3,4,5

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 K1AIR_K04

C8

Lec1÷Lec15

La1÷La8

1,2,3,4,5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY Electronics / DEPARTMENT Control Engineering and Robotics SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Wizualizacja danych sensorycznych Name in English Sensor data visualization Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Robotics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES101 Group of courses YES


30

30


50

70



X


4



-

2


(BK) classes

2

2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. INEW002 2. AREK003, 3. ETEW006

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquirement of knowledge in area of sensors data visualization C2 Acquirement of knowledge in applications construction using graphics libraries C3 Acquirement of skills for creation of applications for graphics operation systems C4 Acquirement of knowledge in area of gnuplot program usage C5 Acquirement of knowledge in area of construction of basic types of range-finders C6 Acquirement of knowledge in interpretation of sensors data obtained from optical and ultrasonic range-finders C7 Acquirement of skills for search and usage datasheets.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – a student can formulate basic recommendations for readable sensors data

visualization. PEK_W02 – a student can describe types of portable software libraries for graphics

applications. PEK_W03 – a student can describe main features of the library Qt. PEK_W04 – a student can explain construction of an application using the library Qt. PEK_W05 – a student can characterise library Qt tools which support creation of an

application. PEK_W06 – a student can characterise library Qt tools which support creation a multi-lingua

user interface. PEK_W07 – a student can explain basic commands for gnuplot program. PEK_W08 – a student can characterise basic types of ultrasonic and optical range-finders. PEK_W09 – a student can characterise problems of interpretation of data obtained from

ultrasonic and optical range-finders. relating to skills: PEK_U01 – a student can create a basic construction of an application using the library Qt PEK_U02 – a student can use tools which support creation of graphics user interface PEK_U03 – a student can use the most important elements of the library Qt PEK_U04 – a student can use tools to internationalize a graphics user interface PEK_U05 – a student can use gnuplot program to draw a function chart or to visualize results

of measurements PEK_U06 – a student can interpret data obtained from ultrasonic range-finders PEK_U07 – a student can interpret data obtained from optical range-finders relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – a student has awareness of significance of information search and its critical

analyze PEK_K02 – a student has awareness of necessity of self-education and development of skills

of acquired knowledge usage

PROGRAMME CONTENT

For Number of hours

Lec 1

Survey of sensors types. Basic manners of sensor data interpretation and visualization in robotics applications. Technical tools of vis

2

ualization.

Lec 2

X Window system. Basic multi-platform graphics libraries. Introduction to the library Qt

2

Lec 3

The library Qt (continued): Scheme of compilations, simple application

2

s, concept of signals and slots, examples of usage

Lec 4

The library Qt (continued): Selected elements of the library Qt. Tools for the library Qt. Designer - basic functionalities

2

Lec 5

The library Qt (continued): Designer - examples of usage, creation of an application step by step

2

Lec 6

The library Qt (continued): Creation of graphics elements, time interruptions

2

Lec 7

The library Qt (continued): Geometry management, dialog construction

2

Lec 8

The library Qt (continued): Internalization of an application

2

Lec 9

Graphics libraries based on Qt

2

Lec 10

Usage of

2

of gnuplot program

Lec 11

Ultrasonic range-finders

2

Lec 12

Ultrasonic multi-sonar systems

2

Lec 13

PSD sensors, optical and laser range-finders

2

Lec 14

System for depth map creation, 3D cameras

2

Lec 15

Sensors used by Mars rovers

2

Total hours

30

Form of classes - project

Number of hours

Proj 1 Presentation of classes issues. Presentation of proposed project subjects

2

Proj 2-3 Consultation and choices of project subjects. Formulation of more detailed assumptions

4

Proj 4-5 Consultation and initial stage of project realization. Delivery of Reports of initial results

4

Proj 6-7 Consultation. The second stage of projects realization

4

Proj 8 Presentation of achieved results and reports delivery

2

Proj 9-12 Consultation. The third stage of projects realization and delivery of reports of achieved results

8

Proj 13-14 Consultation and the last stage of projects realization

4

Proj 15 Presentation of the final results and reports delivery

2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture and usage of a video projector N2. Project classes N3. Consultation N4. Own work - realization of chosen project subject N5. Own study and preparation to a course exam





Oral answers, observation of performance of individual project stages, evaluation of written reports

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09 PEK_U06 ÷ PEK_U07

Written exam

C = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] J. Fraden, Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and Applications (Handbook of Modern Sensors), Springer; 2003

[2] J. Blanchette, M. Summerfield, “C++ GUI Programming with Qt 4“, Prentice Hall PTR; Pap/Cdr, 2006.


[1] H. R. Everett, Sensors for Mobile Robots - Theory and Application, A. K. Peters, Ltd. 1991. [2] Dick Crawford; gnuplot - An Interactive Plotting Program; manual, 1998 [3] Jasmin Blanchette, Mark Summerfield.; C++ GUI Programming with Qt 4 (First Edition),

http://www.qtrac.eu/C++-GUI-Programming-with-Qt-4-1st-ed.zip [4] A. Dubrawski, R. Sawwa; Laserowe trójwymiarowe czujniki odległości w nawigacji ruchomych robotów; V Krajowa

Konferencja Robotyki, 1996, 324 -- 333; SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Bogdan Kreczmer, [email protected]


Sensor data visualization AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Robotics







PEK_W01 S1ARR_ W01 C1 Lect 1 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W02, PEK_W03 S1ARR_ W01 C2 Lect 2 N1,N2,N4

PEK_W05, PEK_W06 S1ARR_ W01 C3 Lect 3 - 9 N1,N2,N4

PEK_W07 S1ARR_ W01 C4 Lect 10 PEK_W08 S1ARR_ W01 C5 Lect 11-15 N1,N2,N3,N4,

N5

PEK_W09 S1ARR_ W01 C6 Lect 11-15 N1,N3,N5

PEK_U01, PEK_U02 S1ARR_ U01, S1ARR_ U11 C1, C2 Pr3...Pr14 N1,N2, N3, N4, N5

PEK_U03, PEK_U04 S1ARR_ U01, S1ARR_ U11 C2, C3 Pr3...Pr14 N1,N2, N3, N4, N5

PEK_U05 S1ARR_ U01 C4 Pr3...Pr14 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U06, PEK_U07 S1ARR_ U01 C5, C6 Pr3..Pr14 N1, N2, N4, N5

PEK_K01, PEK_K02 K1AIR_ K07 C7 Wy1÷Wy15

Pr1÷Pr15

N2,N4,N5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT OF FUNDAMENTAL CYBERNETICS AND ROBOTICS

SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish Techniki komputerowe w robotyce Name in English Computer aided engineering in robotics Main field of study (if applicable): Automatyka i Robotyka Specialization (if applicable): Robotyka Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES102 Group of courses NO


30


90

Form of crediting

Cediting with grade



3

including number of ECTS

points for practical (P)

classes

-



2

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_ W22, K1AIR_ U23, K1AIR_ W28, K1AIR_ U29, K1AIR_ W30, K1AIR_ U32, 2. K1AIR_ W09, K1AIR_ W13, K1AIR_ U08, K1AIR_ U09, K1AIR_ U13, 3. K1AIR_ W32, K1AIR_ U35.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 To acquaint students with methods and tools for development of computer applications utilized in robotic systems modeling, designing, simulating, prototyping, constructing and implementation C2 To acquaint students with foundations of project management methods and computer aided tools applied in the management process C3 To acquaint students with teamwork methodology

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – knowledge on symbolic languages programming methodology (Mathematica) PEK_W02 – knowledge on numeric simulation systems application (Matlab) PEK_W03 – background knowledge on contemporary systems/methods of rapid prototyping,

simulation systems of robotic solutions PEK_W04 – knowledge how to choose tools accordingly to problems PEK_W05 – basic knowledge on project cycle management PEK_W06 – background knowledge on traditional and agile project managment

methodologies PEK_W07 – basic knowledge on teamwork methodology in a robotic/informatic project relating to skills: relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – awareness of the role of tool selection PEK_K02 – awareness of the role of information search and analysis PEK_K03 – awareness of the role of teamwork cooperation in task realisation process

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction. Project and its initiation 2

Lec 2 Project cycle management - logical framework approach

2

Lec 3 Effective project team creation, group communication

2

Lec 4 Project models, system life cycle. Computer tools dedicated project preparation and work organisation

4

Lec 5 Mathematics in Mathematica. Results visualization in Mathematica

2

Lec 6 Robotic systems modeling in Mathematica. Specialised modules

3

Lec 7 Matlab and its m-files. Matlab graphics 2

Lec 8 Basic Matlab toolboxes. Dynamical systems symulation in Matlab – Simulink

3

Lec 9 Systems for rapid prototyping and simulations in robotics. The structure and capabilities

2

Lec 10 Libraries and interfaces of selected simulation systems. Exemplary applications

2

systems. Exemplary applications Lec 11 Task analysis in the tool selection context.

Prototyping and solutions integration 2

Lec 12 Final test 2

Lec 13 Computer systems errors, their sources and classification

2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture N2. Consultations N3. Own work – individual analisys of presented issues N4. Own work – preparation for the final test




P PEK_W01 – PEK_W07, PEK_K01 Written test


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] N. Mingus, Zarządzanie projektami, Lec d. Helion, Gliwice, Onepress, 2009.

[2] Z. Szyjewski. Metodyki zarządzania projektami informatycznymi, Lec d. Placet, Warszawa, 2004.

[3] J. Cooling, Software Engineering for Real-Time Systems, Addison-Wesley, Harlow 2003.

[4] G. Drwal i inni, MATHEMATICA dla każdego, WPK Jacka Skalmierskiego, 1996.

[5] B. Mrozek, Z. Mrozek, MATLAB i Simulink. Poradnik użytkownika, Helion Gliwice, 2004.

[6] Webots user guide, Cyberbotics Ltd., 2012. SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1] Y. Chong, E. Brown, Zarządzanie ryzykiem projektu, Oficyna Ekonomiczna, Kraków, 2001.

[2] J. Górski, Inżynieria oprogramowania w projekcie informatycznym, Mikom, Warszawa 2000.

[3] J. Roszkowski, Analiza i projektowanie strukturalne, Helion, Gliwice 2004.

[4] R. Barker, C. Longman, Case Method. Modelowanie funkcji i procesów, WNT, Warszawa 2001.

[5] T. B. Bahder, MATHEMATICA for scientists and engineers, Addison-Wesley,1995.

[6] S. Wolfram, MATHEMATICA : A system for doing mathematics by computer, Addison-Wesley, 1991.

[7] K. Ogata, Solving Control Engineering Problems With Matlab, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall, 1994.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Robert Muszyński, [email protected]


Techniki komputerowe w robotyce AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Automatyka i robotyka AND SPECIALIZATION

Robotyka

Subject educational

effect

Correlation between subject

educational effect and

educational effects defined for main field of study and specialization

(if applicable)**


Programme content*** Teaching tool number***

PEK_W01 S1ARR_ W02

C1 Lec 5, Lec 6 1 – 4

PEK_W02 S1ARR_ W02

C1 Lec 7, Lec 8 1 – 4

PEK_W03 S1ARR_ W02

C1 Lec 9, Lec 10 1 – 4

PEK_W04 S1ARR_ W02

C1, C3 Lec 11 1 – 4

PEK_W05 S1ARR_ W02

C2 Lec 1, Lec 2 1 – 4

PEK_W06 S1ARR_ W02

C2 Lec 4 1 – 4

PEK_W07 S1ARR_ W02

C2, C3 Lec 3 1 – 4

PEK_K01

C1 – C3 Lec 4 – Lec 11, Lec 13

1 – 4

PEK_K02 C1 – C3 Lec 1 – Lec 13 1 – 4

PEK_K03 C3 Lec 1 – Lec 4, Lec 11

1 – 4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY of ELECTRONICS SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Sterowniki Robotów Name in English Robot controllers Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Robotics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES103 Group of courses YES



30

15

15


60

30

60

Form of crediting Examination crediting with grade



X



-

1

2


(BK) classes

2

1

1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_W10

2. K1AIR_W17

3. K1AIR_W20

4. K1AIR_W25

5. K1AIR_W27

6. K1AIR_W11

7. K1AIR_U08

8. K1AIR_U09

9. K1AIR_U16

10. K1AIR_U19

11. K1AIR_U20 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquiring knowledge on functional blocks in robot controllers

C2. Acquiring knowledge on embedded software design methods

C3. Acquiring knowledge on operating principles and structure of sensors used in robots C4. Acquiring knowledge on motor control systems used in robotics

C5. Acquiring knowledge on selected method of communication with robot controller

C6. Acquiring skill in using software development systems for microcontrollers

C7. Acquiring skill in development of the embedded software for robot controllers

C8. Acquiring skill in designing and implementing hardware for sensors, actuators and communication links for robots

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – ability to explain microcontroller modules used in robot controllers

PEK_W02 – ability to summarize the embedded programming and debugging technics

PEK_W03 – ability to explain operating principles and structure of sensors, used in robots

PEK_W04 – ability to summarize the aspects of robotic sensors handling

PEK_W05 – ability to explain the aspects of motor control in robotics

PEK_W06 – ability to characterise the motor control hardware for robots

PEK_W07 – ability to summarise selected methods of communication with a robot controller

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – ability to use software development systems for microcontrollers

PEK_U02 – ability to develop the embedded software for microcontrollers

PEK_U03 – ability to design and implement hardware for sensors, actuators and communication links for robots

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Main blocks of HCS08 microcontrollers (CPU, PWM, ADC, BDM)

2

Lec 2 Programming environments (Code Warrior and Processor Expert)

2

Lec 3 Programming tools - assembler, C, simulator, debugger 2

Lec 4 MC68332 microcontroller 2

Lec 5 System integration module SIM (PIT, CS, interrupt service)

2

Lec 6 Central processing unit CPU32 (assembler, rejgisters, addressing modes, BDM)

2

Lec 7 Queued serial module QSM (QSPI - ADC/LED, SCI) 2

Lec 8 Time processing unit TPU (structure, PWM, QDEC, DIO functions)

2

Lec 9 Time processing unit TPU (microcode, programming) 2

Lec 10 Electric drives (DC motors, bridges, selected TPU functions)

2

Lec 11 Electric drives (BLDC motors, commutation, selected TPU functions)

2

Lec 12 Inertial sensors – structure and programming (accelerometer, gyroscope, anti-aliasing)

2

Lec 13 HCS12 microcontrollers (fuzzy control) 2

Lec 14 Serial communication (interrupt service, Modbus) 2

Lec 15 Examples of robot controlers 2

Total hours 30


Lab 1 Introduction 1

Lab 2 Working with MC9S08QD4 microcontroller - Code Warrior/Hiwave

2

Lab 3 Peripherals programming for MC9S08LL64 - Processor Expert

2

Lab 4 Running and debugging programs in C with BDM debug interface, periodic interrupt and LCD

2

Lab 5 Using QSPI for A/D converter and LED controller 2

Lab 6 Wavefor generation and keyboard service with selected TPUfunctions

2

Lab 7 Waveform generation and measurement for DC motor control

2

Lab 8 BLDC motor control example - FreeMASTER 2

Total hours 15


Proj 1 Introduction, project examples 1

Proj 2 Selection of the project subject 2

Proj 3 Consultations 2

Proj 4 Checkpoint 1 - presentation 2


Proj 6 Checkpoint 2 - presentation 2


Proj 8 Final presentation, grading 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

1. Traditional lecture

2. Laboratory exercises

3. Project

4. Consultations

5. Reading (self-study) EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEME NT





Examination

F2 PEK_U01÷ PEK_U02; Laboratory exercises grading

F3 PEK_U03; Project grading

C=0,5*F1+0,25*F2+0,25*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kreidl H. et al., Mikrokontrolery 68HC08 w praktyce, BTC, W-wa 2005 (in Polish)

[2] MC68332 User’s manual, MC68332UM/AD, Motorola, 1993

[3] CPU12 Reference Manual, CPU12RM/AD, REV.1, Motorola, 1997

[4] Wnuk M., Slides for the lecture: „Robot controllers”, http://rab.ict.pwr.wroc.pl/~mw/Docs/ares00103.html


[1] Freescale Semiconductor, http://www.freescale.com

[2] STMicroelectronics, http://www.st.com

[3] Maxim, http://www.maxim-ic.com

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Marek Wnuk, [email protected]


Robot controllers AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY




applicable)**




PEK_W01 K1AIR_W17, S1ARR_ W03 C1 Lec1, Lec4-Lec9, Lec13

1,4,5

PEK_W02 K1AIR_W17, S1ARR_ W03 C2, C6, C7 Lec2, Lec3, Lec13

1,4,5

PEK_W03 K1AIR_W11, S1ARR_ W03 C3, Lec12 1,4,5

PEK_W04 K1AIR_W15, K1AIR_W17, K1AIR_W27, S1ARR_ W03

C3,C5 Lec7-Lec9, Lec12,Lec14

1,4,5

PEK_W05 K1AIR_W25,K1AIR_W26,, S1ARR_ W03

C4 Lec10, Lec11 1,4,5

PEK_W06 K1AIR_W19, K1AIR_W25,

K1AIR_W27, S1ARR_ W03

C4 Lec10, Lec11 1,4,5

PEK_W07 K1AIR_W27, S1ARR_ W03 C5 Lec7, Lec14, Lec15

1,4,5

PEK_U01 K1AIR_U11, S1ARR_U02 C6 Lab1-Lab8 2,4,5

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U16, S1ARR_U02 C7 Lab1-Lab8 2,4,5

PEK_U03 K1AIR_U20, K1AIR_U28, S1ARR_U03

C8 Proj1-Proj8 3,4,5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS TUW…………… SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish … ROBOTY MOBILNE (1) Name in English … MOBILE ROBOTS (1) Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): … Robotics (ARR) Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES104. Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar


30 15


30 30



For group of courses mark (X) final course X Number of ECTS points 2


- 1


1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. 1. K1AIR_W01 2. K1AIR_ W11 3. K1AIR_ W17 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Learning and understanding principles of construction and application of mobile robots, as well as, the problems of control and navigation of such robots. C3 Learning and understanding structures and functions of locomotion control systems, methods of acquisition and representation of knowledge about the environment, and methods of planning a route of autonomous mobile robot. C6 Learning and understanding techniques of recording and analysis of biological signals for human - robot interface. C7 Acquiring skills of a mobile robot elements designing, alone and in a team.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 has fundamental knowledge of mobile robots construction, and their locomotion,

control and power systems, PEK_W02 knows the application of mobile robots, PEK_W03 understands the terms of robot autonomy, plan-based navigation and reactive

navigation, PEK_W04 has knowledge about kinematics and motion control of wheeled mobile robot

(including the timing problems),

PEK_W05 knows the methods of functional and behavioral decomposition of the locomotion control problem, leading to the serial (hierarchical) and parallel architecture of the control system.

PEK_W06 knows route planning methods for mobile robot. PEK_W07 understands the concept of robot self-localization and of robot position uncertainty. relating to skills: PEK_U01 is able to design the components of autonomous mobile robot: simple locomotion

systems, control and sensory systems, PEK_U02 is able to design the mobile robot algorithms: for sensors handling, for motion

control and for navigation (reactive navigation and plan-based navigation), PEK_U03 is able to use the biological signals for the mobile robot supervisory control (in the

man – machine interface circuit). relating to social competences: PEK_K01 is able to distinguish component tasks in a project and to cooperate with others in a

team while performing in a creative and responsible way the assigned tasks. PEK_K02 is able to determine the project schedule including conditions resulting, among

others, from the availability of the laboratory, the waiting time for the ordered items, as well as, to modify it flexibly when these conditions changing.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number

of hours

Lec 1

Introduction, program course and requirements. Robotization - basic terms and definitions. Positional control and logic control. Intelligence and autonomy of robots. Control of manipulation and control of locomotion.

2

Lec 2

Taxonomy and application areas of autonomous vehicles. Construction of actuators and locomotion systems - examples of solutions. Holonomic and nonholonomic systems with respect to wheeled mobile robots.

2

Lec 3

Formulation of the problem of controlling locomotion. Plan-based control and reactive control. Decomposition of the problem of controlling locomotion. Functional decomposition and classical hierarchical control system.

2

Lec 4

Formulation of the problem of locomotion control. Plan-based control and reactive control. Decomposition of the problem of locomotion control. Functional decomposition and classical hierarchical control system.

2

Lec 5

Behavioral decomposition and parallel architecture. 'SUBSUMPTION' architecture. Kinematics of running gear and motor control wheeled mobile robot. Virtual robot and his repertoire of moves.

2

Lec 6

Man-machine interface. Bio-control. Problems of biosignals measuring and control commands recognition - on the example EMG signals.

2

Lec 7

Reactive navigation based on fuzzy logic. 2

Lec 8

The basic problem of autonomous vehicle motion planning. Configuration space. Grid of decision points. Classification methods for path planning.

2

Lec 9

Path planning methods (I) - Road Map methods: Visibility Grafu method, Voronoi Diagram.

2

Lec 10

Path planning methods (II) - Road Map methods: Generalized Cylinders method. 2

Lec 11

Path planning methods (III) - free space decomposition methods. 2

Lec 12

Path planning methods (IV) - Grid-type methods. 2

Lec 13

Robot self-localization. Uncertainty of position. Dead reckoning navigation and landmark-based navigation.

2

Lec 14

Inspection robots. Mobile robot ‘Ulysses’: structure, control system procedures and time dependencies.

2

Lec 15

Flexible production systems and construction of transportation robots - overview of the solutions. Mobile robot 'Robuter'.

2

Total hours 30

Form of classes - project Number

of hours

Proj 1

Organization issues, arrangement of the project groups. Discussing and assigning project tasks. Exemplary topics: 1 The use of wheel rotation sensors in the system of robot position tracking. 2 The use of toy models servo in the design of walking robot. 3 The use of chemical sensors for the construction of a odor navigation system for a mobile robot. 4 The use of accelerometer and gyroscope to measure movements of human head, for the control of the wheelchair. 5 The use of a microphone and an operational amplifier to build a measuring probe for mechanomyography signals (MMG). 6 Developing a graphical simulator of a hand for the training of artificial-hand control. 7 The use of vibrating actuators to transfer of artificial sense of touch to the user. 8 Analysis of EMG and MMG signals for the hand gestures recognition.

1

Proj 2

Development of design assumptions (each group for their theme), including: project scope, implementation schedule and projected means (components, tools for implementation, and equipment).

2

Proj 3

Exploration and negotiation of solutions: analysis of the literature (Internet) of problem, discussion in the group and with the teacher. Ordering items not available in the laboratory.

2

Proj 4

Implementation of preliminary layout or designing and programming of algorithm. Launching a system or program and preliminary experiments (match and order additional items). Elaboration of the interim report.

4

Proj 5

Construction and commissioning of the system (supplementing of purchased items) / writing and running the program. Continuing experiments.

4

Proj 6

Demonstration of developed system / program. Development of the final report. 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Traditional lectures using multimedia presentations;

N2. Project Classes - discussion on the project concept; N3. Project Classes - group work on the project, periodic presentation of the obtained results; N4. Consultations; N5. Own work - realization of the project, preparing the report;; N6. Own work - studies for test;


Evaluation Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W07, PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03 activity during the lectures

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W07 results of written tests

F3 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W07, PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03, PEK_K01, PEK_K02

activity in the discussion

F4 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W07, PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03, PEK_K01, PEK_K02

reports on the progress of the project

P =F1+F2+F3+F4 (with weights) Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), P – concluding (at semester end)


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] R. A. Brooks, A robust layered control system for a mobile robot, IEEE Journal of Robotics and Automation, RA-2 No. 1, 1986. [2] J.-C. Latombe, Robot motion planning, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1993. [3] A. Wołczowski, J. Racz, An Experiment in Navigation of an Autonomous Mobile Robot, Proc of the Int Workshop on Intelligent Robotic Systems '93, Zakopane 1993. [4] A. Wołczowski, M. Lichoń, Practical path planning method based on raster model of environment for a mobile robot and planar manipulator, Works of V KKR, Wroclaw, 1996. [5] Z. Korzen, A. Wołczowski, Development trends of mobile robots in logistically integrated systems of transportation-and-storage and production - Vol. 1 and Vol. 2, Logistics No. 2 and No. 3, 1995. [6] A. Wołczowski, Self-Correcting Trajectory Planning using Modified Visibility Graph, Proc of 6th IFAC Symposium on Robot Control, vol 2, Elsevier Science, Vienna 2000. [7] SM LaValle, "Planning Algorithms", Cambridge University Press, 2006. [8] De Luca C., Electromyography. Encyclopedia of Medical Devices and Instrumentation, (John G. Webster, Ed.) John Wiley Publisher, 98-109, 2006., (John G. Webster, Ed.) John Wiley Publisher, 98-109, 2006. SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1] W. Jacak, Smart Robots - methods of of planning actions and movement, WUT, Wroclaw, 1991. [2] A. Wołczowski, Autonomous Mobile Robot ULYSSES, Applications of Artificial Intelligence in Engineering VII, Computat. Mechanics Publications, Boston, 1992. [3] A. Wołczowski, Local control subsystem of a mobile robot Ulysses, Works IV KKR, Wroclaw, 1993. [4] J. L. Jones, A. M. Flynn, Mobile Robots - Inspiration to Implementation, AK Peters, Ltd., Wellesley, 1993. [5] H.R. Everett, Sensors for mobile robot, AK Peters, Ltd., Wellesley, 1995. [6] A. Wołczowski, M. Kurzyński, Human - machine interface in bioprosthesis control using EMG signal classification, Expert Systems, 27, 53-70, 2010.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Andrzej Wolczowski, [email protected]


SUBJECT ……………………………

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ………………………..

AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..



applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge) PEK_W02

… …

PEK_U01 (skills)

PEK_U02 …

PEK_K01 (competences) PEK_K02

… ** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects *** - from table above

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish ROBOTY MOBILNE (2) Name in English MOBILE ROBOTS (2) Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Robotics (ARR) Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES105 Group of courses NO



15


30


For group of courses mark (X) final course Number of ECTS points 1


1


1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. S1ARR_ W04

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Learning the construction and methodology of programming a transportation robot. C2 Learning methods of acquisition and representation of knowledge about robot environment. C3 Learning methods and systems of robot self-localization. C4 Experimental learning of problems of mobile robot navigation. C5 Learning methods of autonomous mobile robot path planning. C6 Learning techniques of recording and analysis of biological signals for ‘human – robot’ interface.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 has practical knowledge of mobile robot construction, and their locomotion, control

and power systems, PEK_W02 understands the terms of robot autonomy, perception of environment and self-

localization, PEK_W03 understands the terms of dead reckoning navigation and robot position uncertainty, PEK_W04 has knowledge of mobile robot typical sensors and sensory systems,

relating to skills: PEK_U01 is able to program desirable actions of mobile robot,

PEK_U02 is able to use sensor readings to determine geometry of environment and position of robot,

PEK_U03 is able to use biological signals to supervisory control of mobile robot (in the system of human-machine interface).

relating to social competences: PEK_K01 is able to plan the course of exercise, highlight the task components and cooperate

with others on a team implementing exercise, executing in a creative and responsible manner entrusted tasks.


Lab 1

Organization matters, the division into laboratory groups, discussion of exercises topics.

1

Lab 2

Mobile robot Robuter; the use of repertoire of commands to programming robot motion; testing dead reckoning navigation, positioning accuracy test; perception of surroundings using sonar system.

4

Lab 3

Laser scanner LMS200, building geometric maps of the scene; setting robot position by comparing a local map with a global map.

2

Lab 4

Stepping biped robot, static balance test done on the move. 2

Lab 5

Robot with system of chemical sensors; tracking odor path. 2

Lab 6

Registration of EMG signals, gesture recognition by analyzing the recorded signals.

4

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Laboratory classes - check studies for the exercise, discussion on concept of execution; N2. Laboratory classes - group work in execution of exercise, presentation of obtained results; N3. Consultations; N4. Own labor - realization of exercise, preparing the report; N5. Own labor - studies for exercise.


Evaluation Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03, PEK_W04, PEK_U01, PEK_U03

interrogation results admitting to exercise

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03, PEK_K01 activity during performance of exercises

F3 PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03, PEK_W04, PEK_U02, PEK_U03, PEK_K01

reports of exercises

P=F1+F2+F3 (with weights) Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), P – concluding (at semester end)


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] R. A. Brooks, A robust layered control system for a mobile robot, IEEE Journal of Robotics and Automation, RA-2 No. 1, 1986. [2] J.-C. Latombe, Robot motion planning, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1993. [3] A. Wołczowski, J. Racz, An Experiment in Navigation of an Autonomous Mobile Robot, Proc of the Int Workshop on Intelligent Robotic Systems '93, Zakopane 1993. [4] A. Wołczowski, M. Lichoń, Practical path planning method based on raster model of environment for a mobile robot and planar manipulator, Works of V KKR, Wroclaw, 1996. [5] Z. Korzen, A. Wołczowski, Development trends of mobile robots in logistically integrated systems of transportation-and-storage and production - Vol. 1 and Vol. 2, Logistics No. 2 and No. 3, 1995. [6] A. Wołczowski, Self-Correcting Trajectory Planning using Modified Visibility Graph, Proc of 6th IFAC Symposium on Robot Control, vol 2, Elsevier Science, Vienna 2000. [7] SM LaValle, "Planning Algorithms", Cambridge University Press, 2006. [8] De Luca C., Electromyography. Encyclopedia of Medical Devices and Instrumentation, (John G. Webster, Ed.) John Wiley Publisher, 98-109, 2006., (John G. Webster, Ed.) John Wiley Publisher, 98-109, 2006.


[1] W. Jacak, Smart Robots - methods of of planning actions and movement, WUT, Wroclaw, 1991. [2] A. Wołczowski, Autonomous Mobile Robot ULYSSES, Applications of Artificial Intelligence in Engineering VII, Computat. Mechanics Publications, Boston, 1992. [3] A. Wołczowski, Local control subsystem of a mobile robot Ulysses, Works IV KKR, Wroclaw, 1993. [4] J. L. Jones, A. M. Flynn, Mobile Robots - Inspiration to Implementation, AK Peters, Ltd., Wellesley, 1993. [5] H.R. Everett, Sensors for mobile robot, AK Peters, Ltd., Wellesley, 1995. [6] A. Wołczowski, M. Kurzyński, Human - machine interface in bioprosthesis control using EMG signal classification, Expert Systems, 27, 53-70, 2010.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Andrzej Wolczowski, [email protected]


SUBJECT MOBILE ROBOTS (2)


AND SPECIALIZATION Robotics_1 (ARR_1)



applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge) S1ARR_W04 C1 ÷ C5 La1 ÷ La6 N1 ÷ N5

PEK_W02 S1ARR_W04 C2, C3 La1 ÷ La3, La5

N1 ÷ N5

PEK_W03 S1ARR_W04 C1, C4 La2 N1 ÷ N5

PEK_W04 S1ARR_W04 C1 ÷ C5 La1 ÷ La6 N1 ÷ N5

PEK_U01 (skills) S1ARR_U04 C1 La2 N1 ÷ N5

PEK_U02 S1ARR_U04 C2, C3 La1 ÷ La6 N1 ÷ N5

PEK_U03 S1ARR_U04 C5 La6 N1 ÷ N5 PEK_K01 (competences) S1ARR_K02 C4 La1 ÷ La6 N1, N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish ………… Projekt zespołowy …………………………. Name in English ………… Team Project …………………………. Main field of study (if applicable): ………… AIR …………. Specialization (if applicable): ………… ARR ………….. Level and form of studies: 1nd level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code … ARES106…. Group of courses NO


60


150





5


2



1. relating to knowledge: K1AIR_ W08, K1AIR_ W09, K1AIR_ W10, K1AIR_ W11, K1AIR_ W12, K1AIR_ W13, K1AIR_ W15, K1AIR_ W17, K1AIR_ W18, K1AIR_ W19, K1AIR_W20, K1AIR_ W24, K1AIR_ W26, K1AIR_ W27, K1AIR_ W28, K1AIR_ W29, K1AIR_ W30, K1AIR_ W32, K1AIR_ W34, K1AIR_W36, K1AIR_W37 2. relating to skills: K1AIR_U05, K1AIR_U06, K1AIR_U07, K1AIR_ U08, K1AIR_ U09, K1AIR_ U10, K1AIR_ U11, ETEW008, K1AIR_ U13, K1AIR_ U14, K1AIR_ U16, K1AIR_ U17, K1AIR_ U19, K1AIR_ U20, K1AIR_ U22, K1AIR_ U23, K1AIR_ U25, K1AIR_ U26, K1AIR_ U27, K1AIR_ U28, K1AIR_ U29, K1AIR_ U31, K1AIR_ U33, K1AIR_ U37, K1AIR_U40, K1AIR _U41, K1AIR _U42

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquiring ability to realize larger tasks in teams, regarding to interdisciplinary problems (covering such fields as theoretical foundations of control engineering, robotics and computer science; algorithms and programming; electronic systems; simple mechanical systems; others). C2 Acquiring ability of structuring a project: extraction of tasks, scheduling, allocation of resources, risk estimation, synchronization, cooperation, conflict resolution, documentation, dissemination.

C3 Acquiring skills of collaborative work. C4 Acquiring knowledge and ability to use technologies supporting a collaborative work and various aspects of a team project

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Knowledge on selected methodologies of project management. PEK_W02 Knowledge about software versioning and revision control system as well as

about repositories. PEK_W03 Knowledge about software environments supporting teamwork. … relating to skills: PEK_U01 The ability to decompose the main task to smaller tasks and to create a schedule

for implementation these tasks. PEK_U02 The ability to allocate resources for particular tasks in a project. PEK_U03 The ability to estimate and minimize the risk. PEK_U04 The ability to create specifications, use norms and other standards. PEK_U05 The ability to integrate elements created in the project based on the specifications,

that had been beforehand prepared, and ad hoc solutions. PEK_U06 The ability to use a variety of systems designed for software versioning and

revision control. PEK_U07 The ability of collaborative creation of working papers and final documentation,

the ability to use dedicated tools. PEK_U08 The ability to disseminate the project results using demonstrators and the Internet. PEK_U09 The ability of periodic testing and verification of the partial effects of the work

carried out within individual tasks. PEK_U10 The ability of collaborative software development. PEK_U11 The ability of collaborative creating CAD documents. … relating to social competences: PEK_K01 The ability of harmonious cooperation. PEK_K02 The ability to create structures and principles of management of the entire project

and its individual tasks. PEK_K03 The ability to resolve conflicts. PEK_K04 The ability to form a team adequate for the undertaken tasks.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1

Lec 2

Lec 3

Lec 4

Lec 5

….

Total hours 000

Form of classes - class Number of hours Cl 1 Cl 2 Cl 3 Cl 4 .. Total hours 0

Form of classes - laboratory Number of hours Lab 1 Lab 2 Lab 3 Lab 4 … Total hours 0


Proj 1 Preliminary outline of project tasks, 4

Proj 2 Way of evaluating educational effect achievement 4

Proj 3 Way of evaluating educational effect achievement 4

Proj 4

Periodic meeting of project teams (reporting about implementation of the objectives for the current week, formulating objectives for the next week, solving current problems).

4

Proj 5


4

Proj 6


4

Proj 7

Periodic meeting of project teams (reporting about implementation of the objectives for the current week, formulating objectives for the

4

next week, solving current problems).

Proj 8


4

Proj 9


4

Proj 10


4

Proj 11


4

Proj 12


4

Proj 13


4

Proj 14


4

Proj 15 Presentation of the obtained results, assessment and completion of the project.

4

Total hours 60

Form of classes - seminar Number of hours Sem 1 Sem 2 Sem 3 … Total hours 0

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Consultations N2. individual work




F1 PEK_W01, PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03, PEK_U04, PEK_K02, PEK_K04

Based on the report - a description of the project

F2 PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03, PEK_U04, PEK_U05, PEK_U06, PEK_U09, PEK_U10, PEK_U11, PEK_K01, PEK_K03

Based on deliverables associated with milestones (reports) and observation of cooperation of individual team members.

F3 PEK_U05, PEK_U07, PEK_U08,

Based on the final documentation and demonstration

C=0.25*F1+0.25*F2+0.5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] M. Pawlak, Zarządzanie projektami, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2011 [2] N. Mingus, Zarządzanie projektami, Wyd. Helion, Gliwice, Onepress, 2002 [3] M. Flasiński, Zarządzanie projektami informatycznymi, Wydawnictwo Naukowe

PWN, 2009 [4] Z. Szyjewski. Metodyki zarządzania projektami informatycznymi, Wyd. Placet,

Warszawa, 2004. SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Seventh Framework Programme, Guide For Applicants, Information and

Communication Technologies, Small or medium-scale focused research projects (STREP), ftp://ftp.cordis.europa.eu/pub/fp7/docs/calls/cooperation/ict/c-gfacp-strep-201107_en.pdf

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Krzysztof Arent, [email protected]


……… Team Project ……… AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

…………AIR…………….. AND SPECIALIZATION …………ARR…………..

Subject educational effect

Correlation between subject educational

effect and educational effects defined for main

field of study and specialization (if

applicable)**


Programme content*** Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S1ARR_W02, S1ARR_W09

C1, C2 Proj 1 1,2


C3 Proj 2 1,2


C4 Proj 2 1,2

PEK_U01 S1ARR_U06 C1, C2 Proj 1, Proj 3 1,2 PEK_U02 S1ARR_U06 C1, C2 Proj 1, Proj 3 1,2

PEK_U03 S1ARR_U06 C1, C2 Proj 1, Proj 3 1,2 PEK_U04 S1ARR_U06 C2 Proj 4÷Proj 6,

Proj 8÷Proj 10, Proj 12÷Proj 14,

1,2

PEK_U05 S1ARR_U06 C2, C3 Proj 4÷Proj 6, Proj 8÷Proj 10, Proj 12÷Proj 14,

1,2

PEK_U06 S1ARR_U06 C4 Proj 2, Proj 4÷Proj 6, Proj 8÷Proj 10, Proj 12÷Proj 14,

1,2


1,2

PEK_U08 S1ARR_U06, S1ARR_U10

C1 Proj 7, Proj 11, Proj 15 1,2


1,2


1,2


1,2

PEK_K01 S1ARR_K01 C3 Proj 1, Proj 4÷Proj 14, 1,2

PEK_K02 S1ARR_K01 C2, C3 Proj 1, Proj 3÷Proj 14, 1,2 PEK_K03 S1ARR_K01 C3 Proj 4÷Proj 14, 1,2 PEK_K04 S1ARR_K01 C2, C3 Proj 1, Proj 3 1,2 ** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects *** - from table above

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY of Electronics SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Mechatronika Name in English Mechatronics Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Robitics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES107 Group of courses YES


15 15


45 45




X


2


-




SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Learn of interdisciplinary approach to designing machines and mechanical devices C2 Create mathematical models of systems of diverse physical structure C3 Acquire basic ablity of transforming clasical mechanical devices and their intergrating into electronic-informatic systems C4 Get knowledge of diverse machines and mechatronic devices resulting from their mechatronization

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Knows structures, operational principles, and mathematical models of objects of

diverse physical nature. PEK_W02 Knows methods of system and interdisciplinary approach to systems, objects, and

processes. PEK_W03 Gets knowledge of sensors and actuators of diverse physical nature. relating to skills: PEK_U01 Can analyze objects operation and assess their characteristics by computer

simulations. PEK_U02 Can configure mechatronic systems and match their energy-related and informatic

parameters. relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Understands significance of electronics and informatics in contemporary world of

machines and mechanical devices. PEK_K02 Understands necessity of self-learning of new scientific and technological skills.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours Lec 1 Concept and definition of mechatronic systems as

objects of compound: mechanical, hydraulic, optical, electric, electronic and informatic structure.

2

Lec 2 Mechatronic approach: examples of classical and mechatronic designs.

2

Lec 3 Sensors. Measuring system as information processing system. Mechanical and non-mechanical measuring quantities.

2

Lec 4 Actuators. Classification and operation principles of electromagnetic, electrohydraulic and electropneumatic actuators.

2

Lec 5 Mechatronic drives. Motoreductor as actuation system. Mechatronic clutches. Electronic movement synchronization.

2

Lec 6 Examples of mechatronic systems in cars: ABS, ASR, ES, integrated fuel injection and ignition systems.

2

Lec 7 Mechatronic design. Design requirements. Models and methods of devising operational structures. Process information acquisition. Design tools.

1

Total hours 15


Lab 1 These classes includes design and laboratory phases. Design phase consists in compiling a preliminary mechatronic design of a known mechanical device. Phase 1 encompasses identification of functions realized by the device, and establishment of admissible operational structures and their technical realization means. Computer simulation languages like SIMULINK or DADS will be utilized. In phase 2 three laboratory tasks are realized, concerned with parallel robotic manipulators, planary systems with spatial regulation, and hydraulic systems with magneto- or electro-rheological fluid.

15

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture with elements of problem lecture N2. Laboratory reports N3. Independent work – preparation for laboratory classes




F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 Test or individual essay

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Laboratory reports

C=0.5*F1+0.5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE (ALL IN POLISH):

[1] Gawrysiak M.: Mechatronika i projektowanie mechatroniczne. Wyd. Politechniki Białostockiej. Rozprawy Naukowe nr 44. Białystok 1997

[2] Pizoń A.: Elektrohydrauliczne analogowe i cyfrowe układy automatyki. WNT. Warszawa 1997.

[3] Baranowski B. (red.): Wprowadzenie do projektowania. PWN. Warszawa 1998.

[4] Heimann B., Gerth W., Popp K.: Mechatronika. Komponenty. Metody. Przykłady. PWN. Warszawa 2001

[5] Spong M.W., Vidyasagar M.: Dynamika i sterowanie robotów. WNT Warszawa 1997.

[6] Morecki A., Knapczyk J. (red): Podstawy robotyki. Teoria i elementy manipulatorów i robotów. WNT. Warszawa 1993.

[7] Uhl T. (red): Projektowanie mechatroniczne. Zagadnienia Wybrane. AGH. Kraków 2004.

[8] Herner A., Rieh H. J.: Elektrotechnika i elektronika w pojazdach samochodowych. WKŁ 2004.

SECONDARY LITERATURE (ALL IN POLISH):

[1] Uhl T., Cieślik J. (red): Edukacja w mechatronice- materiały konferencji. AGH. Kraków 1998.

[2] Craig J.J.: Wprowadzenie do robotyki. Mechanika i sterowanie. WNT. 1993.

[3] Kosmol J.: Elektryczne silniki i układy napędowe obrabiarek i maszyn technologicznych. Wyd. Pol. Sląskiej. Gliwice 1993.

[4] Jarzębowska E., Jarzębowski W.: Podstawy dynamiki mechanizmów i manipulatorów. Ofic. Wyd. Politechniki Warszawskiej 1998.

[5] Mrożek Z.: Komputerowe wspomaganie projektowania systemów mechatronicznych. Zeszyty Naukowe. Politechnika Krakowska. Kraków 2002.

[6] Zielińska T.: Maszyny kroczące. Podstawy projektowania, sterowanie i wzorce biologiczne. PWN. Warszawa 2003.

[7] Materiały 5th International Conference Mechatronics 2004. Warszawa, Sept. 23-25th, 2004.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Henryk Chrostowski, [email protected]


Mechatronics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control

Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Robotics.







PEK_W01 (knowledge) C2 Wy1, Wy2 1 PEK_W02 C1 Wy4 1 PEK_W03 C3 Wy3,Wy2,

Wy5 1

PEK_U01 (skills) C3 La1 2

PEK_U02 C1 La1 2 PEK_K01 (competences) C1 Wy2, La1 2

PEK_K02 C1 Wy1, Wy2 2


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY Electronics / DEPARTMENT Control Engineering and Robotics SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Zaawansowane metody programowania Name in English Advanced programming methods Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Robotics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES101 Group of courses YES


15

15


30

30




X


2



-

1


(BK) classes

1

1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. INEW001 2. INEW002

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquirement of knowledge of low level data structures C2 Acquirement of knowledge of usage of a version control system C3 Acquirement of knowledge in area of generic programming C4 Acquirement of knowledge in programming using selected interpreted languages C5 Acquirement of knowledge of installation packages creation C6 Acquirement of skills for search and usage of software documentation

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – a student can characterise low level data structures PEK_W02 – a student can describe a version control system PEK_W03 – a student can apply characterise some aspects of generic programming PEK_W04 – a student can characterise fundemental features of interpreted languages Python

and Urbi system PEK_W05 – a student can create an installation package using GNU tools. relating to skills: PEK_U01 – a student can analyze examples of low level data structures PEK_U02 – a student can use a version control system PEK_U03 – a student apply some practical aspects of generic programming using C/C++ PEK_U04 – a student can create simple scripts using interpreted languages Python and Urbi

system PEK_U05 – a student can create an installation package using GNU tools as autoconf and

automake relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – a student has awareness of significance of information search and its critical

analyze PEK_K02 – a student has awareness of necessity of self-education and development of skills

of acquired knowledge usage

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture

Number of hours

Lec 1 Subversion - a version control system

2

Lec 2 Generic programming using language C

1

Lec 3 Generic programming using language C

3

Lec 4 Low level data structures in C and C++

1

Lec 5 Shared libraries

1

Lec 6 Python, Urbi 3

Lec 7 Introduction to XML

1

Lec 8 Creation of installation packages

3

Total hours 15

Form of classes - laboratory

Number of hours

Lab 1 Configuration and usage of svn system

2

Lab 2 Creation of generic tools for data copy and sorting

2

Lab 3-4 Creation of an commands interpreter fo a robot

4

Lab 5 Extension functionalities of the command interpreter by using shared libraries

2

Lab 6 A simplified interpreter version using Python scripts

1

Lab 7 Creation of a robot programming system by using Urbi scripts

2

Lab 8 Creation of an installation package

2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lecture and usage of a video projector N2. Laboratory classes N3. Consultation N4. Own study – preparation to laboratory classes N5. Own work – own study and preparation to a final test






PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02 Oral answers, observation of performance of individual laboratory task, evaluation of ceated software programs

F2 Final test F3 C = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] David Vandevoorde, Nicolai M. Josuttis, C++ szablony, HELION 2003 [2] D. MacKenzie, T. Tromey, A. Duret-Lutz, GNU Automake, 2009 http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/manual/automake.pdf SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Jerry Cain, Programming Paradigms, (wykłady) http://see.stanford.edu/see/courseinfo.aspx?coll=2d712634-2bf1-4b55-9a3a-ca9d470755ee [2] D. MacKenzie, B. Elliston, A. Demaille, GNU Autoconf, 2010 http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/autoconf.pdf [3] G. Matzigkeit, A. Oliva, T. Tanner, G, V. Vaughan; "GNU Libtool", 2010 http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/manual/libtool.pdf [4] P. C. Norton at et., Beginning Python, Wrox, 2005 [5] The Urbi Software Development Kit, Gostai, http://www.gostai.com/downloads/urbi/2.x/doc/urbi-sdk.pdf SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Bogdan Kreczmer, [email protected]


Advanced programming methods AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY








PEK_W01 S1ARR_ W06 C1 Lect 4 N1,N2,N3 PEK_W02 S1ARR_ W06 C2 Lect 1 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_W03 S1ARR_ W06 C3 Lect 2,3 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5 PEK_W04 S1ARR_ W06 C4 Lect 6 N1,N2,N3,N4 PEK_W05 S1ARR_ W06 C5 Lect 7 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U01 S1ARR_ U08 C1 La1 …

La5 N1,N2,N3,N4

PEK_U02 S1ARR_ U08 C2 La1 N1,N2,N3 PEK_U03 S1ARR_ U08 C3 La3 …

La5 N1,N2,N4

PEK_U04 S1ARR_ U08 C4 La6 … La7

N1,N2,N4,N5

PEK_U05 S1ARR_ U08 C5 La8 N1,N2,N4 PEK_K01 K1AIR_ K07 C6 Lect 1 – 8,

Lab 1 - 8 N2,N4,N5

PEK_K02 K1AIR_ K07 C6 Lect 1 – 8, Lab 1 - 8

N2,N4,N5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Robotyzacja Name in English Robotization Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Robotics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES109 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 15


60 30




X



- 1


1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W11, S1ARR_W03, S1ARR_W04, S1ARR_U06, S1ARR_K01. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquisition of skills to apply basic design methodology for robotic manufacturing systems. C2. Mastery of knowledge in the basics of conceptual and technical design. C3. Acquisition of knowledge in methods of assessing the quality and effectiveness of robotic systems for manufacturing and assembly. C4. Understanding and mastering knowledge on methods and requirements to ensure the safety of robotic systems. C5. Acquisition of knowledge about the prospects of robotic manufacturing processes, service and logistics, and other.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - knows the typical classifications of industrial robots and their application areas PEK_W02 - understands the conceptual design methods and tools PEK_W03 - formulates the selected optimization algorithms to configure and deploy devices in robotic manufacturing system PEK_W04 - has knowledge of methods and algorithms to production optimization PEK_W05 - has knowledge of methods of robotic processes related to transport, handling, manufacture, assembly, and quality control PEK_W06 - has knowledge of modeling methods and assessing the quality and effectiveness of robotic systems PEK_W07 - understands the basic paradigms of flexible automation and robotics PEK_W08 - has knowledge of the principles for application robotics technologies relating to skills: PEK_U01-able to perceive and define the possibility of robotization for typical industrial processes PEK_U02 - decides and use typical method for conceptual design PEK_U03 - can define and solve common optimization problems of the spatial configuration PEK_U04 - can solve simple problems for selection of the production and transportation PEK_U05 - can design and use of indicators and measures of quality and efficiency PEK_U06 - can be used algorithms of material requirements planning and manufacturing resource planning PEK_U07 - knows and is able to use modeling using open and closed queuing networks PEK_U08 - knows and is able to apply the methods of balancing production and assembly lines PEK_U09 - knows and is able to apply the methods and standards of safety and security in robotic systems and assess the risks relating to social competences: PEK_K01 - is aware of the importance, opportunities and threats related to robotics and process automation

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction to the course, requirements, literature, design issues and operation of robotic systems, the current state of robotics

2

Lec 2 Overview of optimization problems in the design of stations and robotic systems, the role of robots (transport, handling, processing, assembly, quality control)

2

Lec 3 Algorithms to optimize the selection of equipment for manufacturing systems and assembly systems

2

Lec 4,5 Algorithms for spatial configuration robot system, optimizing the deployment of components and materials handling

4

Lec 6 Selected aspects of the design of robotic flexible manufacturing systems, methods of quality assessment processes

2

Lec 7 Queuing modeling methods in robotic systems, open and closed networks of queues

2

networks of queues

Lec 8 Selected aspects of the design of robotic assembly systems, specific tasks in assembly systems

2

Lec 9 AS / RS systems, storage robotization 2

Lec 10 Robotics and quality control systems, quality management 2

Lec 11 Security issues in robotic systems, safety standards, risk management 2

Lec 12 The economics of robot applications, the criteria of economic efficiency for robotic systems

2

Lec 13,14 Computer-integrated manufacturing systems, CIM models, MRPII, ERP

4

Lec 15 Flexible automation paradigms, new conceptual approaches (VE, EE) 2

Total hours 30


Lab 1 Health and Safety Training. Presentation of the scope, requirements and laboratory subjects.

2,5

Lab 2 Design and optimization of the deployment configuration of devices in the ESP

2,5

Lab 3 Selected optimization problems for production robotic systems 2,5 Lab 4 Application of queuing models and networks of queues for robotic

manufacturing systems performance evaluation 2,5

Lab 5 Selected problems of material requirements planning and production capacity planning

2,5

Lab 6 Methods for designing and balancing robotic production line and/or assembly line

2,5

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lectures using multimedia presentations N2. Laboratory classes - solving problems and tasks N3. Own work - preparation for exercises in the laboratory, preparing reports on the performed exercises in the laboratory N4. Literature studies, preparing for the evaluation test N5. Consultation - discussion and support




F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W08; PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U09; PEK_K01

successful test result

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W08; PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U09;

verification of preparation for laboratory , evaluation of laboratory reports

PEK_K01 C=0,5F1+0,5F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] R. Zdanowicz, Robotyzacja dyskretnych procesów produkcyjnych, Wyd. Pol. Śląskiej, Gliwice, 2011 [2] T. Koch, Systemy zrobotyzowanego montażu, Oficyna Wyd. Pol. Wrocł., Wrocław, 2006 [3] K. Stecke, R. Suri, Flexible Manufacturing Systems, Elsevier, 1989 [1] B. Siciliano, O. Khatib, Hanbook of Robotics, Springer, 2008 [2] K. Stecke, R. Suri, Flexible Manufacturing Systems, Elsevier, 1989 [3] D. Kortenkamp i in., Artificial intelligence and mobile robots: case studies of successful robot systems, 1998 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Z. Korzeń, Logistyczne systemy transportu bliskiego i magazynowania, Wyd. ILiM Poznan 1998 [2] Materiały Krajowych Konferencji Robotyki (z lat 1985-2012), Oficyna Wyd. Pol. Wrocławskiej [3] B. Siciliano, O. Khatib, Hanbook of Robotics, Springer, 2008 [4] K. Stecke, R. Suri, Flexible Manufacturing Systems, Elsevier, 1989 [5] D. Kortenkamp i in., Artificial intelligence and mobile robots: case studies of successful robot systems, 1998 SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Wojciech Muszyński, 71 320 32 98; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Robotization AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Engineering Control and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Robotics


Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for main field of study and specialization (if applicable)**



PEK_W01 S1ARR_W07 C1,C2 Lec1 N1,N4,N5

PEK_W02 S1ARR_W07 C2,C3 Lec 2, Lec 3 N1,N2,N4,N5

PEK_W03 S1ARR_W07 C2,C3 Lec 4, Lec 5, Lab2 N1,N2,N3,N5

PEK_W04 S1ARR_W07 C2,C3 Lec 3, Lab3 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_W05 S1ARR_W07 C2,C3 Lec 4, Lec 5 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_W06 S1ARR_W07 C2,C3 Lec 6, Lec 12 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_W07 S1ARR_W07 C2,C3 Lec 10 ÷ Lec 15 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_W08 S1ARR_W07 C4 Lec 7- Lec 10 N1,N2,N4

PEK_U01 S1ARR_U09 C1,C2,C3 Lec 2, Lec 3, Lec 6, Lec 8, Lec 9

N1,N3,N4

PEK_U02 S1ARR_U09 C2 Lec 6, Lec 8 N1,N3,N4

PEK_U03 S1ARR_U09 C2,C3 Lab2, Lab3 N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_U04 S1ARR_U09 C2,C3 Lec 4, Lec 5, Lab3, Lab4 N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_U05 S1ARR_U09 C2,C3 Lec 6, Lec 7, Lec12 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_U06 S1ARR_U09 C2,C3 Lec 13, Lec 14, Lab5 N2,N3,N5,N6

PEK_U07 S1ARR_U09 C1,C2,C3,C4 Lec 7, Lab4 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_U08 S1ARR_U09 C3,C4 Lab6 N2,N3,N4

PEK_U09 S1ARR_U09 C2,C4 Lec 11, Lec 10 N1,N4,N5

PEK_K01 S1ARR_K01 C1-C5 Lec 1÷ Lec 15, Lab1-Lab6 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5 ** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects *** - from table above

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Seminarium dyplomowe Name in English Diploma Seminar Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Robotics Level and form of studies: 1nd level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES110 Group of courses NO Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar


30


60




2


1


\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 to learn to collect a multi-source knowledge useful and appropriate to propose original contributions C2 to have ability to prepare a presentation in a clear manner presenting own ideas, concepts and solutions C3 to acquire knowledge how to discuss and argue for and against using substantial arguments C4 to gain ability to present own achievements in a written form.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to skills: PEK_U01 Students are able to prepare a multi-media presentation illustrating their achievements. PEK_U02 Students can put forward arguments for their own ideas and solutions. PEK_U03 Students are able to evaluate critically solutions of the others.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - seminar Number of hours

Sem1 Principles of preparing and writing diploma work. 2 Sem2 Students present a contemporary robotic literature on subjects of their diploma work 8

pointing out original contributions.

Sem3 Discussions on a literature specific to subject of diploma work interests. Assumptions taken and solutions proposed.

6

Sem4 Students present their diploma work pointing out original contributions. Discussions on the diploma achievements.

14

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. multimedia presentation N2. discussions N3. individual study




F1 PEK_W02, PEK_U01 presentation

F2 PEK_W01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03

discussions

P= 0.5*F1+0.5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

Literature specific to diploma work SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Prof. dr hab. inż. Ignacy Dulęba [email protected]


SUBJECT Diploma Seminar

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Robotics

Subject educational effect Correlation between subject






PEK_U01 S1AIR_U10 C2 Sem2, Sem4 N1 PEK_U02 S1AIR_U10 C3 Sem3, Sem4 N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1AIR_U10 C1 ,C2, C3, C4

Sem3, Sem4 N2, N3

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Projekt specjalnościowy Name in English: Specialization project Main field of study: Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization: Robotics Level and form of studies: 1st, stationary Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES112 Group of courses: NO



30


60





2


(BK) classes

2

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. S1ARR_W02 2. S1ARR_U04 3. S1ARR_U05 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Student can design simple regulation systems for robots C2 Student knows properties of linear regulators used to control nonlinear systems C3 Student distinguishes linear approximation and globally linearized system C4 Student knows and can design simple regulation system for nonholonomic objects

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to skills: PEK_U01 – student uses contemporary computer programming tools to create software for

simulations of performance of dynamical systems PEK_U02 – student can design systems and blocks of linear and nonlinear regulators to control

manipulators and mobile robots PEK_U03 – student can exploit and test existing robot control algorithm and plan experiment

verifying its performance PEK_U04 – student can prepare specification of conducted project task PEK_U05 – student can use knowledge and practical skills to solve practical task in domain of

robot control

PROGRAMME CONTENT Form of classes - project Number of hours

Proj 1 Checking of structural properties of robot dynamics' model 2 Proj 2 Modelling ofrobot dynamics in Matlab/Simulink software 4 Proj 3 Modelling of linear regulator for robot 3

Proj 4 Simulation tests of robot performance and error convergence 3 Proj 5 Modelling of exact linearization for robot 3 Proj 6 Simulation tests of robot performance and error convergence in exact

linearization algorithm 3

Proj 7 Backstepping procedure – kinematic controller guaranteeing trajectory tracking of nonholonomic systems

4

Proj 8 Kinematic controllers for point stabilization of nonholonomic systems 3 Proj 9 Dynamic controllers for nonholonomic systems 2 Proj 10 Presentation of results prepared in final report 3 Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Traditional lecture. N2. Programming in Matlab/Simulink. N3. Individual work – preparation to project and simulation. N4. Preparation of partial and final report.





F1 PEK_U01÷PEK_U05 N1, N2, N3, N4 F2 PEK_U01÷PEK_U05 N1, N2, N3, N4

P=0,5*F1+0,5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] K. Tchoń i inni: Manipulatory i roboty mobilne: modele, planowanie ruchu, sterowanie. Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza PLJ, Warszawa 2000

[2] C. Canudas de Wit, B. Siciliano, G. Bastin: Theory of Robot Control. Springer, New York 1996 [3] A. Mazur: Sterowanie oparte na modelu dla nieholonomicznych manipulatorów mobilnych. Oficyna Wydawnicza

Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2009. SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1] W. Jacak, K. Tchoń: Podstawy robotyki. Skrypt Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 1992.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Alicja Mazur, 71 320 26 08, [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Specialization project

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Robotics

Subject educational

effect





PEK_U01 S1ARR_U02 C4 Proj 2, Proj 3, Proj 5 N2, N3

PEK_U02 S1ARR_U04, S1ARR_U07 C1,C2,C3,C4 Proj 2, Proj 3, Proj 5 Proj 7, Proj 8, Proj 9

N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1ARR_U05, S1ARR_U10 C1,C2,C3,C4 Proj 4, Proj 6 N2, N3, N4 PEK_U04 S1ARR_U06 C1 Proj 6, Proj 10 N3, N4

PEK_U05 S1ARR_U11 C4 Proj 4, Proj 6, Proj.10 N1, N2, N3, N4 ** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects *** - from table above

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Obróbka danych cyfrowych Name in English: Digital data processing Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Systems in Control Engineering Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES201 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 30

Number of hours of total student workload (CNPS) 60 60

Form of crediting Exam crediting with grade




2


1 2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_W01 2. K1AIR_W05 3. K1AIR_U05

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Student knows algorithms for data interpolation, approximation, noise reduction, regression

estimation, orthogonal transforms, coding and compression.

C2 Student knows how to design and implement interpolation, approximation, and filtering algorithms.

C3 Student knows how to select proper coding, transform and compression algorithms with respect to the type of the processed data.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 A student knows selected signal/image sampling algorithms

PEK_W02 A student knows selected interpolation algorithms

PEK_W03 A student knows basic approximation algorithms

PEK_W04 A student knows selected orthogonal transforms and their properties

PEK_W05 A student knows basic nonparametric regression estimation algorithms

PEK_W06 A student knows selected lossless compression algorithms

PEK_W07 A student knows selected lossy compression algorithms (transform coding)

relating to skills: PEK_U01 A student is able to select and justify a proper interpolation, approximation or

estimation algorithm for a signal or image.

PEK_U02 A student is able to select and justify a proper orthogonal transform in an regression estimation problem

PEK_U03 A student is able to select and justify a proper compression algorithm

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec1 Introduction. Description of a data processing and analysis pipeline and its components

2

Lec 2 Selected signal and image sampling algorithms 4

Lec 3 Selected interpolation algorithms 4

Lec 4 Selected approximation algorithms 4

Lec 5 Orthogonal transforms and their properties 4

Lec 6 Nonparametric regression estimation and noise reduction 4

Lec 7 Basic lossless data compression algorithms 4

Lec 8 Basic lossy transform coding algorithm 4

30

Form of laboratory exercises Number

of hours

La1 Scope of the exercises: development and programming tools (e.g. C/C++/C#/Java IDEs or Matlab)

2

La2 Interpolation: signal and image sampling and recovery with a select interpolation schemes

4

La3 Approximation: signal and image recovery with a select approximation schemes 4

La4 Nonlinear vs. linear approximation 4

La5 Estimation: signal and image recovery from noisy observations 4

La6 Lossless coding: RLE algorithm 4

La7 Lossy transform coding 4

La8 Design and implementation of the students algorithm 4

30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. A lecture with multimedia presentation N2. A computer/terminal, software development environment, Matlab, word processing and spreadsheet applications





F1 PEK_W01-PEK_W07

Oral or written exam

F2 PEK_U01- PEK_U03

Laboratory exercises reports

P = 0.5 * F1 + 0.5 * F2 (provided that the laboratory exercises are completed)


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Richard G. Lyons, "Wprowadzenie do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów",

Wydawnictwa Komunikacji i Łączności, Warszawa 2000 [2] K. Sayood, „Kompresja danych” Wprowadzenie, READ ME, Warszawa, 2002.


[1] Selected papers from digital signal and image processing journals, e.g. IEEE, Kluwer, Elsevier.

[2] Artur Przelaskowski, „Kompresja danych”, BTC 2002 [3] D. Salomon, “Data Compression. The Complete Reference” Springer-Verlag, 2003

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Przemysław Śliwi ński, Ph.D, D. Sc.; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Digital data processing


AND SPECIALIZATION

Computer Systems in Control Engineering

Subject educational effect Correlation between subject






PEK_W01 (knowledge) S1ASI_W01 C1, C2 Lec2 N1

PEK_W02 S1ASI_W01 C1, C2 Lec3 N1




PEK_W06 S1ASI_W01 C3 Lec7 N1

PEK_W07 S1ASI_W01 C3 Lec8 N1

PEK_U01 (skills) S1ASI_U01 C1 La1,La2,La3 N2

PEK_U02 S1ASI_U01 C2 La4,La5 N2

PEK_U03 S1ASI_U01 C3 La6,La7 N2


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Programowanie w języku Java Name in English: Programming in Java Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technology in Control Systems Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES202 Group of courses: YES


15 30


30 60

Form of crediting Examination / crediting with grade*






X



- 2


(BK) classes

1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_ W09 (INEW001) 2. K1AIR_ U08 (INEW001) 3. K1AIR_ U09 (INEW001) 4. K1AIR_ W13 (INEW002) 5. K1AIR_ U13 (INEW002) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Familiarize with Java platform, including details of programming language, virtual machine and bytecode. C2. Explain differences between the various releases of the Java platform and the range of opportunities offered by their classes. C3. Characterize of the details of the Java SE platform. C4. Enrich skills in Java IDE handling (Eclipse and Netbeans) C5. Explain how to design and implement applications in Java according to object-oriented programming paradigm. C6. Explain how to create console applications in Java. C7. Explain how to create a window application in Java.

C8. Familiarize with MVC design pattern and graphic components. C9. Indicate the issues related to the creation of multi-threaded applications using mechanisms built in Java and supplied by the specific classes. C10. Characterize the process of creation of distributed applications on the Java SE platform using built-in mechanisms and offered classes.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – knows the basic concepts of the Java platform, its architecture and components. PEK_W02 – knows the basic differences between different editions of the Java platform. PEK_W03 - knows the possibilities and limitations of the Java SE platform. PEK_W04 - knows the syntax of the Java language and object-oriented concepts used in it. PEK_W05 - knows the Java principles of events and exceptions handling. PEK_W06 - knows thread synchronization mechanisms supported by Java language and their classes. PEK_W07 - knows what the object serialization is and understand the issues of distributed application

programming in Java. PEK_W08 - understands the rules of GUI design in Java. relating to skills: PEK_U01 - can benefit from Java IDE, particularly in the Eclipse environment. PEK_U02 - is able to follow object-oriented programming rules in Java. PEK_U03 - can implement and run a Java console application. PEK_U04 - can implement and run Java application with GUI. PEK_U05 - can implement interfaces for accessing data by the use of own models and views (offered

by selected Java classes). PEK_U06 - can create and use threads in the application code. PEK_U07 - knows how to design and implement a distributed application using RMI and classes from

java.net package. relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – is aware of the impact of the quality of the code created on the possibility of its further

development by other developers. PEK_K02 –understands the need for self-education, especially in the face of constantly evolving

technologies and changes in the vocabularies used in the communication between professionals.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 A virtual machine, bytecode, writing, compiling and running programs, language syntax, comments and annotations, basic types, elements of procedural programming (loops, conditional statements).

2

Lec 2 Elements of object-oriented programming (classes, interfaces, packages, modifiers), enumerations.

2

Lec 3 Collections, generics, building a graphical user interface (AWT, Swing, SWT), events handling.

2

Lec 4 Streams, exception handling, classes loading. 2

Lec 5 Threads and synchronization. 2

Lec 6 Safety issues in the implementation of Java application. 2

Lec 7 Distributed programming with the use of RMI and classes from java.net package. 2

Lec 8 Repetition and summary. 1

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Workplace training in health and safety. Organizational matters. Introduction to the Java programming environment.

2

Lab 2 Procedural programming in Java-based implementation of the examples of selected algorithms.

2

Lab 3 Implementing applications using object-oriented programming techniques (classes, interfaces, constructors, inheritance).

2

Lab 4 Build the class library organized into packages, the use of access modifiers and inner classes.

2

Lab 5 Design and implementation of a data processing application with the use of collections and generics.

2

Lab 6 Design of an application with the use of simple graphical user interface components (forms and dialog boxes).

2

Lab 7 Design of an application with the use of advanced components of graphical user interface following MVC patterns (combo boxes, lists and tables).

2

Lab 8 The creation of applications that leverage the graphics capabilities of Java classes. 2

Lab 9 Implementing a program with a simple animation. 2

Lab 10 Development tools for statistical calculations and operating on file system. 2

Lab 11 Solving selected issues of concurrent programming using Java threads and monitors.

2

Lab 12 The use of classes from java.net package to collect data from the Internet. 2

Lab 13 The use of sockets for intercrosses communication. 2

Lab 14 The implementation of a distributed system using RMI. 2

Lab 15 Summary of the work performed and additional tasks. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lectures using video projector N2. Classes in the computer laboratory N3. Consultation N4. Self-study – preparation for laboratory assignments N5. Self-study – preparation for test


Evaluation F – forming (during semester), C – concluding (at semester end)



F1 PEK_U01 - PEK_U07 PEK_K01 - PEK_K02

Evaluation of the laboratory assignments outcomes (taking into account the quality of the generated code and the scope of functions implemented - partially in the classroom and partially on completion) assessment of the level of skills (based on the answers to questions on the tasks completed)

F2 PEK_W01 - PEK_W08 Written test

C = 0,5 * F1 + 0,5 * F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Bruce Eckel: Thinking in Java. Wydanie 3. Edycja polska, Helion [2] Cay Horstmann, Gary Cornell: Java 2. Podstawy, Helion [3] Java SE tutorials and documentation (published and accessible on the Internet) [4] Lecture materials (prepared by the lecturer) SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Cay Horstmann, Gary Cornell: Java 2. Techniki zaawansowane,Wydanie II, Helion [2] Hartley S.J : Concurrent Programming. The Java Prorgamming Language, Oxford University

Press’98

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Tomasz Kubik, [email protected]


Programming in Java AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION

Information Technology in Control Systems

Subject educational

effect

Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects

defined for main field of study and specialization (if

applicable)**



PEK_W01 S1ASI_W02 C1 Lec 1 N1, N3 – N5

PEK_W02 S1ASI_W02 C1, C2, C3 Lec 1 N1, N3 – N5

PEK_W03 S1ASI_W02 C1, C2, C3 Lec 1-Lec 8 N1, N3 – N5



PEK_W06 S1ASI_W02 C9 Lec 5, Lec 6 N1, N3 – N5

PEK_W07 S1ASI_W02 C9 Lec 4, Lec 7 N1, N3 – N5


PEK_U01 S1ASI_U02 C4 Lab 1 N1 – N5

PEK_U02 S1ASI_U02 C5 Lab 2 N1 – N5

PEK_U03 S1ASI_U02 C6 Lab 2 – Lab 5 N1 – N5

PEK_U04 S1ASI_U02 C7, C8 Lab 6 – Lab 9 N1 – N5

PEK_U05 S1ASI_U02 C8 Lab 7, Lab 1 N1 – N5

PEK_U06 S1ASI_U02 C9 Lab 9, Lab 11 N1 – N5

PEK_U07 S1ASI_U02 C10 Lab 12 – Lab 14 N1 – N5

PEK_K01 K1AIR_K02 C4, C5 Lec 1 – Lec 2, Lab 01 – Lab 15

N1 – N5

PEK_K02 K1AIR_K02 C1, C2, C3 Lab 01 – Lab 15, Lec 01 – Lec 08

N1 – N5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Roboty manipulacyjne i mobilne Name in English Manipulators and mobile robots Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technology in Control Systems Level and form of studies: 1st, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES203 Group of courses YES



15 30


30 60




X



2


(BK) classes

2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_ W11, K1AIR_ W28, K1AIR_U29

K1AIR_ W09, K1AIR_ U09,K1AIR_ U11 K1AIR_W22, K1AIR_W24, K1AIR_U24, K1AIR_U25

K1AIR_W06, K1AIR_U04, K1AIR_U05 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Attaining knowledge on industrial manipulators structures, sensors and effectors C2. Attaining knowledge on advanced manipulator programming methods C3. Attaining knowledge on mobile robots structure, sensors and effectors C4. Attaining knowledge on sensory data processing in mobile robots C5. Attaining knowledge on methods of mobile robots environment modelling C6. Developing skills of various stationary and mobile robots programming C7. Developing skills of basic mobile robot controllers design

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – Knowledge on types and applications of stationary and mobile robots PEK_W02 – Knowledge on robot system design and parts of a robot PEK_W03 – Knowledge on robot programming methods PEK_W04 – Knowledge on sensory data processing methods PEK_W05 – Knowledge on localization methods for mobile robots PEK_W06 – Knowledge on fundamentals of map building and SLAM methods relating to skills: PEK_U01 – Ability to program manipulation and mobile robots PEK_U02 – Ability to plan and implement robot controller logic PEK_U03 – Ability to process data of typical sensors used in robots PEK_U04 – Ability to analize robot tasks and to define controller requirements relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – Skills of acting in group during work on given tasks

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Stationary and mobile robot classifications. Applications of robots. 1

Lec 2 Elements of industrial robots. 2

Lec 3 Methods of robotic manipulator programming. 2

Lec 4 Structures and elements of mobile robots. 2

Lec 5 Processing and interpretation of mobile robot sensory data. 2

Lec 6 Determining position and orientation of a mobile robot. 2

Lec 7 Problems of map building, localization and SLAM. 2

Lec 8 Architectures of mobile robot controllers. 2

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Introduction.Fundamentals of laboratory sites operation 2 Lab 2 Manipulator programming in high-level language 4 Lab 3 Manipulator programming in simulation environment 4 Lab 4 Range measurement and object detection with laser range-finder 4 Lab 5 Dynamic object control in Matlab/Simulink environment 4 Lab 6 Mobile robot navigation in presence of obstacles. 4 Lab 7 Simulation environment for mobile robots. 4 Lab 8 Discussion of results. Retakes. 4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lecture N2. Laboratory exercises N3. Consultations N4. Study hall - self studies and preparation to tests N5. Study hall - preparation to laboratory excercises





F1 PEK_U01 – PEK_U04,

Discussion, evaluation of laboratory tasks realization, written reports.

F2 PEK_K01, PEK_W01 - PEK_W06

Written test, written overview of selected subjects

C=0.5*F1+0.5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] J. Honczarenko. Roboty przemyslowe. Budowa i zastosowanie. Wydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne, 2009. [2] Handbook of robotics. Springer, 2008. [3] I. Dulęba: Metody i algorytmy planowania ruchu robotów mobilnych i manipulacyjnych, Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, Warszawa, 2001. [4] S.Thrun i in. Probabilistic robotics. MIT Press, 2006.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] S.M. LaValle. Planning algorithms. http://planning.cs.uiuc.edu/ [2] Z. Hendzel i in. Autonomiczne mobilne roboty kołowe mechatroniczne projektowanie i

sterowanie. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Rzeszowskiej, 2008. [3] M.Montemerlo, S.Thrun. FastSLAM. Springer, 2007. [4] The DARPA Urban Challenge. Springer, 2010. SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Janusz Jakubiak, [email protected]


SUBJECT Manipulators and mobile robots


AND SPECIALIZATION Information Technology in Control Systems



applicable)**




PEK_W01 S1ASI_W03 C1 Lec1 1,3,4

PEK_W02 S1ASI_W03 C1,C3 Lec2,Lec4,

Lec8

1,3,4

PEK_W03 S1ASI_W03 C2 Lec3,Lec8 1,3,4


PEK_W05 S1ASI_W03 C4 Lec6,Lec7 1,3,4


PEK_U01 S1ASI_U03 C6 Lab1 – Leb3, Lab6 – Lab7

2,3,4,5

PEK_U02 S1ASI_U03 C7 Lab5 – Lab7 2,3,4,5

PEK_U03 S1ASI_U03 C4 Lab4, Lab6 2,3,4,5

PEK_U04 S1ASI_U03 C1,C3,C7 Lab2, Lab3, Lab5 - Lab7

2,3,4,5

PEK_K02 S1ASI_K01 C6,C7 Lab1 – Lab7 2


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT……………… SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Name in English Industrial Computer Networks Main field of study : Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization : Information Technology in Control Systems Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES204 Group of courses YES


15 30


40 80




3


1 2

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W25, K1AIR_W26, K1AIR_W33, K1AIR_U26, K1AIR_U27, K1AIR_U36 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES After taking this course, students should be able to:

C1. Describe the structure and equipment base of industrial networks in the automation systems. C2. Use industrial networks during designing and operating of the automation systems. C3. Match, configure, and operate selected Fieldbus serial communication networks and Ethernet based networks. C4. Diagnose and resolve problems within industrial computer networks. C5. Characterize selected protocols of the Fieldbus serial communication networks and Ethernet based networks. C6. Explain standardization issues in the industrial computer networks. C7.Characterize the use of wireless industrial networks in the automation systems. C8.Search and use of online company catalogues and technical documentations.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge, students can: PEK_W01 – Explain the general structure and role of industrial networks in a production company.

PEK_W02 – Describe the structure and equipment base of selected industrial networks.

PEK_W03 – Explain the IEC 61158 and IEC 61784 standards related to industrial computer networks and their connection with international ISO/IEC 7498 standards.

PEK_W04 – Characterize data exchange protocols in selected Fieldbus serial communication networks.

PEK_W05 – Characterize data exchange protocols in selected Ethernet based networks.

PEK_W06 – Describe the wireless industrial networks in the automation systems.

relating to skills, students can: PEK_U01 – Configure PLC (PAC) controller for use in an industrial network.

PEK_U02 – Prepare and use PLC (PAC) controller for data exchange in selected networks.

PEK_U03 – Setup communication and configuration parameters of a multi-function regulator to prepare it for use in a selected network.

PEK_U04 – Setup communication and configuration parameters of a frequency converter to prepare it for use in a selected network.

PEK_U05 – Build, properly configure, and operate selected Fieldbus serial communication networks and Ethernet based networks.

PEK_U06 – Solve simple problems associated with diagnostics of the industrial computer networks.

PEK_U07 – Program HMI devices to observe data exchange in the network.

PEK_U08 – Choose adequate industrial computer network for automation systems.

relating to social competences, students: PEK_K01 – Are aware of importance of data search and analysis skills.

PEK_K02 – Understand the necessity of self-education and skills development for the use of gained knowledge and skills.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec1 Course introduction. Structure of the industrial computer networks in a production company.

1

Lec2 IEC 61158 and IEC 61784 standards and their connection with international ISO/IEC 7498 standards. Recent developments in the industrial computer networks.

2

Lec3 Structure and equipment base of selected Fieldbus serial communication and Ethernet-based networks.

2

Lec4 Organizing data exchange in selected Fieldbus serial communication networks.

4

Lec5 Organizing data exchange in selected Ethernet-based networks.

4

Lec6 Industrial wireless networks in automation systems.

2

Total hours 15

Form of classes - laboratory Number of hours Lab1 Occupational safety and health training. Class introduction and orientation. 1 Lab2 Configuration and running of the Profibus DP serial network with remote I/O

stations. 4

Lab3 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in the Profibus DP serial network with a frequency converter.

4

Lab4 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in the Profibus DP serial network with a multi-function controller.

4

Lab5 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in the Ethernet-based network with EGD protocol and an operator panel.

4

Lab6 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in Sensorbus (AS-I) network.

4

Lab7 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in Interbus-S network with remote I/O station.

2

Lab8 Configuration and running of wireless telemetric network based on WirelessHart protocol with an operator panel, using Ethernet network.

3

Lab9 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange between controllers in the Ethernet-based network with Profinet protocol

4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1.Traditional lecture with multimedia presentation N2.Laboratory assignments N3.Office hours N4. Self study - preparation for laboratory assignments N5. Self study - preparation for final exam






PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Oral answers, assignments evaluation, written reports

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W06 F

F3 C= 0,5*F1 + 0,5*F2 if F1>=3 and F2>=3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] [1] Bender K., PROFIBUS. The Fieldbus for Industrial Automation, Carl Hanser Verlag,

Londyn 1993. [2] Kriesel W., Heimbold T., Telschow D., : Bustechnologien fur die Automation, Huthig

Verlag Heidelberg 2000 [3] Mackay S., Wright E., Park J., Reynders D. : Practical Industrial Data Networks , Elsevier

2004 [4] Neumann P,: Systemy komunikacji w technice automatyzacji, COSiW SEP Warszawa 2003 [5] Park J., Mackay S., Wright E. : Practical Data Communications for Instrumentation and

Control, Elsevier 2003 [6] Phoenix Contact : Grundkurs Feldbustechnik, Vogel Buchverlag, Wurzburg 2000. [7] Pigan R., Metter M., Automating with Profinet, Publicis Publishing, Erlangen, 2008 [8] Sacha K., Sieci miejscowe Profibus. MIKOM, Warszawa, 1998 [9] Solnik W., Zajda Z.,: Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Uni-Telway i magistrala

rozszerzenia TSX, Wrocław 2005 [10] Solnik W., Zajda Z.,: Sieci przemysłowe Profibus DP i MPI w automatyce, Wrocław 2010 [11] Solnik W., Zajda Z.,: Sieć przemysłowa Profibus DP w praktyce przemysłowej,

Wydawnictwo BTC Legionowo 2012 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Mielczarek W.: Szeregowe interfejsy cyfrowe, Helion, Gliwice 1993

Opracowania firmowe: [1] KEPServerEX V5 Help. Kepware Technologies, 2011.




[5] MICROMASTER 440. Operating Instructions. Issue 10/06. 6SE6400–5AW00–0BP0.

[6] MICROMASTER 440. PROFIBUS Optional Board. Operating Instructions. Issue 02/02. 6SE6400–5AK00–0BP0.

Czasopisma:

[1] Pomiary Automatyka Kontrola

[2] Pomiary Automatyka i Robotyka

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Włodzimierz Solnik, 71 320 32 85; [email protected]


SUBJECT Industrial Computer Networks




Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for main field of study and specialization (if applicable)

Subject objectives

Programme content

Teaching tool number

PEK_W01 (knowledge)

S1ASI_W04, K1AIR_W18,K1AIR_W33

C1 Lec1 N1,N3,N5

PEK_W02 S1ASI_W04, K1AIR_W18, K1AIR_W25, K1AIR_W26

C1 Lec3 N1,N2,N3,N5

PEK_W03 S1ASI_W04 C6 Lec2 N1,N3,N5 PEK_W04 S1ASI_W04 C5 Lec4 N1,N2,N3,N5 PEK_W05 S1ASI_W04, K1AIR_W18,

K1AIR_W33 C5 Lec5 N1,N2,N3,N5

PEK_W06 S1ASI_W04 C7 Lec6 N1,N2,N3,N5 PEK_U01 (skills) S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U27 C3 Lab2 – Lab7

Lab9 N1,N2,N4

PEK_U02 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U27 C3 Lab2 – Lab7 Lab9

N1,N2,N4

PEK_U03 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U27 C3 Lab4 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U04 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U26 C3 Lab3 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U05 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U26 C2,C3 Lab2 – Lab9 N2,N4 PEK_U06 S1ASI_U04 C4 Lab2 – Lab9 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U07 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U17, K1AIR_U27 C3 Lab5,Lab8,Lab9 N2,N4 PEK_U08 S1ASI_U04 C2 Lab2 – Lab9 N1,N2,N4 PEK_K01

(competences) K1AIR_K04 C8 Lec1 – Lec6 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5

PEK_K02 Lab1 – Lab9

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Projekt zespołowy Name in English: Team project Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technology in Control Systems Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES205 Group of courses: NO



60


150





(P) classes

5


(BK) classes

3



\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Acquirement of skills of executing engineering tasks as part of a complex engineering task

C2 Acquirement of experience in teamwork, including the skills of planning and scheduling, intra-team communication, act as a team member or leader, the opportunity to demonstrate of their creativity, openness to innovative approaches to the goal and orientation of the team's success


relating to skills PEK_U01 Is able to perform tasks as part of a complex engineering project

PEK_U02 Is able to apply the principles of project management for the implementation of a complex engineering project

PEK_U03 Is able to draw up the technical documentation of the project

relating to social competences PEK_K01 Is able to work with the team, has a consciousness of their role in the design and

has attention to the timely execution of the tasks assigned

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Pr1 Introduction to the methodology of project management 4

Pr2 Determining the theme and purpose of the project (eg. optimization of the production process, decision support system). The allocation of roles in the project, the initial allocation of tasks to be performed, the choice of team leader

4

Pr3 Introduction to the problem area of the project. Overview of solutions of the problem - an analysis of the methods and technical means used.

4

Pr4 Analysis of user requirements, including an analysis of the economic impact of the implementation of the project. Development of design intent. Determining the initial roadmap and the principles of intra-team communication

4

Pr5

Analysis of risks in the project, establish emergency scenarios and ways to monitor risks. Planning for quality management principles in the design, development of quality control procedures. Establish rules for evaluation individual parts of a project and ways of their documentation

4

Pr6 The implementation of individual project tasks according to the schedule of the first stage of the project

12

Pr7 Summary of the first stage of the project 4

Pr8 The implementation of individual project tasks according to the schedule of the second stage of the project

12

Pr9 Presentation of the results of the executed project, the assessment of the project made by the teacher. Verification of the project. Determining of possible changes.

8

Pr10 Presentation of final project documentation 4

Total hours 60

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia presentation

N2. Discussion about of the considered problems

N3. Consultations

N4. Self-study




F1

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

Evaluation of realization steps of the project, evaluation of team skills: respect of schedule, the activity in the team, the ability to apply the principles of project management

F2 PEK_U03 Evaluation of the project result and project documentation

P=0.4*F1+0.6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), wydanie polskie, 2009

[2] Zarządzanie projektem informatycznym - model najlepszych praktyk, IFC Press, Kraków 2003

[3] Flasiński M., Zarządzanie projektami informatycznymi, PWN, 2006



Prof. dr hab. inż. Czesław Smutnicki, czesł[email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Team project


AND SPECIALIZATION: Information Technology in Control Systems



applicable)**




PEK_U01 S1ASI_U05 C1 Pr1 – Pr9 N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_U02 S1ASI_U05 C1 Pr1-Pr5 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1ASI_U05 C1 Pr10 N2, N3, N4

PEK_K01 S1ASI_K01 C2 Pr1-Pr9 N2, N3, N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Wykład monograficzny Name in English: Monographic lecture Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technology in Control Systems Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES206 Group of courses: NO



30


60



2



(P) classes

2


(BK) classes

2



\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquisition of knowledge of the latest trends in solving large instances of NP-hard discrete optimization problems.

C2. Learning architectures and programming languages for parallel computing systems

C3. Learn concurrent programming techniques for clusters and GPU devices.


relating to knowledge PEK_W01 – student knows the latest trends in discrete optimization.

PEK_W02 - student knows the types of architectures of parallel and distributed computing.

PEK_W03 - student knows parallel programming libraries,

relating to social competences PEK_K01 – student understands the need for self-education and to develop the ability to independently

apply their knowledge and skills,

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Wy1 Introduction 2

Wy2 Recent trends in optimization 2

Wy3 Metaheuristics 2

Wy4 Architecture of parallel systems. Flynn Classification: SISD, SIMD, MIMD 2

Wy5 The theoretical model PRAM parallel computer. Models Yerevan, CREW, CRCW

2

Wy6 Parallel metaheuristics. Parallel taboo search method 2

Wy7 Parallel simulated annealing algorithm 2

Wy8 A parallel genetic algorithm and population- 2

Wy9 Parallel distributed search algorithm 2

Wy10 Measure the effectiveness of parallel algorithms: acceleration, efficiency, cost.

2

Wy11 Flow problem. The method of determining the cost-optimal objective function value Cmax.

2

Wy12 Problem socket. The method of determining the cost-optimal objective function value Cmax.

2

Wy13 Flexible socket issue. Analysis of the theoretical acceleration of selected parallel algorithms.

2

Wy14 Granularity of parallel computing systems 2

Wy15 Final test 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

1 Lecture with a video projector.

2 Consultations.

3 Self-study – individual work and preparation for the final test.




F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W04 Test result

P = F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Metoda blokowa w zagadnieniach szeregowania zadań, Grabowski J., Nowicki E., Smutnicki C. Problemy współczesnej nauki. Teoria i zastosowania. Exit 2003.

[2] Smutnicki C. Algorytmy szeregowania. Problemy współczesnej nauki. Teoria i zastosowania. Exit 2002.


[1] Alba E., Parallel Metaheuristics. A New Class of Algorithms, Wiley & Sons Inc. (2005).


Wojciech Bożejko, 71 320 29 61; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Monographic lecture


AND SPECIALIZATION: Information Technology in Control Systems



applicable)**




PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03

S1ASI_W5 C1-C3 Wy1-Wy14 1,3


FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / Institute of Computer Engineering, Control and Robotics SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Systemy Informatyczne Czasu Rzeczywistego Name in English: Real Time Systems Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technology in Control Systems Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES207 Group of courses: YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar


15 30


30 60






- 2


1 1



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Getting the knowledge about fundamental definitions, requirements concerning real time systems and embedded systems. C2 Getting the knowledge about selected Real Time Operating System. C3 Getting the knowledge about process creation methods, process attributes getting and testing. C4 Getting the knowledge about interprocess communication by files, pipes, message queues, . C5 Getting the knowledge about interprocess communication by shared memory, processes synchronisation by

Posix semaphores C6 Getting the knowledge about application of network sockets (UDP, TCP) for development of distributed data acquisition systems. C7 Getting the knowledge about process scheduling in operating system and funcion of process priorities. C8 Getting the knowledge about time services in Real Time Systems C9 Getting the knowledge about asynchronous events handling, pulse and signal handling. C10 Getting the knowledge about interrupt handling in Real Time System C11 Getting the knowledge about sensors and efectors handling C12 Getting skills in using selected Real Time Operating System C13 Getting skills in creating and terminating processes in RTOS. C14 Getting skills in using local interprocess communication methods to create data acquisition & control applications C15 Getting skills in using network sockets to create distributed data acquisition & control applications C16 Getting skills in creation multithread data acquisition & control applications applications. C17 Getting skills in programming external devices such as AD/DA converters, binary input-outputs.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Knows notions and definitions concerning embedded and Real Time Systems PEK_W02 Knows the structure and features of Real Time Operating System PEK_W03 Understands funcion of process, knows structure of application consist of commucating processes PEK_W04 Knows methods of local interprocess communication in RTOS such as files, pipes and messages queues. PEK_W05 Knows process communication by shared memory and synchronisation methods by semaphores PEK_W06 Knows network socket interface, and it’s application for development of distrubuted data acquisition & control systems PEK_W07 Understands process scheduling in Real Time Systems, process priority, RM and EDF scheduling PEK_W08 Understans Round Robin , FIFO and sporadic scheduling in RTOS PEK_W09 Knows of time handling services in RTOS PEK_W10 Knows methods of asynchronous events handling, signals and timers. PEK_W11 Knows of interrupt handling in RTOS PEK_W12 Knows methods of external device handling. relating to skills: PEK_U01 Is able to develop programs in RTOS enviroment. Knows how to use editors, compiler, debugger,

integrated development enviroment. PEK_U02 Is able to create processes, synchronise process termination and knows how to apply of their attributes. PEK_U03 Is able to create an application consist of a lot of processes communicating by files, pipes, FIFO

queues. PEK_U04 Is able to create an application consist of concurrent processes communicating by message queues. PEK_U05 Is able to use semaphores to synchronise processes communicate by shared memory. PEK_U06 Is able to create distributed data acquisition system where processes communicates by network sockets

API. PEK_U07 Is able to create Real Time multithread applications in RTOS enviroment. relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Knows that cooperating team of persons needs to communicate each other and synchronise individual

activities.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Embedded systems, Real Time Systems, requirements for RTS Systems, safety in RTS.

1

Lec 1 Structure of selected Real Time Operating System (RTOS) 1

Lec 2 Proces creation, attributes, termination, resource limits in process creation 2

Lec 3 Application of POSIX message queues for interprocess communication 1

Lec 3 Interprocess communication by shared memory, process synchronisation in RTS, Posix semaphores

1

Lec 4 Application of sockets in network communication, network adresses, UDP and TCP communication

2

Lect 5 Process scheduling in Real Time Systems, RM and EDF scheduling 1

Lect 5 Process scheduling in Real Time Operating Systems, process priorities, Round Robin , FIFO and sporadic scheduling

1

Lec 6 Time handling services in RTOS 1

Lec 6 Asynchronous events handling, signals and timers. 1

Lec 7 Interrupt handling in RTOS. 1

Lec 7 External device handling. Example of data acquisition card (AD, DA converters, binary input-outputs).

1

Lec 8 Colloquium 1

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Introduction. 1

Lab 1 Fundamentals of using Real Time Operating System (RTOS) for program development, editors, compiler, debugger. Integrated development enviroment.

1

Lab 2 Local process creation, termination, process attributes, transformation one proces into enother.

4

Lab 3 Programming of data acquisition card, programming of AD converters using polling method

4

Lab 4 Application of files for data storage and interprocess communication. 2

Lab 4,5 Interprocess communication in RTOS by Posix message queues. 4

Lab 5 Application of shared memory for interprocess communication. Process synchronisation by Posix semaphores.

2

Lab 6 Application of UDP communication in distributed data acquisition & control system. 4

Lab 7 Application of messages in distributed data acquisition & control system. Client-Server applications

4

Lab 8 Application of Threads in Real Time Applications 4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture with multimedia projector N2. Practical exercises in computer laboratory N3. Consultations N4. Homework – preparation for laboratory N5. Homework – preparation for final test





F1 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U06 Evaluation of exercises results

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W10 Presence during lectures, activity

F3 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W10 Final test

P = 0,3*F1 + 0,1*F2 + 0,6*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Keith Haviland, Dina Gray, Ben Salama, UNIX System Programming, second edition, Adison Wesley 1999 [2] QNX Momentics Development Suite Integrated Development Enviroment Users Guide, QNX Software Systems LDT, Kanata Ontario 2004. [3] Jędrzej Ułasiewicz, Real Time Systems, QNX6 Neutrino, wyd. BTC 2008

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Doug Abott, Linux for Embedded and Realtime Applications, Elsevier Oxford UK 2006. [2] QNX Realtime Operating System, System Architecture, QNX Software Systems LDT, Kanata Ontario 2001.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) PhD eng. Jędrzej Ułasiewicz, [email protected]


SUBJECT Real Time Systems



Subject educational

effect






PEK_W01 S1ASI_W7 C1 Lec 1 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W02 S1ASI_W7 C2 Lec 1 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W03 S1ASI_W7 C3 Lec 2 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W04 S1ASI_W7 C4 Lec 3 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W05 S1ASI_W7 C5 Lec 3 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W06 S1ASI_W7 C6 Lec 4 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W07 S1ASI_W7 C7 Lec 5 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W08 S1ASI_W7 C7 Lec 5 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W09 S1ASI_W7 C8 Lec 6 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W10 S1ASI_W7 C9 Lec 6 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W11 S1ASI_W7 C10 Lec 7 N1, N3, N5 PEK_W12 S1ASI_W7 C11 Lec 7 N1, N3, N5 PEK_U01 S1ASI_U06 C12 Lab1 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U02 S1ASI_U06 C13 Lab2 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U03 S1ASI_U06 C14 Lab3 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U04 S1ASI_U06 C14 Lab4 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U05 S1ASI_U06 C14 Lab5 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U06 S1ASI_U06 C15 Lab6,7 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U07 S1ASI_U06 C16 Lab8 N1,N2,N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Systemy autonomiczne Name in English Autonomous systems Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technology in Control Systems Level and form of studies: 1st, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES208 Group of courses YES



15 30


30 60




X



2


(BK) classes

2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W11, K1AIR_U11 K1AIR_W29, K1AIR_U31 K1AIR_W28, K1AIR_U29 K1AIR_W13, K1AIR_U13 S1ASI_W03, S1ASI_U03

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Attaining knowledge on design of autonomous systems C2. Attaining knowledge on task planning in static environment C3. Attaining knowledge on task planning in dynamic environment C4. Attaining knowledge on deterministic and probabilistic models of objects and an enviroment C5. Developing skills of writing applications for mobile robot controllers C6. Developing skills of decisive situations modeling based on object and environment models

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – Acquaintance with definitions, examples and applications of autonomous systems PEK_W02 – Knowledge on classification of autonomous systems structures and designs PEK_W03 – Acquaintance with methods of solving planning and control problems PEK_W04 – Acquaintance with system and environment modelling methods relating to skills: PEK_U01 – Ability to use mobile robot programming environment PEK_U02 – Ability to implement chosen reactive algorithms PEK_U03 – Ability to build model of robot environment based on sensory data PEK_U04 – Ability to implement selected algorithms of task planning in dynamic environment relating to social competences:

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Definitions and terminology, brief presentation of subjects undertaken in the course

2

Lec 2 Autonomous systems systematics and fields of applications 2

Lec 3 Definition of autonomous control problem and solution approaches: decomposition, functional and behavioral approach.

2

Lec 4 Structure of autonomous control systems as a result of chosen methodology

2

Lec 5 Exemplary hardware structure of an autonomous system – a mobile robot 2

Lec 6 Real time problems in autonomous systems. Synchronous and asynchronous tasks.

1

Lec 7 Modelling of a system and its environment – deterministic and probabilistic approach

2

Lec 8 Local and global task planning methods, task replanning in dynamic environment

2

Total hours 15


Lab 1 First steps with mobile robot programming and control environment, writing simple applications

3

Lab 2 Local algorithms of obstacle avoidance 6

Lab 3 Environment map building with laser range-finder 6

Lab 4 Robot motion planning in dynamic environment 6

Lab 5 Robot navigation with hybrid controller 6

Lab 6 Presentation of results 3

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lecture N2. Laboratory excercises N3. Consultations N4. Study hall - self studies and preparation to tests N5. Study hall - preparation to laboratory excercises N6. Study hall - preparation of oral presentation





F1 PEK_W01 - PEK_W04

Written test


Discussion, evaluation of laboratory tasks realization, oral presentation.

C=0.5*F1+0.5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Springer Handbook of Robotics, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2008. [2] S. M. LaValle: „Planning Algorithms”, Cambridge University Press, 2006. [3] I. Dulęba: „Metody i algorytmy planowania ruchu robotów mobilnych i manipulacyjnych”, Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, Warszawa, 2001.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] W. Jacak: „Roboty inteligentne – metody planowania działań i ruchu”, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław, 1991. [2] J. C. Connel, S. Mahadevan (red): „Robot Learning”, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1993. [3] G. Bekey: „Autonomous Robots. From Biological Inspiration to Implementation and Control”, MIT Press 2005 [4] S. Thrun et al., „Probabilistic robotics”, MIT Press, 2006 SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Krzyszof Tchoń, [email protected]


SUBJECT Autonomous systems


AND SPECIALIZATION

Information Technology in Control Systems



applicable)**





PEK_W02 S1ASI_W8 C1 Lec2,Lec4,

Lec5,Lec6

1,3,4

PEK_W03 S1ASI_W8 C2,C3 Lec3,Lec8 1,3,4


PEK_U01 S1ASI_U07 C5 Lab1 – Lab5 2,4

PEK_U02 S1ASI_U07 C5 Lab2, Lab5 2,5




Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Seminarium dyplomowe Name in English: Diploma Seminar Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technology in Control Systems (ASI) Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES209 Group of courses: NO



30


60





(P) classes

2


(BK) classes

1



\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1Acquirement of skills of acquisition of selective knowledge needed to create their own original

solutions.

C2 Acquirement of skills to creation of presentation, that allows in communicative way present to students the original ideas, concepts and solutions.

C3 Acquirement of skills of creative discussion, in which in tangible and meaningful way it can justify and defend their proposition.

C4 Acquirement of skills of documentation presenting their own achievements, including a presentation of its performance against the development of the world thinks.


relating to skills

PEK_U01 He is able to prepare a presentation with the results of solution

PEK_U02 He is able to objectively justify their original ideas and solutions in discussion

PEK_U03 He is able to critically evaluate the scientific and technical solutions others

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Se1 Discussion of the principles of preparing and writing a thesis, and in particular to present the principles of editorial

2

Se2 Individual presentations on the current state of knowledge related to the problem of the thesis and description of the original own contribution to the achievements of the literature

8

Se3 Discussion in seminar group on the state of art and assumed conception of solving problems which consist on the thesis

6

Se4 Individual presentations of the thesis realized with emphasis on the original author's own contribution

14

Total hours

30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with a video projector.


N3. Self-study

Evaluation (F – Educational effect number


forming (during semester), P – concluding (at semester end)

number

F1 PEK_W02, PEK_U01

Presentation


Discussion

P= 0.5*F1+0.5*F2


Literature related to the issues of the thesis



MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Diploma Seminar


AND SPECIALIZATION: Information Technology in Control Systems (ASI)



applicable)**




PEK_U01 S1ASI_U09 C2 Se2, Se4 N1

PEK_U02 S1ASI_U09 C3 Se3, Se4 N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1ASI_U09 C1 ,C2, C3, C4 Se3, Se4 N2, N3


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY: Electronics

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Projekt specjalnościowy Name in English: Specialization project Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics (AiR) Specialization (if applicable): Information Technology in Control Systems (ASI) Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES211 Group of courses: NO

Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU) 30

Number of hours of total student workload (CNPS) 60



including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes 1

including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student contact (BK) classes 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO

KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES

1. S1ASI_W1 2. S1ASI_W2 3. S1ASI_W5 4. S1ASI_W6 5. S1ASI_W9 6. S1ASI_W11 7. S1ASI_U01 8. S1ASI_U02 9. S1ASI_U05 10. S1ASI_K01

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Gaining knowledge on cascade and iterative project management methodologies C2. Gaining ability to perform business and system analysis in projects C3. Gaining ability to capture client needs,

to gather and document functional and non-functional system requirements C4. Gaining ability to define and document exit criteria C5. Gaining ability to design and document system architecture C6. Gaining abilities regarding cascade and iterative methodologies

of software development for the project C7. Gaining basic knowledge on software testing and test management C8. Gaining basic knowledge on deployment and maintenance C9. Gaining knowledge on documenting research results


after completing the course, the graduate…:

relating to knowledge:

PEK_W01 – knows cascade and iterative methods of project management, pros and cons PEK_W02 – knows the rules of conducting business and system analysis PEK_W03 – knows the issues of gathering and documenting client needs

and functional and non-functional requirements PEK_W04 – knows the issues of defining stop criteria and test plan PEK_W05 – knows the rules of designing and documenting system architecture PEK_W06 – knows good practices of cascade and iterative software development PEK_W07 – knows the kinds of tests and test management issues PEK_W08 – knows the issues of software deployment and maintenance PEK_W09 – knows the issues of documenting research results relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – is able to clearly define and document client needs,

functional and non-functional requirements PEK_U02 – is able to clearly define and document stop criteria PEK_U03 – is able to design and document system architecture PEK_U04 – is able to manage a team according to cascade and iterative methodologies PEK_U05 – is able to design and documents test scenarios PEK_U06 – is able to document research results

relating to social competences:

PEK_K01 – appreciates the ability to search for knowledge and to critically analyze it PEK_K02 – is aware of the need for self-development PEK_K03 – is able to cooperate within a team, knows the meaning of roles in a team

knows advantages and disadvantages of team work

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Proj 1 BHP course. Chosing project subjects. Introduction to project management methodologies

2

Proj 2 Capturing client needs, functional and non-functional rquirements 3

Proj 3 Defining and documenting stop criteria for the project. Designing a test plan

1

Proj 4 Desiging and documenting system architecture 2

Proj 5 Forming a team. Implementing the system 2

Proj 6 Prepearing and documenting test scenarios 2

Proj 7 Implementing the system according to the chosen methodology (iterative or cascade)

2


2


2


2

Proj 11 Deployment and maintenance 2

Proj 12 Individual tests 2

Proj 13 Integration tests 2

Proj 14 Acceptation tests. Project evaluation 2

Proj 15 Discussion 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Project tasks N2. Consultations - discussion with client (teacher) and project evaluation during semenster N3. Own work – project development


Evaluation F – forming (during semester)

P – concluding (at semester end)


F1 Evaluation of partial results according to SCRUM iterative method

F2 Evaluation of the project

F3 Evaluation of dicumentation P = 0,2*F1 +0,3*F2+0,5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Trocki M., Grucza B., Ogonek K., Zarządzanie projektami, PWE, Warszawa 2003 [2] A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge, Third Edition, PMI, USA, 2004 [3] Kompendium wiedzy o zarządzaniu projektami, MT&DC, Warszawa, 2003 [4] Ken Bradley, Podstawy metodyki PRINCE2, 2002 [5] Michał Śmiałek, Zrozumieć UML 2.0. Metody modelowania obiektowego. Helion, 2005

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] specific literature regarding the chosen project task [2] technical devices documentation

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Piotr Ciskowski, [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION

BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Specialization project





defined for main field of study and specialization (if applicable)**




PEK_W01 S1ASI_W10 C1 Pr1 N1 PEK_W02 S1ASI_W10 C2, C3, C4 Pr2 N1, N2, N3 PEK_W03 S1ASI_W10 C2, C3, C4 Pr2 N1, N2, N3 PEK_W04 S1ASI_W10

C4, C7 Pr3 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W05 S1ASI_W10 C5 Pr4 N1, N3 PEK_W06 S1ASI_W10 C6 Pr5, Pr7,

Pr8, Pr9, Pr10

N1, N2, N3

PEK_W07 S1ASI_W10

C7 Pr6, Pr12, Pr13, Pr14

N1, N2, N3

PEK_W08 S1ASI_W10 C8 Pr11 N1, N2, N3 PEK_W09 S1ASI_W10 C9 Pr14, Pr15 N1, N2, N3 PEK_U01 S1ASI_U08 C2, C3, C4 Pr1, Pr2 N1, N2, N3 PEK_U02 S1ASI_U08 C4 Pr3 N1, N2, N3 PEK_U03 S1ASI_U08 C5 Pr4 N1, N3 PEK_U04 S1ASI_ U08

C6 Pr5, Pr7,

Pr8, Pr9, Pr10

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U05 S1ASI_U08 C7 Pr6, Pr12, Pr13, Pr14

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U06 S1ASI_U08 C9 Pr14, Pr15 N1, N2, N3 PEK_K01 C1-C9 Pr1-Pr15 N1, N2, N3 PEK_K02 C1-C9 Pr1-Pr15 N1, N2, N3 PEK_K03 S1ASI_K01

C6 Pr5, Pr7,

Pr8, Pr9, Pr10

N1, N3


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish PODSTAWY ZARZĄDZANIA JAKOŚCIĄ Name in English Principles of Quality Management Main field of study (if applicable): Automatyka i robotyka, Elektronika, Telekomunikacja,

Informatyka, Teleinformatyka Specialization (if applicable): …………………….. Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: optional / university-wide* Subject code ZMZ000340 Group of courses NO*


30


60





0


1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. No \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of knowledge of the concepts of quality management in organizations, in particular the terms and

the principles of quality management in the philosophy of TQM and KAIZEN. C2 Acquisition of knowledge of self-assessment of the quality management and criteria of quality awards

competitions. C3 Acquisition of knowledge of the quality system standardization bodies. C4 Acquisition of knowledge of the design, implementation, operation, maintenance and improvement of quality

management systems in business organizations, with particular emphasis on formal arrangements for the standardization and conformity assessment of products and quality systems in Poland and the European Union.

C5 Acquisition of knowledge of the interpretation and implementation of requirements of ISO 9001. C6 Acquisition of knowledge of quality management systems integration with other management organizations

systems (e.g. environmental management systems and safety management systems). C7 Acquisition of knowledge about the basic techniques and methods of improving the quality management. C8 Acquisition of ability to understand the importance of ethical conduct in management. C9 Understanding the important role of the engineer in the implementation of a quality management system in the

organization. C10 Understanding the importance of individual and team activities beyond the engineering activities in achieving

the quality objectives of the organization.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Knows basic terms and definitions connected with the quality management. PEK_W02 Knows concepts of quality management in organizations, in particular the principles of quality

management according to TQM and KAIZEN. PEK_W03 Knows the principles of self-assessment of quality in accordance with the model of self-Polish Quality

Award. PEK_W04 Knows the formal and legal arrangements for the standardization and conformity assessment of

products and quality systems in Poland and the European Union. PEK_W05 Knows the institutions of the normalization of the quality management systems. PEK_W06 Knows the quality management standards according ISO 9000 series. PEK_W07 Knows how to design, implement, maintenance and improvement of quality management systems in

business organizations. PEK_W08 To have a basic knowledge of the principles of quality management systems integration with other

management systems. PEK_W09 Knows the basic techniques and methods of quality management improvement. relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Is aware of the role of ethics in the management. PEK_K02 Is aware of the role of the engineer in the implementation of quality systems in organizations. PEK_K03 Is aware of the importance of individual and team activities in quality management beyond engineering

activities.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1-2 Introduction to the lecture. Basic terms (quality, characteristics of quality, quality management). Evolution of approaches to quality and quality management.

4

Lec 3-4 Quality management styles. The concept of Kaizen. 4

Lec 5-6 The concept and principles of Total Quality Management - TQM. 4

Lec 7 Self-assessment of the quality management system. Self-assessment according to of Polish Quality Award.

2

Lec 8 Standard-setting bodies. Assessment of product conformity and quality systems in Poland and the European Union.

2

Lec 9 Standardization of the quality management systems. ISO 9000 family. 2

Lec 10-11 Requirements of the quality management according to the ISO 9001standard. 4

Lec 12 The ISO 9001 auditing and certification. 2

Lec 13 Other standards of quality management. Integrated management systems of quality, environment and safety.

2

Lec 14 Selected tools of quality management. 2

Lec 15 Passing test 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture - presentation using a slide projector. N2. Own work - independent literature studies and preparation for the final test.


Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), P –



concluding (at semester end)

F1 PEK_W01÷ PEK_W09 Written test

P=F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] The materials published on the course website. [2] Grudowski P., „Podejście procesowe w systemach zarządzania jakością w małych i średnich

przedsiębiorstwach”, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Gdańskiej, Gdańsk 2007. [3] Hamrol A., „Zarządzanie jakością z przykładami”, PWN, Warszawa 2011. [4] Imai M., „Kaizen: klucz do konkurencyjnego sukcesu Japonii”, Wydawnictwo MT Biznes, Warszawa

2007. [5] PN-ISO 9001: 2009, „System zarządzania jakością. Wymagania”, Polski Komitet Normalizacyjny,

Warszawa 2009. [6] Zymonik Z., Hamrol A., Grudowski P., „Zarządzanie jakością i bezpieczeństwem”, Polskie

Wydawnictwo Ekonomiczne, Warszawa 2013.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Gruszka A., Niegowska E., „Zarządzanie jakością: komentarz do norm ISO serii 9000”, Polski Komitet

Normalizacyjny, Warszawa 2011. [2] Łazicki A., „System zarządzania przedsiębiorstwem: Techniki Lean Management i Kaizen” , Wiedza i

Praktyka, Warszawa 2011. [3] Maleszka A., Łagowski E. „Wdrażanie zintegrowanych systemów zarzadzania ”, Wyższa Szkoła

Logistyki, Poznań 2009. [4] www:iso.org [5] www.pkn.pl [6] Szczepańska K.: „Zarządzanie jakością: w dążeniu do doskonałości”, C.H. Beck, Warszawa 2011 [7] Zymonik Z., Koszty jakości w zarządzaniu przedsiębiorstwem”. Wydawnictwo Politechniki

Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2003. SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Anna Dobrowolska PhD, Ing. ([email protected])

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Techniki wspomagania decyzji Name in English: Techniques for decision support Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES301 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 30


60 60

Form of crediting Examination crediting with grade




2


1 2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_W01, K1AIR_W02, K1AIR_ W30

2. K1AIR_U01, K1AIR_U02, K1AIR_ U32 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. The course should result with a student’s ability to know and understand the basis of the theory of decision making. C2. The student should be able to apply various decision support techniques. C3. The student should be able to implement basic elements of decision support systems.


After completing the course the student should be able to relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – know classification of decision problems and decision models PEK_W02 – know possibilities of applying elements of the game theory, traditional statistics

and Bayesian methods in decision support problems PEK_W03 – describe basic methods of large data sets analysis PEK_W04 – know possibilities of applying neural, fuzzy and neuro-fuzzy systems in decision

support PEK_W05 – know theoretical basis of artificial intelligence methods and how to apply them in

decision support systems PEK_W06 – know the basis of evolutionary approach in decision support PEK_W07 - know the rules of creating and maintaining expert systems relating to skills: PEK_U01 – formulate a decision problem as an optimization task and solve it with dedicated

software PEK_U02 – apply in practice solutions based on neural networks and fuzzy inference systems PEK_U03 – apply proper methods (with dedicated software) to analyze large data sets PEK_U04 – create a simple expert system with dedicated software PEK_U05 – design a basic framework of a decision support system PEK_U06 – implement chosen elements of a decision support system relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – cooperate with a team while realizing a complex engineering task PEK_K02 – perform the tasks according to the schedule and formulate proper goals to finish

the task

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec1 Introduction to the subject, program, prerequisites to the lecture. Classification of decision problems and decision models.

2

Lec2 Formulating decision problems as optimization tasks. Optimization techniques in decision support.

2

Lec3 Multicriteria optimization. 2

Lec4 Statistical models in decision support. 2

Lec5 Bayesian methods in decision support. 2

Lec6 Elements of the game theory. 2

Lec7 Methods of machine learning: exampled-based models. 2

Lec8 Artificial neural networks in decision support. 2

Lec9 Expert systems. 2

Lec10 Fuzzy inference systems. 2

Lec11 Rough sets in data analysis. 2

Lec12 Evolutionary approach in decision support. 2

Lec13 Robust statistical methods. 2

Lec14 Automatic decision support systems. 2

Lec15 Artificial intelligence and cognitive science in decision support. 2

Total hours 30


Lab1 Health and safety at work instructions. Organizational matters. Introduction. 2 Lab2 Optimization methods in decision support. Multicriteria optimization. 4 Lab3 Evolutionary approach and decision algorithms in decision support systems. 2 Lab4 Chosen statistical methods in decision support. 4

Lab5 Applications of neural networks in decision support methods. 4 Lab6 Fuzzy inference systems. 4 Lab7 Expert systems. 4 Lab8 Large data sets analysis. 2 Lab9 Investment decision support system as an example of decision support

system. 4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lecture with the use of video projector. N2. Laboratory. N3. Didactic aids in electronic form. N4. Tutorial: individual teacher-student consultation. N5. Students work.




F1 PEK_U01 – PEK_U06

PEK_K01 – PEK_K02

Evaluating students’ answers, evaluating students’ work during classes, evaluating students’ reports.

F2 PEK_W01 – PEK_W07 Final examination. P = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] A. Łachwa , Rozmyty świat zbiorów, liczb, relacji, faktów, reguł i decyzji, Exit, Warszawa 2001

[2] B.W. Lindgren, Elementy teorii decyzji, WNT, Warszawa 1977

[3] J. Zurada, M.Barski, W.Jędruch, Sztuczne sieci neuronowe, PWN, Warszawa 1996

[4] D. Rutkowska, M.Piliński, L. Rutkowski, Sieci neuronowe, algorytmy genetyczne i systemy rozmyte, PWN, Warszawa 1997

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] J. Korbicz, A. Obuchowicz, D. Uciński, Sztuczne sieci neuronowe. Podstawy i

zastosowania, Akad. Oficyna Wyd. PLJ, 1994

[2] R. Witt, Metody programowania nieliniowego, WNT, Warszawa 1986

[3] Materiały do wykładu w formie elektronicznej

[4] Burstein, Frada; Holsapple, Clyde W. (Eds.), Handbook on Decision Support Systems 1

and 2, Springer, 2008

[5] Power, D. J., Decision support systems: concepts and resources for managers. Westport, Conn., Quorum Books,2002

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) dr in ż. Andrzej Rusiecki, [email protected]


Techniques for decision support AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control

Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Computer Management Systems in

Manufacturing




applicable)**



PEK_W01

S1ARS_W01, K1AIR_W40, K1AIR_ W16

C1 Lec1, Lec2 N1, N3-N5

PEK_W02

S1ARS_W01, K1AIR_W40, K1AIR_ W16

C1, C2 Lec4-Lec6 N1-N5

PEK_W03 S1ARS_W01, K1AIR_W40, C1, C2 Lec2-Lec5, Lec7-8, Lec11, Lec13

N1-N5

PEK_W04 S1ARS_W01, K1AIR_W40, C1-C3 Lec7-8, Lec10 N1-N5

PEK_W05 S1ARS_W01, K1AIR_W40, C1-C3 Lec2, Lec7-9, Lec14-15 N1-N5

PEK_W06 S1ARS_W01, K1AIR_W40, C1, C2 Lec12 N1-N5

PEK_W07 S1ARS_W01, K1AIR_W40, C1-C3 Lec9 N1-N5

PEK_U01 S1ARS_U1, K1AIR_U45

K1AIR_ U11, K1AIR_ U25 C1-C3 Lab2-3 N1-N5

PEK_U02 S1ARS_U1, K1AIR_U45 C1-C3 Lab5-6 N1-N5


K1AIR_ U11, K1AIR_ U15 C1-C3 Lab4, Lab8-9 N1-N5


K1AIR_ U11, K1AIR_ U12 C1-C3 Lab7 N1-N5

PEK_U05 S1ARS_U1, K1AIR_U45 C1-C3 Lab9 N1-N5

PEK_U06 S1ARS_U1, K1AIR_U45 C1-C3 Lab1-9 N1-N5

PEK_K01, PEK_K02

S1ARS_K01, K1AIR_K06, K1AIR_K07

C2,C3 Lab1-9 N2, N4-5


FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / Institute of Computer Engineering, Control and Robotics SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Sieciowe systemy operacyjne Name in English: Network Operating Systems Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES302 Group of courses: YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar


15 15


30 60






- 1


1 1



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Getting the knowledge about basic architectures of Operating Systems C2 Getting the knowledge about process creation methods, process attributes getting and testing. C3 Getting the knowledge about file access methods, files attributes, interprocess communication by Files. C4 Getting the knowledge about interprocess communication by unnamed pipes, FIFO queues, message queues. C5 Getting the knowledge about interprocess communication by shared memory, processes synchronisation by Posix semaphores. C6 Getting the knowledge about basic network communication protocols IP, ARP, UDP, TCP, addressing

methods in networks C7 Getting the knowledge about development of distributed applications communicating by network sockets

(UDP messages, TCP communication). C8 Getting the knowledge about the structure of WWW system, fundamentals of HTML language, WWW

serwers, static, dynamic and active documents, internet applications. C9 Getting the knowledge about development of distributed applications using remote procedures calls

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Knows basic structures of Operating Systems PEK_W02 Understand funcion of process, knows structure of application consist of commucating processes PEK_W03 Understand of file abstraction, file acess methods, file attributes, file locking PEK_W04 Knows methods of local interprocess communication such as unnamed and named pipes, message queues PEK_W05 Knows process communication by shared memory, process synchronisation methods by semaphores PEK_W06 Knows TCP protocols stack, IP, ARP, RARP protocols, addressing methods in networks. PEK_W07 Knows network sockets interface, UDP and TCP communication in networks. PEK_W08 Knows WWW system structure, fundamentals of HTML language, static and dynamic documents, Understand funcions of WWW server and browser. PEK_W09 Knows development methodology for distributed apllications relating to skills: PEK_U01 Is able to create concurrent and parallel processes and knows how to apply of their attributes. PEK_U02 Is able to create an application consist of a lot of processes communicating by common files. PEK_U03 Is able to create an application consist of a lot of concurrent processes communicating by unnamed pipes, named pipes and message queues. PEK_U04 Is able to create concurrent application where processes communicates by shared memory and synchronises by semaphores. PEK_U05 Is able to create distributed application where processes communicates by network sockets API. Knows how to create client – server application and concurrent network server. PEK_U06 Is able to create simple WWW aplication relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Knows that cooperating in team persons needs to communicate each other and synchronise individual

activities.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Architecture of operating systems, centralized OS, network OS, distributed OS, services of Operating System.

1

Lec 1,2 Proces creation, attributes, termination, synchronisation of proces termination 2

Lec 2, 3 File access methods, file attributes, interprocess communication by files, files locking 1

Lec 3 Interprocess communication by unnamed and named pipes, select function 1

Lec 4 Posix message queues 1

Lec 4 Interprocess communication by shared memory, process synchronisation, Posix semaphores

1

Lec 5 Network communication, network adresses, IP, ARP, RARP protocols. 1

Lec 5 Network communication by sockets, UDP connectionless communication 1

Lec 6 TCP connection communication, concurrent server, 1

Lec 6 Network applications, network superserver, WWW system architecture 1

Lec 7 Fundamentals of HTML language, static, dynamic and active documents 1

Lec 7, 8 HTTP protocol, CGI standard, structure of WWW server 2

Lec 8 Development of distributed applications using remote procedures calls 1

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Introduction. 1

Lab 2 Fundamentals of using Linux operating system for program development, editor, compiler, debugger. Integrated development enviroment.

2

Lab 3 Process creation, termination, process attributes, transformation one proces into enother. 2

Lab 4 Interprocess communication by files, master – slave architecture. 2

Lab 5 Interprocess communication by unnamed pipes and FIFO files, master – slave architecture. 1

Lab 5 Interprocess communication by Posix message queues, producer – consumer problem. 1

Lab 6 Application of shared memory for interprocess communication. Process synchronisation by Posix semaphores, producer – consumer problem.

2

Lab 7 Distributed applications, network socket, UDP and TCP communication 2

Lab 8 Development of network applications 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture with multimedia projector N2. Practical exercises in computer laboratory N3. Consultations N4. Homework – preparation for laboratory N5. Homework – preparation for final test





F1 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U06 Evaluation of exercises results

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09 Presence during lectures, activity


P = 0,3*F1 + 0,1*F2 + 0,6*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Keith Haviland, Dina Gray, Ben Salama, UNIX System Programming, second edition, Adison Wesley 1999. [2] Douglas Commer, Computer Networks And Internets, Fifth Edition, Addison-Wesley 2009. SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Mark Mitchell, Jefrey Oldham, Alex Samuel, Advanced Linux Programming, New Riders Publ. 2001.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) PhD eng. Jędrzej Ułasiewicz, [email protected]


SUBJECT Network Operating Systems


AND SPECIALIZATION Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing

Subject educational

effect

Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for main field of




PEK_W01 S1ARS_W02 C1 Lec 1 N1, N3, N5



PEK_W04 S1ARS_W02 C4 Lec 3, Lec 4 N1, N3, N5






PEK_U01 S1ARS_U2 C2 Lab 1,Lab 2 N1,N2,N4

PEK_U02 S1ARS_U2 C3 Lab 3 N1,N2,N4

PEK_U03 S1ARS_U2 C4, Lab 4 N1,N2,N4

PEK_U04 S1ARS_U2 C5 Lab 5 N1,N2,N4

PEK_U05 S1ARS_U2 C7 Lab 6,Lab 7 N1,N2,N4

PEK_U06 S1ARS_U2 C8 Lab 8, N1,N2,N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: E-media Name in English: E-media Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 2st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES303 Group of courses: YES



15 30 15


30 30 30


crediting with

grade crediting with

grade


X

Number of ECTS points 3 0 0


(P) classes

0 1 1


(BK) classes

1 1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES MAP1140, MAP1148, MAP1149, MAP1150, INEW001, ETEW007

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquisition of knowledge of the types and formats of electronic documents.

C2. Acquisition of knowledge in the field of digital recording media (audio, video, animation).

C3. Acquisition of knowledge and practical skills to protect the transmission of data through encryption and encryption session.

C4. Acquisition of design skills to use the electronic signature.

C5. Acquisition of knowledge of authentication methods and key management.

C6. Acquisition of knowledge of the basics of cryptanalysis.


Relating to knowledge PEK_W01 – student has knowledge of the types and formats of electronic documents.

PEK_W02 - student has knowledge of the principles of digital storage media.

PEK_W03 - student has knowledge of the principles of the protocols to enable secure transmission of data over the Internet.

PEK_W04 - student has sufficient knowledge of the risks associated with cryptographic attacks

Relating to skills PEK_U01 - student can set up a secure encrypted connection to the network

PEK_U02 - student can implement symmetric and asymmetric encryption methods

PEK_U03 - student can configure the use of electronic signatures in e-mail client,

PEK_U04 - student can encrypt a media file

PEK_U05 - student can read, convert and convert the file that contains your media (video, audio, animation) in the basic formats (pdf, jpg, tiff, wav, mp3, avi, mpeg).

Relating to social competences PEK_K01 - student is aware of the importance of data protection skills at the level of encryption and digital signature

PEK_K02 - student understands the need for self-education and to develop the ability to independently apply their knowledge and skills,

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Wy1 Multimedia in practice 1

Wy1 Cryptography and encryption. 1

Wy2 Digital signature certificates authentication. 1

Wy2 Security of transactions. E-banking. The company on the Internet. 1

Wy3 E-services: education, work, advertising, portals. 1

Wy3 Security of e-mail and internet. 1

Wy4 Standards for electronic document exchange. 1

Wy4 Documents and electronic publishing. 1

Wy5 Elements of cryptography: encryption algorithms 1

Wy5 Cryptography: symmetric and asymmetric algorithms. DES. RSA. 1

Wy6 El-Gamal algorithm. Digital Signature. 1

Wy6 The algorithms MD4, MD5, IDEA. 1

Wy7 A blind digital signature. 1

Wy7 Generating random strings. 1

Wy8 Methods of cryptanalysis. 1

Total hours 15


La1 Workplace training in health and safety (BHO). Organizational matters. Introduction. 2

La2 Programming access to media files. Loading header files. Wav,. Jpg,. Pdf. Presenting the FFT spectrum. 4

La3 The development of classical encryption algorithms. Encryption by Caesar. 4

La4 Vigenere cipher 4

La5 Programming the RSA method. 6

La6 Method El Gamal. 4

La7 Cryptanalysis. Breaking passwords by brute force. 6

Total hours 30

Form of classes – Project Number of hours

Pr1 Graphic file encryption. 3

Pr2 Programming encrypted transmission protocol which is based on RSA - work in groups of 2 persons 12

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

1 Traditional lectures using video projector 2 Laboratory exercises 3 Consultation 4 Own work - preparation for laboratory

5 Self-study and preparation for test

6. Project





Oral answers. A written report of the exercises.

F2 PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02 Evaluation of Project


P = 0,25*F1 + 0,25*F2+0,5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] M. Kutyłowski i W. B. Strothmann Kryptografia: Teoria i praktyka zabezpieczania systemów komputerowych, Wyd. READ ME, Warszawa, 1999, drugie wydanie dostępne w księgarniach;

[2] B. Schneier Kryptografia dla praktyków, WNT, Warszawa, 2002, wydanie drugie

[3] R. Wobst, Kryptologia. Budowa i łamanie zabezpieczeń, RM, Warszawa, 2002

[4] A. J. Menezes, P. C. van Oorschot, S. A. Vanstone Kryptografia stosowana, WNT, Warszawa, 2005;

[5] Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, 1997, New York, dostępna w Internecie

[6] W. Stein An Explicit Approach to Elementary Number Theory http://modular.fas.harvard.edu/edu/Fall2001/124


[1] S. J. Lomonaco A quick glance at quantum cryptography, LANL quant-ph archive, quant-ph/9811056, 1998

[2] S. J. Lomonaco A talk on quantum cryptography or how Alice outwits Eve, LANL quantum-ph archive, quant-ph/0102016, 2001

[3] N. Gisin, G. Ribordy, W. Titel, H. Zbinden Quantum cryptography, LANL quant-ph archive, quant-ph/0101098, 2001



MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: E-media


AND SPECIALIZATION: Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing



applicable)**




PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03, PEK_W04

S1ARS_W03

C1-C6 Wy1-Wy7 1,2,4,5

PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03, PEK_U04 S1ARS_U3, S1ARS_U4 C3-C6 Wy1, Wy2,

Wy4-Wy7, Pr1 1,2,4,5,6

PEK_W03, PEK_U2, PEK_U4

S1ARS_U3, S1ARS_U4

C3 Wy5,La5, La6,

Pr2 1,2,4,5,6


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT OF CONTROL ENGI NEERING AND ROBOTICS

SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish: Zaawansowane metody programowania Name in English: Advanced programming methods Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1nd level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES304 Group of courses: YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU) 15 30


Form of crediting exam credited with

grade


including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes - 2

including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student contact (BK) classes 1 2


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. INEW001 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 The student would be introduce in the basis of object oriented programming C2 The student would be introduce in various applications of object oriented programming C3 The student knows how to use object oriented methodology C4 The student would know basic tools useful for preparing program source code in C++, C#,

Java

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Student knows and can explain the idea of the object oriented approach. PEK_W02 Student knows the fundaments of object oriented methodology as the tool of the

comprehending the real world. PEK_W03 Can know an idea of object oriented engineering and methodology PEK_W04 Student knows basic tools and paradigms of the object oriented approach on the

example of C++. PEK_W05 Student knows the basis of Java language. PEK_W06 Student knows basis of C#. PEK_W07 Student knows the benefits of the object oriented programming Relating to skills: PEK_U01 Can independently formulate and use the technology of the object oriented

programming. PEK_U02 Can create and execute the parts of the source code containing definitions of

constructors both in the basis and in the derived classes. PEK_U03 Can create and execute the parts of the source code containing overloaded

functions and operators, iterators, interfaces, etc... PEK_U04 Can explain the fundamentals of the project management. PEK_U05 Can use the modern applications devoted to support object oriented

programming. Relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Can think and act productively

PROGRAM CONTENT

Form of the lecture Number of hours

Lec1 Assessment of the main nowadays object oriented programming languages: C++, C# and Java. Chosen languages and programing environments.

2

Lec2 Templates and generics in object oriented programming. 2 Lec3 Packages, iterators, algorithms. 2 Lec4 Streams, string processing, regular expressions, pattern recognition. 2

Lec5 Exceptions handling. Routes and threads. Communications and synchronization. Concurrent computing and threads.

2

Lec6 Project templates. Program running and testing. 2 Lec7 Libraries: GUI (Graphic user interface), multimedia, network. 2

Lec8

Auxiliary object oriented approach applications: project management, data bases.

1

Total hours 15

Form of the laboratory Number of hours

La1 Getting acquainted with the programming platform. Simple program in structural methodology.

2

La2 Application of the object oriented approach for the individual simple program in C++ agreed with the lecturer

2

La3 Individual program in C++ agreed with the lecturer 2

La4 Individual simple program in C# agreed with the lecturer 2

La5 Individual simple program in Java agreed with the lecturer 2

La6 Individual program in C# agreed with the lecturer 7

La7 Individual program in Java agreed with the lecturer 7

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lcd Projector, Blackboard N2. Computer With An Access To The Internet, Integrated Development Environment

(IDE), MS Visual Studio, MS Office N3. Consultation N4. Own work




F1 PEK_W01 -PEK_W07 Active participation in classes, Final exam

F2 PEK_U01- PEK_U08 Active participation in laboratories, presentation credited with grade

P = 0.6 * F1 + 0.4 * F2 (while lab ranked)


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Grębosz J., Symfonia C++ standard. Programowanie w języku C++ orientowane obiektowo, Kraków, Oficyna Kallimach, 2005.

[2] Stroustrup B., Język C++, Warszawa, WNT, 2004.

[3] Eckel, B.Thinking in Java, Wydawnictwo Helion, 2006

[4] Hejlsberg A., Torgersen M., Wiltamuth S., Golde P., Język C#. Programowanie. Wydanie III, Microsoft .NET Development Series

[5] Kisilewicz J., Język C++. Programowanie obiektowe, Wrocław, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 2005.


[6] Martin F., UML w kropelce, Warszawa, Oficyna Wydawnicza LTP, 2005.

[7] Martin J., Odell J.J., Podstawy metod obiektowych, WNT, 1997

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Jerzy Kotowski ([email protected]


SUBJECT Modern information technologies

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Electronics

AND SPECIALIZATION Applied Computer Engineering




applicable)**


Program content***


(knowledge) PEK_W01 S1ARS_W04 C1 Wyk1,2 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W02 S1ARS_W04 C1 Wyk2,8 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W03 S1ARS_W04 C2 Wyk1,3,7 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W04 S1ARS_W04 C4 Wyk4,5 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W05 S1ARS_W04 C4 Wyk1,8 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W06 S1ARS_W04 C4 Wyk1,8 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W07 S1ARS_W04 C3 Wyk5,6 N1, N3, N4

(skills) PEK_U01 S1ARS_U5 C4 La1-La7 N2 PEK_U02 S1ARS_U5 C3 La1-La7 N2 PEK_U03 S1ARS_U5 C3,4 La1-La7 N2 PEK_U04 S1ARS_U5 C1 La1-La7 N2 PEK_U05 S1ARS_U5 C3 La1-La7 N2

(competences) PEK_K01 S1ARS_K01 C1 Wyk1-Wyk8 N2, N3, N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Projekt zespołowy Name in English: Team project Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES305 Group of courses: NO



60


150





(P) classes

5


(BK) classes

3



\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Acquirement of skills of executing engineering tasks as part of a complex engineering task

C2 Acquirement of experience in teamwork, including the skills of planning and scheduling, intra-team communication, act as a team member or leader, the opportunity to demonstrate of their creativity, openness to innovative approaches to the goal and orientation of the team's success


relating to skills PEK_U01 Is able to perform tasks as part of a complex engineering project

PEK_U02 Is able to apply the principles of project management for the implementation of a complex engineering project

PEK_U03 Is able to draw up the technical documentation of the project

relating to social competences PEK_K01 Is able to work with the team, has a consciousness of their role in the design and

has attention to the timely execution of the tasks assigned

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Pr1 Introduction to the methodology of project management 4

Pr2 Determining the theme and purpose of the project (eg. optimization of the production process, decision support system). The allocation of roles in the project, the initial allocation of tasks to be performed, the choice of team leader

4

Pr3 Introduction to the problem area of the project. Overview of solutions of the problem - an analysis of the methods and technical means used.

4

Pr4 Analysis of user requirements, including an analysis of the economic impact of the implementation of the project. Development of design intent. Determining the initial roadmap and the principles of intra-team communication

4

Pr5

Analysis of risks in the project, establish emergency scenarios and ways to monitor risks. Planning for quality management principles in the design, development of quality control procedures. Establish rules for evaluation individual parts of a project and ways of their documentation

4

Pr6 The implementation of individual project tasks according to the schedule of the first stage of the project

12

Pr7 Summary of the first stage of the project 4

Pr8 The implementation of individual project tasks according to the schedule of the second stage of the project

12

Pr9 Presentation of the results of the executed project, the assessment of the project made by the teacher. Verification of the project. Determining of possible changes.

8

Pr10 Presentation of final project documentation 4

Total hours 60

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia presentation


N3. Consultations

N4. Self-study




F1

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

Evaluation of realization steps of the project, evaluation of team skills: respect of schedule, the activity in the team, the ability to apply the principles of project management

F2 PEK_U03 Evaluation of the project result and project documentation

P=0.4*F1+0.6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), wydanie polskie, 2009

[2] Zarządzanie projektem informatycznym - model najlepszych praktyk, IFC Press, Kraków 2003

[3] Flasiński M., Zarządzanie projektami informatycznymi, PWN, 2006




MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Team project





applicable)**




PEK_U01 S1ARS_U06 C1 Pr1 – Pr9 N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_U02 S1ARS_U06 C1 Pr1-Pr5 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1ARS_U06 C1 Pr10 N2, N3, N4

PEK_K01 S1ARS_K01 C2 Pr1-Pr9 N2, N3, N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Komputerowo Zintegrowane Wytwarzanie Name in English: Computer Integrated Manufacturing Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES306 Group of courses: YES



15 15


30 30




X



(P) classes

0 1


(BK) classes

1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_ W09, K1AIR_ W11, K1AIR_ W13, K1AIR_ W31, K1AIR_ U08, K1AIR_ U09, K1AIR_ U11, K1AIR_U40, S1ARS_K01 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquirement of the basic knowledge of computer-aided design, planning, and manufacturing systems.

C2. Acquirement of the basic knowledge of the control development for flexible manufacturing systems.

C3. Acquirement of the basic knowledge of the control model synthesis for flexible manufacturing systems.

C4. Consolidation of the team project realization skills.


relating to knowledge The course should result with a student’s ability to: PEK_W01 - describe and explain the concept of Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) and flexibly

automated manufacturing systems

PEK_W02 - describe the structure and components of CIM

PEK_W03 - describe and explain the approach to production flow control based on the discrete-event-system (DES) model and assynchronic feedback control

PEK_W04 - describe and explain basic notions relating to selected formalisms of DES modeling

PEK_W05 - describe the taxonomy of Resource Allocation System (RAS) and explain the RAS approach to the development of production flow models.

relating to skills The course should result with a student’s ability to: PEK_U01 - analyse a manufacturing process from the viewpoint of the computer-aided production and

integration of its sub-processes PEK_U02 - develop a formally correct supervisory control model for a flexible manufacturing cell and

implement it in the form of a software program

PEK_U03 - structurize the basic logic of the production flow in flexible manufacturing systems

relating to social competences The course should result with the acquisition of the competency to: PEK_K01 - team realization of complex engineering problems and accomplishing his/her assignment in

accordance with the schedule.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) concept. Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS). Factory of the future.

2

Lec 2 Lec 3

Integrated data base and CIM components: Computer Aided Design (CAD), Production Planing and Control (PPC), Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP), Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM). Group technology as an indexing system for CIM.

4

Lec 4 Flexible production control. Integration of autonomously operating objects and sub-systems based on the RAS (Resource Allocation System) concept. Assynchronous feedback control. DES (Discrete Event System) abstraction in the control design for RAS.

2

Lec 5 DES abstraction formalisms: formal languages and deterministic finite state automata (DFSA). Examples of application in production control.

2

Lec 6 DES abstraction formalisms: Petri nets. Examples of application in production control.

2

Lec7 Lec 8

Planning and control integration. Computer-aided synthesis of job control in FMS.

I

153

Total hours 15


Proj 1 Presentation of the content (model construction and computer implementation of the supervisory control for a selected flexibly automated manufacturing (sub-)system) and organization (team work) of the project class. Partition of the class into project groups, discussion with each group of their project assignment and the requested form of the project proposal description (problem, task list, schedule, responsible persons, project management, milestones, deliverables). Sign-in of students to e-portal.

2

Proj 2 Discussion with each particular group of their proposal (initial project description). Possible modifications of the envisioned work.

2

Proj 3 Proj 4

Development of the DES model and control algorithms. Documentation in the form of intermediate reports associated with the assumed milestones. Evaluation of the reports by the teacher, discussion with the students, possible modification of further work.

4

Proj 5 Proj 6

Computer implementation of the control system. Documentation in the form of intermediate reports associated with the assumed milestones. Evaluation of the reports by the teacher, discussion with the students, possible modification of the further work. Preparation of the final report.

4

Proj 7 Evaluation of the control system and its documentation developed by each particular group. Realization of possible corrections.

Proj 8 Dissemination of the results among all the participants of the course.

Presentation of the best projects.

1

Total hours

11515

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Project class – team work on the project topics under the supervision of the teacher.

N3. E-portal of Politechnika Wrocławska http://eportal.pwr.wroc.pl – repository of the project materials and an additional communication channel among the students and between the stutendts and the teacher.

N4. Consultations.

N5. Self-study – individual work and preparation for the final test.

N6. Self-study – individual realization of partial project tasks.





PEK_U02

Test result


PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03; PEK_K01

Evaluation of the project proposal (initial description of the project)

Evaluation of the project development process

Evaluation of the project result

P = 0,6*F1 + 0,4*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] B. Skołud, Komputerowo Zintegrowane Wytwarzanie, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Śląskiej, 1997.

[2] C.G. Cassandras, S. Lafortune, Introduction to Discrete Event Systems, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1999. Chapters 2,4.

[3] S.A. Reveliotis, Real-Time Management of Resource Allocation Systems: A Discrete-Event Systems Approach , Springer, NY, 2005. Chapters 1-4.


[1] W. Reisig, Sieci Petriego, WNT 1988

[2] J. Błażewicz, Złożoność obliczeniowa problemów kombinatorycznych, WNT, 1988

[3] M. Szpyrka, Sieci Petriego w modelowaniu i analizie systemów współbieżnych, WNT, 2008

Journals:

[1] International Journal of Computer Integrated Manufacturing

[2] IEEE Transactions on Automation Science and Engineering SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Elżbieta Roszkowska, 71 320 32 98; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Computer Integrated Manufacturing





applicable)**




PEK_W01 S1ARS_W05 C1,C2 Lec1-Lec3 1,3,4,5

PEK_W02 S1ARS_W05 C1,C2 Lec1-Lec3 1,3,4,5

PEK_W03 S1ARS_W05 C3 Lec4-Lec7

Proj3-Proj4

1,2,3,4,5,6

PEK_W04 S1ARS_W05 C3 Lec5-Lec6 1,2,3,4,5,6

PEK_W05 S1ARS_W05 C1-C3 Lec4-Lec7

Proj3-Proj6

1,2,3,4,5,6

PEK_U01 S1ARS_U7 C1-C3 Lec1-Lec3

W7

1,3,4,5

PEK_U02 S1ARS_U7 C3 Lec4-Lec7

Proj3-Proj6

1,2,3,4,5,6

PEK_U03 S1ARS_U7 C1-C3 Lec1-Lec7

Proj3-Proj6

1,2,3,4,5,6

PEK_K01 S1ARS_K01 C4 Lec1-Lec7

Proj1-Proj7

1,2,3,4,5,6


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Badania operacyjne w automatyce i robotyce Name in English: Operational Research in Automation and Robotics Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES307 Group of courses: YES


30 15


60 30

Form of crediting Exam



X

Number of ECTS points 3 0


(P) classes

0 1


(BK) classes

2 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES MAP1140, MAP1148, MAP1149, MAP1150, ARES304, INEW001, ETEW007

\SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquisition of knowledge on issues of operational research in automation and robotics.

C2. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of modeling discrete optimization problems using elements of graph theory.

C3. Learn how to design algorithms to solve selected problems in the field of discrete optimization.

C4. Acquisition of knowledge of the applications of operations research.

\

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS Relating to knowledge PEK_W01 – Student has knowledge of operations research problems.

PEK_W02 - Student has knowledge of graph models of operational research problems.

PEK_W03 - Student has knowledge of exact and approximate methods of solving discrete optimization problems.

PEK_W04 - Student has knowledge of quality measurement algorithms for NP-hard optimization problems (relative error, absolute convergence).

Relating to skills PEK_U01 – Student can construct a mathematical model of the optimization problem

PEK_U02 - Student can implement algorithms for shortest paths in graphs with a single source

PEK_U03 - Student can implement algorithms for shortest paths in graphs between all pairs of vertices,

PEK_U04 - Student can implement the algorithm for maximum flow in the network flow,

Relating to social competences PEK_K01 - Student recognizes the importance of information retrieval skills and the critical

analysis of

PEK_K02 - Student understands the need for self-education and to develop the ability to independently apply their knowledge and skills,

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Wy1 A review of operational research in automation. 2

Wy2 Project management - critical activities, critical path, CPM, PERT. 2

Wy3 Graph models of issues in automation. 2

Wy4 Optimization algorithms for graphs. 2

Wy5 Search algorithms roads acyclic graphs with positive weights. 2

Wy6 Algorithms seek ways in any graphs with positive weights. 2

Wy7 Algorithms seek ways in any graphs of arbitrary weights. 2

Wy8 Minimum spanning trees. 2

Wy9 Algorithms for the maximum flow in the network flow. 2

Wy10 Graph coloring, a division of the set. 2

Wy11 Chinese postman problem. 2

Wy12 The issue of a Salesman. 2

Wy13 The issue of allocation. 2

Wy14 Applications of operations research in engineering practice. 2

Wy15 Graph modeling scheduling problems. 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes – Labolatory Number of hours

La1 Workplace training in health and safety (BHP). Organizational matters. Introduction. 2

La2 Implementation and simulation algorithms for graph-elected: Bellman-Ford, Dijkstra, Floyd-Warshall, Johnson, 8

La3 Implementation and simulation algorithm determining the maximum flow in the network which is based on the Ford-Fulkerson 5

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

1 Traditional lectures using video projector 2 Laboratory exercises 3 Consultation 4 Own work - preparation for laboratory 5 Self - self-study and preparation for test





PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Aral answers Observation of exercises conduction

Written reports

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W04 Colloquium

P = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein, Wprowadzenie

do algorytmów, Wyd. PWN, Warszawa 2012. [2] M. Sysło, N. Deo, J. Kowalik. Algorytmy optymalizacji dyskretnej, Wyd. PWN, W-wa.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] W. Lipski. Kombinatoryka dla programistów, WNT W-wa.



MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Operational Research in Automation and Robotics





applicable)**





S1ARS_W03 C1-C4 Wy1-Wy14 1,2,4,5

PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03, PEK_U04

S1ARS_U9 C1-C4 Wy1-Wy14,

La1-La3 1,2,4,5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY of Electronics / DEPARTMENT……………… SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Podstawy optymalizacji Name in English Fundamentals of optimization Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES308 Group of courses YES



30 15


60 30




X



1


(BK) classes

1 1



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 To get skills in formulating and classifuing optimization problems C2 To get skills in using selected optimization algorithms (cont. And discrete) C3 To gain experience in merging approximate and exact algorithms C4 To attain knowledge of methods for solving linear programming tasks C5 To get skills in solving LP tasks C6 To gain experience in solving nonlinear programming problems

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - has knowledge of basic notions of optimization theory PEK_W02 - has knowledge of solving linear programming tasks PEK_W03 - knows basic facts on dual problems PEK_W04 – knows how to solve nonlinear programming tasks PEK_W05 – knows basic facts about numerical methods of optimization PEK_W06 – knows basic facts on solving large problems with constraints relating to skills: PEK_U01 – is able to formulate linear problems and relate them to control theory problems PEK_U02 – has skills that are necessary to solve simple problems using Matlab optimization

toolbox PEK_U03 – is able to implement the Simplex method PEK_U04 – has skills that are necessary to implement a line search algorithm PEK_U05 – is able to implement one of variable metrics method (BFGS or DFP) PEK_U06 – has skills that are necessary to derive an algorithm of directional search PEK_U07 – is able to select and implement a method relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Has competences to search and select information

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction. Basic notions and optimization problem formulation 3

Lec 2 Linear programming (LP) 3

Lec 3 Simplex method 3

Lec 4 Dual problems of LP 3

Lec 5 Convex and quadratic programming 3

Lec 6 Optimality conditions and dual problems 3

Lec 7 Direct and gradient methods I 3

Lec 8 Direct and gradient methods II 3

Lec 9 Large optimization problems 3

Lec 10 Review of optimization tasks and methods 3

Total hours 30


Cl 1 Cl 2 Cl 3 Cl 4 .. Total hours


Lab 1 Introduction to Matlab optimization toolbox, solving simple problems: LP, PID controller tuning

3

Lab 2 Revised Simplex – implementation and testing 3 Lab 3 Implementing a simple line search method 3 Lab 4 Implementing BFGS or DFP method and testing 3 Lab 5 Implementing one of directional search method 3 Total hours 30


Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Proj 4

…

Total hours


Sem 1 Sem 2 Sem 3 … Total hours







PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02



Test


Description of solved problems

C=0,3*F1 + 0,6*F2 +0,2*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: 1.S. Gass „Programowanie liniowe: metody i zastosowania” PWN Warszawa 1980.

2.Jan Kusiak, Anna Danielewska-Tułecka, Piotr Oprocha „Optymalizacja Wybrane metody z przykładami zastosowań”, PWN Warszawa 2009.

3. Jorge Nocedal Stephen J. Wright „Numerical Optimization”, 2006 Springer Science+Business Media, LLC.

4.Press W, Teukolsky S, Vetterling W and Flannery B Numerical Recipes 3rd edn. Cambridge University Press 2007 5. A. Stachurski „Wprowadzenie do optymalizacji” OWPW 2009.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: 1. D.Kincaid,W.Cheney, Analiza numeryczna, WNT, Warszawa, 2006.

2. Maciej M. Sysło, Narsingh Deo, Janusz S. Kowalik „Algorytmy optymalizacji dyskretnej z programami w języku Pascal” PWN Warszawa 1999.







applicable)**




PEK_W01

S1ARS_W07, S1ARS_W01, K1AIR_ W30

C1 Wy1 1,3,5

PEK_W02 S1ARS_W07, S1ARS_W01, K1AIR_ W30

C1,C4,C5 Wy2,Wy3,

Wy4

1,3,5


C3,C4 Wy4,Wy6 1,3,5


C6 Wy5-Wy9 1,3,5


C6 Wy7-Wy9 1,3,5


C6 Wy9 1,3,5

PEK_U01 S1ARS_U10, S1ARS_U1, K1AIR_ W32

C1, C6 Wy1, La1,La2 1,2, 3,4


C2, C3 La1,La2 1,2,3, 4


C6 La2 1,2,3,4


C6 La3 1,2,34


C5, C6 La4 1,2,3,4


C4 La5 1,2,3,4

PEK_K01 K1AIR_K6 C1-C6 La1-La5 1,2,3,4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Seminarium dyplomowe Name in English: Diploma Seminar Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES309 Group of courses: NO



30


60





(P) classes

2


(BK) classes

1



\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1Acquirement of skills of acquisition of selective knowledge needed to create their own original

solutions.

C2 Acquirement of skills to creation of presentation, that allows in communicative way present to students the original ideas, concepts and solutions.

C3 Acquirement of skills of creative discussion, in which in tangible and meaningful way it can justify and defend their proposition.

C4 Acquirement of skills of documentation presenting their own achievements, including a presentation of its performance against the development of the world thinks.


relating to skills

PEK_U01 He is able to prepare a presentation with the results of solution

PEK_U02 He is able to objectively justify their original ideas and solutions in discussion

PEK_U03 He is able to critically evaluate the scientific and technical solutions others

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Se1 Discussion of the principles of preparing and writing a thesis, and in particular to present the principles of editorial

2

Se2 Individual presentations on the current state of knowledge related to the problem of the thesis and description of the original own contribution to the achievements of the literature

8

Se3 Discussion in seminar group on the state of art and assumed conception of solving problems which consist on the thesis

6

Se4 Individual presentations of the thesis realized with emphasis on the original author's own contribution

14

Total hours

30

TEACHING TOOLS USED



N3. Self-study

Evaluation (F – Educational effect number


forming (during semester), P – concluding (at semester end)

number

F1 PEK_W02, PEK_U01

Presentation


Discussion

P= 0.5*F1+0.5*F2


Literature related to the issues of the thesis



MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Diploma Seminar





applicable)**




PEK_U01 S1ARS_U11 C2 Se2, Se4 N1

PEK_U02 S1ARS_U11 C3 Se3, Se4 N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1ARS_U11 C1 ,C2, C3, C4 Se3, Se4 N2, N3


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Projekt specjalnościowy Name in English: Technical project Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Management Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES311 Group of courses: NO


30


60

Form of crediting



2



(P) classes

1


(BK) classes


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES S1ARS_W05, S1ARS_U9, S1ARS_U10

\SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of skills of modeling of manufacturing systems

C2 Acquisition of knowledge and skills to design algorithms for production scheduling systems for the manufacture of a basic models - flow and job shops.

\


relating to skills PEK_U01 – Student is able to perform assigned tasks in the area of computer engineering systems, industrial process control, can develop appropriate documentation

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Pr1 Introduction, overview of the principles of cooperation, presentation of the problem 2

Pr2 Analysis of the available literature, the language problems 4

Pr3 Presentation and analysis of methods for solving the problem set 3

Pr4 Implementationa of selected methods 3

Pr5 Conducting computer experiments 3

Pr6 Analysis and study results 3

Pr7 Writing reports in LaTeX, indexing patterns and drawings, labels and lists 4

Pr8 Create charts, scripts, MS Excel, convert image files 3

Pr9 The wording of the conclusions from the experimental computer 2

Pr10 Summary presentation of the results 3

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

1 Classes in the form of project.

2 Self - implementation of algorithms, simulation and preparation for classes.

3 Preparation of partial and final reports.




F1 PEK_U01 The written report of the examination, present the results of simulation, Part I

F2 PEK_U01 The written report of the examination, present the results of simulation, Part II

P= 0.5*F1+0.5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] C.Smutnicki, Szeregowanie zadań, Wyd. EXIT, Warszawa 2002 [2] W.Bożejko, J.Pempera (red.), Optymalizacja dyskretna w informatyce, automatyce i

robotyce, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2012.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: . J. Grabowski, E. Nowicki, C. Smutnicki, Metoda blokowa w zagadnieniach szeregowania

zadań, Exit, Warszawa 2003 SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)


MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Technical project





applicable)**




PEK_U01 S1ARS_U6 C1,C2 Pr1-Pr10 1,2,3


1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Komputerowo wspomagane projektowanie systemów sterowania Name in English Computer aided control system design Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES401 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 30


45 75



X



- 2


1 2

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W01, K1AIR_W02, K1AIR_W03, K1AIR_W05, K1AIR_W06K1AIR_ W12, K1AIR_ W21, K1AIR_ W23, K1AIR_U02, K1AIR_U03, K1AIR_U04,K1AIR_ U22, K1AIR_ U24, K1AIR_ U25

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To acquire knowledge of a structure and properties of classic control systems (single- and multi-loop) C2. To acquire knowledge about methods and tools supporting the control systems design C3. To acquire skill to test and assess a stability and performance of control systems C4. To acquire skill to design fundamental control systems. C5. To acquire skill to conduct a simulation research of simple and complex control systems


relating to knowledge (S1ARK_W01): PEK_W01 – characterize a construction, application and classification of a fundamental classic control

systems PEK_W02 - indicate engineering tune selection methods for continuous controls PEK_W03 – indicate direct and universal index of process control performance PEK_W04 – explain principles of chosen control system design methods (pole placement, time domain,

frequency domain) PEK_W05 – describe simulating research and evaluation of control systems

2

PEK_W06 – describe approachable methods aided control system design relating to skills (S1ARK_U01): PEK_U01 – select process and control variables on a control plant PEK_U02 – suggest a control system appropriated to a plant PEK_U03 – tune parameters for single-loop control system PEK_U04 – draw a diagram and write a script to simulating research of complex systems (Matlab or

Scilab) PEK_U05 - carry on correct simulation research and assess a performance of control system relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – carry on research and documentation PEK_K02 – verify own research

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Description of laboratory program. Principles of construction and verification of simulating model. Introduction to construction and analysis of model of a room with a heather

2

Lec 2a Diagram presenting forms and converting methods of different dynamics models. An experimental identification of models. SISO and MIMO models.

1

Lec 2b Analysis and identification a model of a room with a heather. 1

Lec 3a Opened and closed control systems. Structure and properties of PID control 1

Lec 3b Introduction to research of temperature control in the room with the heather 1

Lec 4 Engineering practice – tuning methods in industrial deices. Theoretical diagram and a physical application of control system.

2

Lec 5a Introduction to construction and verification of a model of a boiler Complex models on example of a building with a boiler

1

Lec 5b Review of analytical and graphical ways of description of dynamics properties 1

Lec 6a Discussion about the results of realized research 1

Lec 6b Introduction to research of temperature control in the building with the boiler – direct and indirect (weather-compensated) control. Construction and verification a model of a hydraulic network

1

Lec 7 Classification of control systems Theoretical description of single loop control system Principles of control system design – choice of a control system structure

2

Lec 8 Principles of control system design – control performance metrics and a parametric synthesis of single loop control system

2

Lec 9 Description and simulating research of multidimensional systems – application of matrix

2

Lec 10 Multi loop control systems - systems with additional variable 2

Lec 11 Model based control systems 2

Lec 12 Review and comparison of classical control system design 2

Lec 13 Principles of state space design 2

Lec 14 Review of control design tools in Matlab (Scilab) 2

Lec 15 Summary – classical control systems, functional blocks of controller, principles of design

2

Total hours 30

Form of classes - laboratory Number of

hours

3

hours

Lab 1 Health and safety at work. Construction and verification of a nonlinear model of a room with a heather

2

Lab 2 Subsystem and mask of diagrams blocks Transient response and characteristic curve of the model

2

Lab 3 Application of fundamental methods of identification 2 Lab 4 Temperature control system – control with the help of a temperature and flow of

water (linear and nonlinear system) 2

Lab 5 Tuning methods. Performance assessment. 2 Lab 6 Construction of a model of a boiler. Complex model – a building with the boiler 2 Lab 7 Direct control and weather-compensated heating control in the building 2 Lab 8 Application of nonlinear blocks in continues control systems 2 Lab 9 Anti-windup methods. Research and assessment of working saturation and anti-

windup blocks 2

Lab 10-11 Research of chosen control systems with using the model 4 Lab 12 Complex model of the building with the boiler (multidimensional systems) 2 Lab 13 Model of a hydraulic network. Connection with thermal model of the building 2 Lab 14 Central control on the basis a representative room and central weather-

compensated heating control 2

Lab 15 Co-operation of central and local control systems 2 Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with projector N2. Laboratory N3. Consultations N4. Student’s work – study for a laboratories, paper reports N5. Student’s work – self study




F1 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U05 paper reports F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W06

PEK_U06 written test in the field of lecture

F3 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W06 PEK_U06

written exam

C = 0,5*F1 + 0,5*F3 if F1>=3,0 and F2>=3,0


4

PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Franklin G.F. i in., Feedback control of dynamic systems, Pearson, 2010 [2] Halawa J., Symulacja i komputerowe projektowanie dynamiki układów sterowania, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2007 [3] Findeisen W.; Technika regulacji automatycznej; PWN Warszawa 1978 [4] Kurman K.J.; Teoria regulacji; WNT Warszawa 1975 [5] Amborski K., Marusak A.; Teoria sterowania w ćwiczeniach, PWN Warszawa 1978 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Czemplik A., Modele dynamiki układów fizycznych dla inżynierów, WNT, Warszawa 2008 [2] Halawa J., Symulacja i komputerowe projektowanie dynamiki układów sterowania, Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2007

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) dr inż. Anna Czemplik, 71 320 32 85; [email protected]


Computer aided control system design AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Computerized Control Networks



applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge) S1ARK_W01 C1

Lec3a, Lec7, Lec10-13

1,2,5

PEK_W02 S1ARK_W01 C2 Lec 2a, Lec 4 1,2,5

PEK_W03 S1ARK_W01 C3 Lec 8 1,2,5

PEK_W04 S1ARK_W01 C1,C4 Lec 5b, Lec 14 1,2,5

PEK_W05 S1ARK_W01 C4 Lec 1, Lec 2b, Lec 5a, Lec 6a,

Lec 6b 1,2,5

PEK_W06 S1ARK_W01 C5 Lec 9, Lec 14 1,2,5 PEK_U01 (skills) S1ARK_U01

C5

Lec 7, Lec 10 Lab4,Lab7,

Lab14,Lab15 1,2,4

PEK_U02 S1ARK_U01 C4 Lec7

Lab10,Lab11 1,2,4

PEK_U03 S1ARK_U01 C3,C4 Lec4,Lec8 Lab4,Lab7,

Lab14 1,2,4

PEK_U04 S1ARK_U01 C5 Lab1÷Lab15 1,2,4

PEK_U05 S1ARK_U01 C3 Lab1÷Lab15 1,2,4

PEK_U06 S1ARK_U01 C4 Lec3b,Lec6b Lab4,Lab7,

Lab14 1,2,4

PEK_K01 (competences) C5 Lab1÷Lab15 1,2,4 PEK_K02 C5 Lab1÷Lab15 1,2,4

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRONIC SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Programowanie sieciowe Name in English Network programming Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES402 Group of courses YES



30 15


45 45




X



1.5


(BK) classes

1 1



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 To gain knowledge of neural networks (NN) and their applications in control systems C2 To get knowledge of learning NN C3 To get skills in applying NN doe solving simple classification problems

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge, student: PEK_W01 - has knowledge of classes of NN and their learning PEK_W02 - has knowledge of designing NN PEK_W03 - knows basic methods and algorithms useful in applications of NN relating to skills, student: PEK_U01 – is able to design and implement NN as a classifier PEK_U02 – is able to design and implement NN as an approximator PEK_U03 – is able to design and implement NN of radial basis functions type PEK_U04 – has skills that are necessary to select a NN structure and learning appropriately to

their type PEK_U05 – is able to construct a NN for modeling a dynamical system relating to social competences, student: PEK_K01 Has competences for searching scientific information

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction. Classes of NN and their application in control system

1

Lec 2 Structures of NN 2

Lec 3 Learing feed-foreward NN 2

Lec 4 Optimization algorithms for learning NN 2

Lec 5 Rules of designing feed-foreward NN structures 2

Lec 6 Radial basis functions (RBF) neural nets 2 Lec 7 Kohonen's self-organizing NN 2

Lec 8 Overview of NN 2

Total hours 30


Lab 1 Introduction 1 Lab 2 Designing a simple NN for classification 2 Lab 3 Simulations: influence of NN complexity 2 Lab 4 Designing a simple NN for approximating real data 2 Lab 5 Designing a simple RBF net for approximating real data 2 Lab 6 Implementing a Kohonen's net to group data 2 Lab 7 Modelling a simple dynamical system by NN part I 2 Lab 8 Modelling a simple dynamical system by NN part II 2 Total hours 15






PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02


F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W07 Test C=0,5*F1 +0,5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] J. Zurada, M. Barski, W. Jędruch, Sztuczne sieci neuronowe, PWN, Warszawa 1996

[2] D. Rutkowska, M. Piliński, L. Rutkowski, Sieci neuronowe, algorytmy genetyczne i systemy rozmyte, PWN, Warszawa 1997

[3] J. Korbicz, A. Obuchowicz, D. Uciński, Sztuczne sieci neuronowe. Podstawy i zastosowania, Akad. Oficyna Wyd. PLJ, 1994

[4] Stanisław Osowski „Sieci neuronowe w przetwarzaniu informacji.”; Warszawa 2000. SECONDARY LITERATURE: R. Witt, Metody programowania nieliniowego, WNT, Warszawa 1986

http://www.iau.dtu.dk/research/control/nnsysid.html SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Ewa Skubalska-Rafajłowicz, [email protected]


Network programming AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Computerized Control Networks



applicable)**




PEK_W01 S1ARK_W2, K1AIR_W30 C1, C2 Lec 1-4 N1-N5

PEK_W02 S1ARK_W2, S1ARK-K1 C1, C2 Lec 3-7 N1-N5

PEK_W03 S1ARK_W2 C1- C3 Lec 1,2,5-7 N1-N5

PEK_U01 S1ARK_U2 C1-C3 La1-3 N2-N4

PEK_U02 S1ARK_U2 C1-C3 La3,La4 N2-N4

PEK_U03 S1ARK_U2 C1-C3 La5 N2-N4

PEK_U04 S1ARK_U2 C1-C3 La1-6 N2-N4

PEK_U05 S1ARK_U2 C1-C3 La7,La8 N2-N4

PEK_K01 K1AIR_K5 C1-C3 La1-8 N1-N5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY ELECTRONICS SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Protokoły transmisji cyfrowej Name in English Digital transmission protocols Main field of study (if applicable): Automation and Robotics Specialization : Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES403 Group of courses NO Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

15 30


45 75






0 1


1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. Knowledge of the basics of digital electronic circuits and methods of their

programming. 2. Knowledge of the basic arithmetic operations of computers. 3. Basic programming skills and elementary knowledge of one of the commonly used high

level programming languages (e.g., C++/#, JAVA). \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To gain knowledge of the techniques and methods used in modern digital communication systems. C2. To uunderstand the mechanisms used in the industrial digital transmission protocols. C3. To learn how to select the right protocol to connect digital devices with the required functionality in an industrial environment with particular characteristics. C4. To get ability to apply the selected digital protocol to exchange data between devices. C5. To gain ability to search for and use the documentation of the devices and digital communication protocols.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge, student: PEK_W01 – knows the chosen techniques and methods used in modern digital communication systems. PEK_W02 – knows the mechanisms and technical capacity of selected digital communication protocols used in industry. PEK_W03 – knows the basic programming ways used in selected protocols for the data exchange between digital devices. relating to skills, student: PEK_U01 – can select the appropriate protocol to connect digital devices with the required

functionality in an industrial environment with particular characteristics. PEK_U02 – knows how to write a program for the exchange of data between devices using the

selected digital transmission protocol. PEK_U03 – is able to find and use the documentation of the devices and digital communication

protocols. relating to social competences, student: PEK_K01 – recognizes the importance of information retrieval and critical analysis skills. PEK_K02 – understands the necessity of self-education and developing ability to apply own

knowledge and skills independently.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction to digital communication protocols. 2

Lec 2 Digital modulation, line codes, data compression. 2

Lec 3 Device addressing in a digital transmission protocols. 2

Lec 4 Bus control, arbitration and synchronization. 2

Lec 5 Error-correcting codes and error detection in data transmission. 2

Lec 6 Functionality of selected digital communication protocols. 2

Lec 7 Theory of constraints and optimized production technology. 2

Lec 8 Supply chain management and virtual enterprises. 2

Lec 9 The final test. 1

Total hours 15


La1 Health and safety. Organizational matters. Introduction. 2

La2 Searching for information in the documentation of selected digital communication protocols.

2

La3 Addressing the devices in the digital transmission protocol and utilizing its functionality.

4

La4 Testing of bus access arbitration schemes and transmission synchronization. 4

La5 Writing a program to create and send frames for selected devices communicating in a specific digital communication protocol.

4

La6 Receiving and analysis of frames in the device, creating and sending response frames.

4

La7 Error detection and handling. 4

La8 Testing and integration of parts of the code. 4

La9 Summary and evaluation 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture with video projector. N2. Laboratory exercises. N3. Tutorials. N4. Own work – preparing for laboratory exercises and project tasks. N5. Own work – independent studies and preparing to the final test.





F1

PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03

PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Oral answers, Observation of the exercises, Reports from the exercises,

Evaluation of the laboratory and projects tasks performance


Written test

P = 0,5*F1 + 0,5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] A. Dąbrowski, P. Dymarski (red.): Podstawy transmisji cyfrowej, Oficyna Wydawnicza PW, 2004.

[2] Jacek Bogusz: Lokalne interfejsy szeregowe w systemach cyfrowych, Wydawnictwo BTC, 2004.

[3] Ulrich Rembold, Karl Armbruster, Wolfgang Ulzmann: Interface technology for computer controlled manufacturing processes, CRC Press, New York, 1983.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Richard G. Lyons: Wprowadzenie do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów, Wydawnictwa

Komunikacji i Łączności WKŁ, 2010.

[2] Oficjalne specyfikacje protokołów transmisji cyfrowej: MODBUS, I2C, 1-wire, CAN, itp.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Adam Janiak, 71 320 29 06; [email protected] MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT

Manufacturing control systems AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Automation and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION

Computerized Control Networks Subject

educational effect


applicable)**




PEK_W01 S1ARK_W03 C1 Lec1, Lec 2 N1, N5

PEK_W02 S1ARK_W03 C2 Lec 3 ÷ Lec 7 N1, N5

PEK_W03 S1ARK_W03 C2 Lec 3, Lec 7

La2 ÷ La8 N1, N2, N4, N5

PEK_U01 S1ARK_U03 C3 Lec 2 ÷ Lec 7 N1, N5

PEK_U02 S1ARK_U03 C4 Lec 3, Lec 7

La2 ÷ La8

N1, N2, N3, N4, N5

PEK_U03 S1ARK_U03 C5 La2 ÷ La8 N2, N3, N4

PEK_K01, PEK_K02

K1_K04 C1, C2, C5 Lec 1÷ Lec 15

La1÷La8

N1, N2, N3, N4, N5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Name in English Industrial Computer Networks Main field of study : Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization : Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES404 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

15 45


30 90




3


1 3

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W25, K1AIR_W26, K1AIR_W33, K1AIR_U26, K1AIR_U27, K1AIR_U36

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES After taking this course, students should be able to:

C1. Describe the structure and equipment base of industrial networks in the automation systems. C2. Use industrial networks during designing and operating of the automation systems. C3. Match, configure, and operate selected Fieldbus serial communication networks and Ethernet based networks. C4. Diagnose and resolve problems within industrial computer networks. C5. Characterize selected protocols of the Fieldbus serial communication networks and Ethernet based networks. C6. Explain standardization issues in the industrial computer networks. C7.Characterize the use of wireless industrial networks in the automation systems. C8.Search and use of online company catalogues and technical documentations.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge, students can: PEK_W01 – explain the general structure and role of industrial networks in a production company. PEK_W02 – describe the structure and equipment base of selected industrial networks. PEK_W03 – explain the IEC 61158 and IEC 61784 standards related to industrial computer networks and

their connection with international ISO/IEC 7498 standards. PEK_W04 – characterize data exchange protocols in selected Fieldbus serial communication networks. PEK_W05 – characterize data exchange protocols in selected Ethernet based networks. PEK_W06 – describe the wireless industrial networks in the automation systems. relating to skills, students can: PEK_U01 – configure PLC (PAC) controller for use in an industrial network. PEK_U02 – prepare and use PLC (PAC) controller for data exchange in selected networks. PEK_U03 – setup communication and configuration parameters of a multi-function regulator to prepare it

for use in a selected network. PEK_U04 – setup communication and configuration parameters of a frequency converter to prepare it for

use in a selected network. PEK_U05 – build, properly configure, and operate selected Fieldbus serial communication networks and

Ethernet based networks. PEK_U06 – solve simple problems associated with diagnostics of the industrial computer networks. PEK_U07 – program HMI devices to observe data exchange in the network. PEK_U08 – choose adequate industrial computer network for automation systems. relating to social competences, students: PEK_K01 – are aware of importance of data search and analysis skills. PEK_K02 – understand the necessity of self-education and skills development for the use of gained

knowledge and skills.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec1 Course introduction. Structure of the industrial computer networks in a production company.

1

Lec2 IEC 61158 and IEC 61784 standards and their connection with international ISO/IEC 7498 standards. Recent developments in the industrial computer networks.

2

Lec3 Structure and equipment base of selected Fieldbus serial communication and Ethernet-based networks.

2

Lec4 Organizing data exchange in selected Fieldbus serial communication networks. 4

Lec5 Organizing data exchange in selected Ethernet-based networks.

4

Lec6 Industrial wireless networks in automation systems.

2

Total hours 15

Form of classes - laboratory Number of hours Lab1 Occupational safety and health training. Class introduction and orientation. 3 Lab2 Configuration and running of the Profibus DP serial network with remote I/O stations. 3 Lab3 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in the Profibus DP serial

network with a frequency converter. 6

Lab4 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in the Profibus DP serial network with a multi-function controller.

6

Lab5 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in the Ethernet-based network with EGD protocol and an operator panel.

6

Lab6 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in Sensorbus (AS-I) network.

3

Lab7 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in Interbus-S network with remote I/O station.

3

Lab8 Configuration and running of wireless telemetric network based on WirelessHart protocol with an operator panel, using Ethernet network.

3

Lab9 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange in Uni-Telway serial network with operator panel.

3

Lab10 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange between controllers in ControlNet serial network .

3

Lab11 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange between controllers in the Ethernet-based network with operator panel and Ethernet/IP protocol .

3

Lab12 Configuration, running, and organizing data exchange between controllers in the Ethernet-based network with Profinet protocol and SCADA system.

3

Total hours 45

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1.Traditional lecture with multimedia presentation N2.Laboratory assignments N3.Office hours N4. Self-study - preparation for laboratory assignments N5. Self-study - preparation for final exam





PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Oral answers, assignments evaluation, written reports

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W06 Final exam C= 0,5*F1 + 0,5*F2 if F1>=3 and F2>=3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Bender K., PROFIBUS. The Fieldbus for Industrial Automation, Carl Hanser Verlag,

Londyn 1993. [2] Kriesel W., Heimbold T., Telschow D., : Bustechnologien fur die Automation, Huthig

Verlag Heidelberg 2000 [3] Mackay S., Wright E., Park J., Reynders D. : Practical Industrial Data Networks ,

Elsevier 2004 [4] Neumann P,: Systemy komunikacji w technice automatyzacji, COSiW SEP Warszawa

2003 [5] Park J., Mackay S., Wright E. : Practical Data Communications for Instrumentation and

Control, Elsevier 2003 [6] Phoenix Contact : Grundkurs Feldbustechnik, Vogel Buchverlag, Wurzburg 2000. [7] Pigan R., Metter M., Automating with Profinet, Publicis Publishing, Erlangen, 2008

[8] Sacha K., Sieci miejscowe Profibus. MIKOM, Warszawa, 1998 [9] Solnik W., Zajda Z.,: Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Uni-Telway i magistrala

rozszerzenia TSX, Wrocław 2005 [10] Solnik W., Zajda Z.,: Sieci przemysłowe Profibus DP i MPI w automatyce, Wrocław

2010 [11] Solnik W., Zajda Z.,: Sieć przemysłowa Profibus DP w praktyce przemysłowej,

Wydawnictwo BTC Legionowo 2012 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Mielczarek W.: Szeregowe interfejsy cyfrowe, Helion, Gliwice 1993

Company Studies: [1] KEPServerEX V5 Help. Kepware Technologies, 2011. [2] Podręcznik InTouch. Wizualizacja. Invensys Systems, Inc., 2009 [3] SIPROM DR24. Graphic Configuration of the Multifunction Unit SIPART DR24. Manual. SIEMENS. Issue 05/96 [4] SIPROM DR24. Handbuch. 6DR1125-8KB. Siemens AG,1992. [5] MICROMASTER 440. Operating Instructions. Issue 10/06. 6SE6400–5AW00–0BP0. [6] MICROMASTER 440. PROFIBUS Optional Board. Operating Instructions. Issue 02/02. 6SE6400–5AK00–0BP0.

Journals and magazines: [1] Pomiary Automatyka Kontrola (Measurement Automation and Control) [2] Pomiary Automatyka i Robotyka (Measurement Automation and Robotics) SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Włodzimierz Solnik, 71 320 32 85; [email protected]


SUBJECT Industrial Computer Networks


AND SPECIALIZATION Computerized Control Networks



applicable)**

Subject objectives*

**



PEK_W01 (knowledge)

S1ASI_W04, K1AIR_W18,K1AIR_W33

C1 Lec1 N1,N3,N5

PEK_W02 S1ASI_W04, K1AIR_W18, K1AIR_W25, K1AIR_W26

C1 Lec3 N1,N2,N3,N5

PEK_W03 S1ASI_W04 C6 Lec2 N1,N3,N5 PEK_W04 S1ASI_W04 C5 Lec4 N1,N2,N3,N5 PEK_W05 S1ASI_W04, K1AIR_W18,

K1AIR_W33 C5 Lec5 N1,N2,N3,N5

PEK_W06 S1ASI_W04 C7 Lec6 N1,N2,N3,N5 PEK_U01

(skills) S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U27 C3 Lab2 – Lab7

Lab9 – Lab12 N1,N2,N4

PEK_U02 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U27 C3 Lab2 – Lab7, Lab9 – Lab12

N1,N2,N4

PEK_U03 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U27 C3 Lab4 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U04 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U26 C3 Lab3 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U05 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U26 C2,C3 Lab2 – Lab12 N2,N4 PEK_U06 S1ASI_U04 C4 Lab2 – Lab12 N1,N2,N4 PEK_U07 S1ASI_U04, K1AIR_U17,

K1AIR_U27 C3 Lab5,Lab8 - Lab12

N2,N4

PEK_U08 S1ASI_U04 C2 Lab2 – Lab12 N1,N2,N4 PEK_K01

(competences) PEK_K02

K1AIR_K04 C8 Lec1 – Lec6 Lab1 – Lab12

N1,N2,N3,N4,N5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Projekt zespołowy Name in English: Team project Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES405 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

60






3


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1AIR_W17, K1AIR_W25, K1AIR_U16, K1AIR_U26 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Learn how to carry out their engineering tasks as part of a complex engineering task C2. Acquiring experience in team work, including: planning and scheduling, communication

skills within-team, act as team member or leader, the ability to demonstrate creativity,

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to skills:

PEK_U01 can perform tasks as part of a complex engineering project

PEK_U02 knows how to apply the principles of project management for the implementation of a complex engineering project

PEK_U03 knows how to draw up the technical documentation of the project


PEK_K01 can work with the team, has a consciousness of their role in the design and attention to the timely execution of the tasks assigned

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Proj 1

Setting the theme and purpose of the project (eg, a data acquisition system, control system, the design of equipment for data acquisition and control system). The allocation of roles in the project, the initial allocation of tasks to be performed, the choice of team leader

4

Proj 2 Introduction to the problem area of the project. Overview of solutions in the area of the problem - an analysis of the methods and technical means used.

4

Proj 3 Analysis of user requirements, including an analysis of the economic impact of the implementation of the project. Development of design intent. Determining the initial roadmap and the principles of intra-team communication, and leading

8

Proj 4 Analysis of risks in the project, establish emergency scenarios and ways to monitor risks. Planning for quality management principles in the design, development of quality control procedures. Establish rules for the results of individual parts of a project and the justification of the steps

4

Proj 5 Implementation of individual project tasks according to the schedule of the first stage of the project

12

Proj 6 Summary of the first stage of the project 4

Proj 7 Implementation of individual project tasks by scheduling the second stage of the project

12

Proj 8 Presentation of the results of the executed project, discuss problems, the assessment of the proposal made by the teacher. Verification of the project. Determination of possible changes

8

Proj 9 Presentation of final project documentation in writing. 4

Total hours 60

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Presentations using video projector N2. Discussion N3. Consultation N4. Individual work





F1 PEK_U01 ÷PEK_U02 PEK_K01

Rating presenting the next steps of the project and team skills: the timetable, the activity of the team, the ability to apply the principles of project management

F2 PEK_U03 Evaluation of the quality of the executed project and design documentation

P=0.4*F1+0.6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Praca zbiorowa, A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), wydanie polskie, 2009

[2] Praca zbiorowa, Zarządzanie projektem informatycznym - model najlepszych praktyk, IFC Press, Kraków 2003

[3] Robertson J., Robertson S., (1999), Pełna analiza systemowa, WNT Warszawa, 2003 [4] Dennis A., Wixam B.H., System Analysis, Design, John Wiley & Sons, 2003


[5] Items literature searches for the selected devices and technologies SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Zbigniew Zajda, PhD, [email protected]


Building automation AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


Computerized Control Networks Subject educational effect Correlation between subject






PEK_U01 S1ARK_U09 C1 Pr1 – Pr8 N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_U02 S1ARK_U09 C1 Pr1-Pr4 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1ARK_U09 C1 Pr9 N2, N3, N4

PEK_K01 S1ARK_K02 C2 Pr1-Pr8 N2, N3, N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Algorytmy ewolucyjne Name in English: Evolutionary Algorithms Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Control Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 2nd level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES406 Group of courses: YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

15 15


30 30






0 1


1 1

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K2AIR_W01, K2AIR_W06 , K2AIR_W07, K2AIR_U03, K2AIR_U04 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquisition of knowledge on basic mechanisms used by evolutionary methods C2. Acquisition of knowledge on operation and construction of evolutionary algorithms C3. Acquisition of knowledge and skills for selection of method, encoding, operators and parameters specific to a given task C4. To acquire skills to implement evolutionary algorithms C5. Acquisition of knowledge in the field of practical applications of evolutionary algorithms

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – student knows basic mechanisms used by evolutionary algorithms PEK_W02 – student can classify basic types of evolutionary algorithms PEK_W03 – student knows principles of operation and construction of evolutionary algorithms PEK_W04 – student is familiar with coding methods and evolutionary operators PEK_W05 – student is acquainted with methods of population management PEK_W06 – student is able to specify exemplary domains of ea PEK_W07 – student is able to formulate assumptions for a selected evolutionary method solving a given task PEK_W08 – student knows methodology to perform a simulation research and to test efficiency of

optimization methods relating to skills: PEK_U01 – student is able to select appropriate method, operators and parameters relevant to a specific task PEK_U02 – student is able to implement a selected evolutionary method PEK_U03 – student can accomplish studies and evaluate effectiveness of the implemented method PEK_U04 –is able to select parameters of algorithms based on evaluation of their efficiency relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – student is aware of necessity to search and collect technical information permanently and to analyze the data critically. PEK_K02 – student understands the need of self-education and development of capacity for applying of possessed knowledge and skills

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction. Evolutionary algorithms as a global optimization method. 2

Lec 2 Models of evolution 2

Lec 3 Basic types of evolutionary algorithms, operators and representations. 2

Lec 4 Dynamics of local and global optimization 2

Lec 5-6 Methods to menage populations. 4

Lec 7 Implementation methods of evolutionary algorithms. Examples of applications

3

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Safety measures in the labs. Organizational topics. Introduction 2

Lab 2 Examples of operating of selected evolutionary algorithms. Simulations and study of evolutionary adaptation properties

2

Lab 3 Implementation of a simple genetic algorithm for one- and multi-dimensional fitness functions

4

Lab 4 Implementation of a simple phenotypic algorithm for multidimensional real-valued fitness functions

4

Lab 5 Efficiency analysis of an implemented method on selected set of benchmark test functions

2

Lab 6 Presentation of developed software. Crediting 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture using transparencies and/or slides N2. Laboratory N3. Consultation N4. Individual study – self-study to prepare for a laboratory N5. Individual study – self-study of literature end preparing for a crediting


Evaluation (F – forming (during


semester), P – concluding (at semester end)


PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

oral replies observation of exercise realization software implementation of algorithms written reports from laboratories

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W08 written test P = 0,4*F1 + 0,6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] J. Arabas, Wykłady z algorytmów ewolucyjnych, WNT, Warszawa 2001 [2] Z. Michalewicz, Algorytmy genetyczne + struktury danych = programy ewolucyjne, WNT, Warszawa, 1996 [3] D.E. Goldberg, Algorytmy genetyczne i ich zastosowania, WNT, Warszawa, 1995 [4] I. Karcz-Dulęba, Algorytmy ewolucyjne, teaching materials for lectures and laboratory, link http://iwona.duleba.staff.iiar.pwr.wroc.pl/Students/ SECONDARY LITERATURE: IN POLISH

1] R. Galar, Miękka selekcja w losowej adaptacji globalnej, Wyd. PWr, 1990 [2] Z. Michalewicz, D. Fogel, Jak to rozwiązać czyli nowoczesna heurystyka, WNT, Warszawa 2006 IN ENGLISH [1] Handbook of Evolutionary Computation, T. Baeck, D.B Fogel, Z. Michalewicz (Editors), Taylor & Francis, 1997 [2] M. Mitchell, An Introduction to Genetic Algorithms, A Bradford Book, 1998. Journals: [1] IEEE on Evolutionary Computations SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

dr hab. inż. Iwona Karcz-Dulęba, [email protected]


SUBJECT Evolutionary Algorithms


AND SPECIALIZATION Computer Control Systems in Manufacturing







PEK_W01, PEK_W02

S2ARK_W04 C1 Lec1, Lec2, Lec4 N1,N3,N5

PEK_W03 S2ARK_W04 C2 Lec2, Lec3 N1,N3,N5 PEK_W04 S2ARK_W04 C3 Lec3 N1,N3,N5 PEK_W05 S2ARK_W04 C2,C3 Lec5, Lec6 N1,N3,N5

PEK_W06 S2ARK_W04 C5 Lec7 N1,N3,N5

PEK_W07 S2ARK_W04 C4 Lec7 N1,N3,N5 PEK_W08 S2ARK_W04 C5 Lec7 N1,N3,N5 PEK_U01 S2ARK_U07 C3 Lab3, Lab4 N2,N3,N4 PEK_U02 S2ARK_U07 C4 Lab3, Lab4 N2,N3,N4, PEK_U03 S2ARK_U07 C5 Lab5, Lab6 N2,N3,N4 PEK_U04 S2ARK_U07 C5 Lab5 N2,N3,N4

PEK_K01, PEK_K02

S2ARK_K01, S2ARK_K02 C1-C5

Lec1÷ Lec8 Lab1÷Lab6

N1-N5

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY …Electronic……

SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish …………………… Procesory sygnałowe Name in English ………………… Digital Signal Processors Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): …… Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies:……….. 1st level, full-time

Kind of subject: ………………….. obligatory

Subject code ………………………. ARES407 Group of courses …………………. YES



15 30


30 60

Form of crediting crediting with grade crediting

with grade




2


1 1



1. [K1AIR_ W09 INEW001] – Knows the concept of algorithm and its representation methods, basic algorithmic language construct.

2. [K1AIR_ W15 ETEW010] – Knows basic problems of the deterministic signal digital processing theory.

3. [K1AIR_ U14 ETEW010] – Knows how to make the analysis of signals in the time and frequency space.

4. [K1AIR_ U08 INEW001] – Knows how to prepare the solution of simple programming problem in the form of block diagram and propose the testing method.

5. [K1AIR_ U16 ETEW006] – Is able to prepare and debug program using internal structure of microcontroller.

6. [K1AIR_ U17 ETEW007] – Is effective using text editing programs and excel sheets. 7. [K1AIR_ W17 ETEW006] – Knows internal structure and programming methods of

microprocessors and microcontrollers. 8. [K1AIR_ U33 (AREK16)] – Knows how to define algorithm and to write and debug

code for control internal resources of microcontroller 9. [K1AIR_U07 ETEW001] – Knows how to measure basic electrical parameters in linear

and nonlinear circuits. 10. [K1AIR_U40 Blok 1 language] – Is able to use on his own English information sources,

literature especially and integrate collected information for growing in professional knowledge.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 – The collection of the basic knowledge of architecture and work of Digital signal processors.

C2 – Collecting of understanding of basic peripherals in DSP structure .

C3 – Acquiring of knowledge of program development tools for real time processing structures.

C4 – Recognition of today DSP offer from main producers of the world market.

C5 – Some praxis in development and evaluation of programs for DSP procedures in Assembler and C language.

C6 – Collection of skill in use of programming and debugging tools for DSP processors.

C7 – Collecting of skills in searching and using of technical documentation and producers catalogs.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS Relating to knowledge, student:

PEK_W01 – knows the basic architecture and work of effective fixed point signal processing structures, on the basis of C5000 ultra low power DSP.

PEK_W02 – knows methods and mechanism making more effective DSP use. PEK_W03 – knows the structure and use of basic DSP processor peripherals. PEK_W04 – knows data representation in different DSP processors and processing tasks. PEK_W05 – is able to develop programs for basic DSP algorithms for implementation on DSP taking into

account specific of used language (C, ASM) and H&W feature of the processor. PEK_W06 – knows software development tools environment for DSP processors.

Relating to skills, student:

PEK_U01 – is able to analyze and evaluate programs written in C and assembler of basic DSP processor PEK_U02 – is able to use the development tools of DSP system for writing and testing programs. PEK_U03 – is able to write in C language programs with the use of DSP libraries and selected functions of

DSP/BIOS PEK_U04 – is able to evaluate efficiency of DSP processing program

Relating to social skills, student: PEK_K01 – is aware how important is the critical analysis of market information and experience in its

relevancy and searching. PEK_K02 – is understanding how important is the development of individual analysis ability, critical

evaluation of personal and team knowledge on used technology and integration of the collected information and skills.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Requirements Introduction to DSP path, importance of peripherals , examples of DSP advantages 2

Lec 2 Fixed point DSP architecture. Basis DSP families and effective work mechanism 2

Lec 3 Power of DSP instructions in Assembler language and calling methods from C level. Effective use of addressing modes, methods of effective processing improve.

2

Lec 4 First program of basic filtering, specialized instruction use. 2

Lec 5 Code generation tools and debugging methods. Development support. 2

Lec 6 System initialization procedure, data entering and outputting to the DSP system. CODEC devices and cooperation with the McBSP port. Library support of configuration and work.

2

Lec 7 Market DSP offer and development directions understanding 2

Lec 8 Review test 1

Total hours 15


Lab 1 DSP data path, parameters, diagnostic, danger effects 3

Lab 2 Code Composer Studio – basics, how to start use this tool. Basic functions for preparation and debugging of DSP software.

3

Lab 3 Are we able to evaluate how fast and effective the DSP program is? 3

Lab 4 First program, development and debugging, RTOS – what it is changing in the program preparation.

3

Lab 5 Going down to the Assembler level, instruction list, tracing of basic operations on the assembler level. Effective assembler construction call from C language level.

3

Lab 6 H&W module use from the assembler and C language level. External signal control (e.g. LED driving)

3

Lab 7 Timer and interrupt function use on the Assembler level. 3

Lab 8 H&W module control on the C-language level, library function use. 3

Lab 9 Library function development for peripheral configuration and control. 3

Lab 10 Digital filtering of signal – own program development 3

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture supported with slides

N2. WEB-Page with literature, illustration lecture slides and producers documentation

N3. Open Web-tests referring to the lecture subject [http://zts.ita.pwr.wroc.pl/moodle/ ]

N4. Participation in Web-page vocabulary preparation on DSP subject and terms’

N5. Self-preparation for the laboratory classes checked with entrance test

N6. Experiment results in laboratory with notes and summary in report

N7. Consultation

N8. Individual studies of technical documentation.

N9. Individual preparation for the final test


Evaluation {F – forming (during semester), C – concluding (at semester end}



F1 PEK_W01 – W04 Web-test result, vocabulary term definition and laboratory problem discussion

F2 PEK_W05 – W06

PEK_K1 – K2

Preparation for the laboratory, result of work with technical documentation,

F3 PEK_U01 – U04 Lab entrance tests result and final reports

C = 0,6 (final qualification test) + 0,1*F1 + 0,1* F2 + 0,2*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Steve Smith; ”Cyfrowe przetwarzanie sygnałów. Praktyczny poradnik dla inżynierów i naukowców,” Warszawa, BTC 2007

[2] Bruno Paillard; ”An Introduction To Digital Signal Processors”; Université de Sherbrooke January 2002 [wersja elektroniczna dla uczestników kursu]

[3] S.M.Kuo, B.H.Lee; “Real Time Digital Signal Processing”; JW&S 2001, [wersja elektroniczna dla uczestników kursu]

[4] http://zts.ita.pwr.wroc.pl/moodle/


[1] Andrew Bateman, Iain Paterson-Stephens; ”The DSP Handbook Algorithms, Applications and Design Technoques”, Prentice Hall 2002.

[2] TMS320C54x - ”User’s Guide”, Texas Instruments 2004 – dokumentacja producenta

[3] TMS3320C5515 DSP System - ”User’s Guide”, Texas Instruments 2012 – dokumentacja producenta


Dr. Krzysztof Kardach, Tel: 71 320 3032, E-mail: [email protected]


Digital Signal Processors (ARES407)




Correlation between subject educational effect and






PEK_W01 S1ARK_W06 C1 Lec1-2 N1-4, N8

PEK_W02 S1ARK_W06 C1-2 Lec2-3 N1-4, N7-8

PEK_W03 S1ARK_W06 C2 Lec4, Lec6 N1-4, N7-8

PEK_W04 S1ARK_W06 C3 Lec3 N1-4, N8

PEK_W05 S1ARK_W06 C3 Lec3-4 N1-4, N8

PEK_W06 S1ARK_W06 C3-4 Lec5, Lec7 N1-4, N7-8

PEK_U01 S1ARK_U06 C5-6 Lab2-7 N5-6, N8

PEK_U02 S1ARK_U06 C5-6 Lab2-4 N5-6, N8

PEK_U03 S1ARK_U06 C5-6 Lab8-9 N5-6, N7-8

PEK_U04 S1ARK_U06 C5-6 Lab10 N5-6, N7-8

PEK_K01 T1A_K01-05 C4 Lab1-10

Lec7 N1-2, N7-8

PEK_K02 T1A_K01-05 C4 Lab1-10

Lec7 N1-2, N7-8

** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects

*** - from table above

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Automatyka budynkowa Name in English: Building automation Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES408 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

15

0

30

0

0


30

60






2


1

1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. AREK004 2. AREK008 3. AREK017 4. AREK006 5. ARES403 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquisition of knowledge about the origins and history of the development of intelligent buildings. C2. Acquisition of knowledge of the various tasks and intelligent building, a complex object with distributed intelligence. C3. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of security systems in the intelligent home. C4. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of energy management systems and provide

comfort intelligent buildings. C5. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of multimedia and information systems. C6. Acquisition of knowledge of integration system technology in intelligent buildings. C7. Acquisition of building automation design skills in intelligent buildings. C8. Acquiring the ability to configure systems and building automation devices. C9. Acquiring the ability to search and use of documentation and corporate directories.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - It has a structured theoretical knowledge and the idea of intelligent buildings. PEK_W02 – He knows the architecture, functionality and intellectual structures of automation systems building. PEK_W03- He has knowledge of the security systems (CCTV and others) in the intelligent buildings. PEK_W04 – He has knowledge of energy management systems (electrical, thermal and others), technology and comfort systems (HVAC) systems in intelligent buildings. PEK_W05- He has expertise in the field of information management systems, including systems multimedia and information technology. PEK_W06- He knows the general rules for the selection of control systems in the intelligent building respect to the design intent. PEK_W07 – He has knowledge of the methods of integrating building automation systems and integrating systems in intelligent buildings (BMS, IBMS and others). PEK_W08- He knows the system design methodology and their integration in inteligent buildings. PEK_W09 – He understands the issues of cooperation of architects, electronics, automation and IT specialists for intelligent building design. relating to skills: PEK_U01- He can design the overall structure of the building automation system for a given building structure. PEK_U02 – Able to design the integrated structure of the security systems in intelligent building. PEK_U03- Able to design the structure of energy management systems, technology and comfort in intelligent buildings. PEK_U04 - It can make electrical connections in accordance with the general standards and safety rules. PEK_ U05 - He can set up communication between a computer equipped with software ETS4 and KNX system. PEK_ U06 – Can configure lighting controls in KNX system and modify their parameters according to selected assumptions about the mode of action. PEK_U07– It can be programmed KNX device in accordance with the assumptions made during the project. PEK_U08 – He can program-off the system devices and determine the consequences of failure of the devices in the distributed control system. PEK_U09– He can choose the system and create a project control system in accordance with the assumptions made in the design of the building automation system. PEK_U10 – It can create an appropriate structure group addresses, which reflects the assumption functionality designed building automation system. PEK_U11– Able to select, parameterize and program the device performing local control of temperature in individual rooms in the building. PEK_U12– It can combine elementary line segments in KNX using linear couplings. Performs tasks system diagnostics with particular emphasis on checking addresses system and physical devices on / off devices from the ETS. PEK_U13– It can perform hardware configuration and software control panel alarm system assault and

burglary (eg INTEGRA 128). Selects the security system components according to the design intent. PEK_U14– It can determine, parameterized and program of physical sensors (temperature, humidity, light intensity, wind speed, etc.) used in building automation. PEK_U15– Can configure and start building automation system using a centrally controlled system devices (eg. Dupline). PEK_U16– Able to design and launch control for equipment audiovisual (AV) using a specialized system (eg. CRESTRON). PEK_U17– Can configure and start visualizing building automation system with the use of hardware and software solutions. PEK_U18– Can specify the exchange of information between systems. It can be programmed interfaces information exchange and data acquisition of building automation control systems. relating to social competences:

PEK_K01 – Recognizes the importance of information retrieval skills system and the critical analysis. PEK_K02 – understands the need for self-education and capacity building for independently apply their knowledge and skills. PEK_K03 – understands the need to apply the general principles of ethics in their work, and in particular, the design.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1

Genesis and the idea of intelligent buildings. A review of selected intelligent buildings in terms of destination (office buildings, hotels, hospitals, convention centers, etc.). The issue of safety management, energy, comfort, and information in the intelligent building. Issues algorithmization and control optimization system and intelligent

1

Lec 2

Intelligent building a complex object with distributed intelligence. The functionality and structure of building. Systems in the intelligent building. Building automation. 1

Lec 3

Integrated security systems in the intelligent building: CCTV and monitoring, access control and working time, signaling robbery and burglary, fire and firefighting. 3

Lec 4

Integrated energy management and comfort: distribution systems and electricity metering, smart lighting, control, thermal energy, air conditioning and ventilation systems (HVAC). 2

Lec 5

Integrated media and communications: audiovisual presentation systems, broadcast audible warning system and systems of distribution and interactive television, video conferencing, intercom systems, IT systems.

3

2

Lec 8

The symbiosis of architecture, technology and electronics in an intelligent building as a result of the implementation of an interdisciplinary design process. Legal aspects of the implementation and operation of intelligent buildings. Current trends in the development of smart (intelligent) homes, buildings and cities.

1

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Workplace training in health and safety. Organizational matters. Introduction.

2

Lab 2 Preparing the ETS4 to work for the KNX 2 Lab 3 Lab 4

Lighting control by the system KNX - design, programming, brightness adjustment function.

4

Lab 5 Methodology programming - off bus devices as standard EIB / KNX 2 Lab 6 Lab 7

Creating a project and the systems for intelligent building automation. Setting the tree address. Selecting and connecting bus devices.

4

Lab 8 Heating control using KNX. 2 Lab 9 Starting the clutch line. Function Test-check the physical address.

Switching devices from the ETS. 2

Lab 10 The robbery and burglary alarm – SATEL INTEGRA 128 2 Lab 11 Measurements and transmission measurements of environmental

parameters for intelligent building. 2

Lab 12 Building automation system Dupline 2 Lab 13 The system integrates CRESTRON and AV applications. 2 Lab 14 Methods for visualizing building automation system 2 Lab 15 BMS - intersystem integration in intelligent building. 2 Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lectures using video projector N2. Laboratory exercises N3. Consultation N4. Own work - preparation for laboratory N5. Own work - self-study and preparation for test





F1 PEK_U01 ÷PEK_U18 Replies oral,

PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K03

monitoring exercise, written reports of laboratory

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09 Written test

P = 0,5*F1 + 0,5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Niezabitowska E. i inni: Budynek inteligentny. Tom I i II. Wydawnictwo Politechniki Śląskiej. Gliwice 2005

(Niezabitowska E. et al: Building intelligent. Volume I and II. Silesian University of Technology Press. Gliwice 2005)

[2] Mikulik J.: Budynek inteligentny, TOM II – Podstawowe Systemy bezpieczeństwa w budynkach inteligentnych, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Śląskiej, Gliwice 2010. (Mikulik J.: Building intelligent, VOLUME II - Basic Security in intelligent buildings, Silesian University of Technology Press, Gliwice 2010)

[3] Merz H., Hansemann T., Hubner C.: Building Automation – Communication Systems with EIB/KNX, LON and BACnet. Springer Series on Signals and Communication Technology. Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2009

[4] Industry directories for building automation devices. [5] P. Petykiewicz, Inteligentne instalacje elektryczne, COSiW SEP, Warszawa 2001

(P. Petykiewicz, Smart wiring, COSiW SEP, Warsaw 2001) [6] Modular I/O-System KNX IP Controller 750-849; Technical description, installation and

configuration -Version 1.0.6 [7] Fieldbus Independent I/O Module KNX/EIB/TP1 Module - Router Mode 753-646, Manual - Version 1.0.3 SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[8] Shengwei Wang: Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation. Spon Press. New York 2010 [9] Programowanie sterowników PLC w systemie CoDeSys 2.3, Podręcznik użytkownika. Warszawa 2006. ( PLC programming in the system CoDeSys 2.3, User Manual. Warsaw 2006. ) [10] Wizualizacja w CoDeSys, Uzupełnienie podręcznika do programowania sterowników PLC w CoDeSys 2.3, Warszawa 2006. (Visualization in CoDeSys - programming manual Supplement drivers PLC CoDeSys 2.3, Warsaw 2006.) SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Andrzej Jabłoński Ph.D.; email: [email protected]


Building automation AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


Computerized Control Networks Subject educational effect Correlation between subject






PEK_W01 S1ARK_W07

C1 Lec 1 N1; N3; N5

PEK_W02 S1ARK_W07 C2 Lec 2 N1; N3; N5 PEK_W03 S1ARK_W07 C3 Lec 3 N1; N3; N5 PEK_W04 S1ARK_W07 C4 Lec 4 N1; N3; N5 PEK_W05 S1ARK_W07 C5 Lec 5 N1; N3; N5 PEK_W06 S1ARK_W07 C8 Lec 7 N1; N3; N5 PEK_W07 S1ARK_W07 C6 Lec 6 N1; N3; N5 PEK_W08 S1ARK_W07 C7; C9 Lec 7; Lec 6 N1; N3; N5 PEK_W09 S1ARK_W07 C2; C7 Lec 8 N1; N3; N5 PEK_U01 S1ARK_U07 C7; C9 Lab 6; Lab 7 N2; N4 PEK_U02 S1ARK_U07 C2; C6 Lab 10 N2; N4 PEK_U03 S1ARK_U07 C2;C4; C7 Lab 3;

Lab 4; Lab 8 N2; N4

PEK_U04 S1ARK_U07 C7; C9 Lab 1 N2; N4 PEK_U05 S1ARK_U07 C6; C8 Lab 2 N2; N4 PEK_U06 S1ARK_U07 C4;C7; C8 Lab 3; Lab 4 N2; N4 PEK_U07 S1ARK_U07 C6; C7; C8 Lab 2 N2; N4 PEK_U08 S1ARK_U07 C6; C7; C8 Lab 5 N2; N4 PEK_U09 S1ARK_U07 C7; C8; C9 Lab 6; Lab 7 N2; N4 PEK_U10 S1ARK_U07 C6; C8 Lab 6; Lab 7 N2; N4 PEK_U11 S1ARK_U07 C4; C7; C8 Lab 8 N2; N4 PEK_U12 S1ARK_U07 C6; C7; C8 Lab 9 N2; N4 PEK_U13 S1ARK_U07 C3; C7; C8 Lab 10 N2; N4 PEK_U14 S1ARK_U07 C4; C7; C8 Lab 11 N2; N4 PEK_U15 S1ARK_U07 C2;C4;C7;

C8 Lab 12 N2; N4

PEK_U16 S1ARK_U07 C5; C7; C8 Lab 13 N2; N4 PEK_U17 S1ARK_U07 C6; C7; C8 Lab 14 N2; N4 PEK_U18 S1ARK_U07 C2;

C6;C8;C9 Lab 15 N2; N4

PEK_K01 PEK_K02 PEK_K03

S1ARK_K02

C9

Lec 1-Lec 8 Lab1-Lab 15

N1; N2; N3; N4; N5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Seminarium dyplomowe Name in English Diploma Seminar Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computer Control Systems in Manufacturing Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES409 Group of courses NO Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30

Number of hours of total student workload (CNPS) 60 Form of crediting crediting with

grade For group of courses mark (X) final course Number of ECTS points 2



1



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 to learn to collect a multi-source knowledge useful and appropriate to propose original contributions C2 to have ability to prepare a presentation in a clear manner presenting own ideas, concepts and solutions C3 to acquire knowledge how to discuss and argue for and against using substantial arguments C4 to gain ability to present own achievements in a written form

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to skills: PEK_U01 student is able to prepare a multi-media presentation illustrating his/her achievements PEK_U02 student can put forward arguments for his/her own ideas and solutions PEK_U03 student is able to evaluate critically solutions of the others

PROGRAMME CONTENT Form of classes - seminar Number of

hours Sem 1 Principles of preparing and writing diploma work. 2 Sem 2 Students present a contemporary knowledge and literature on subjects of their

diploma work pointing out original contributions. 8

Sem 3 Discussions on a literature specific to subject of diploma work interests. Assumptions taken and solutions proposed. 6

Sem4 Students present their diploma work pointing out original contributions. 14

Discussions on the diploma achievements.

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. multimedia presentation N2. discussions N3. individual study






discussions

P= 0.5*F1+0.5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: Literature specific to diploma work

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) dr hab. inż. Iwona Karcz-Dulęba, [email protected]


SUBJECT Diploma Seminar


AND SPECIALIZATION Computer Control Systems in Manufacturing Subject educational effect Correlation between subject


study and specialization




PEK_U01 S1AIR_U10 C2 Sem2, Sem4 N1 PEK_U02 S1AIR_U10 C3 Sem3, Sem4 N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1AIR_U10 C1 ,C2, C3, C4

Sem3, Sem4 N2, N3

1


SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish: Projekt Specjalnościowy Name in English: Specialization Project Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics (AiR) Specialization (if applicable): Computerized Control Networks (ARK) Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: Obligatory Subject code: ARES411 Group of courses: No


30


60



Number of ECTS points 2 including number of ECTS

points for practical (P) classes 2



1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. Basic knowledge in the field of control theory. 2. Basic knowledge in the field of automation components and equipment. 3. Basic knowledge in the field of acquisition and presentation systems. 4. Basic knowledge in the field of building management systems. 5. Basic knowledge in the field of microprocessor systems. 6. Basic knowledge in the field of digital transmission protocols. 7. Basic knowledge in the field of software engineering.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES Based on selected projects in the area of data acquisition and presentation, building management systems, process automation, telemetric systems, etc. below objectives are introduced. C1. Knowledge acquisition in the field of cascade and iterative methods used in projects. C2. Knowledge acquisition in the field of business and system analysis in projects. C3. Knowledge acquisition in the field of gathering and documenting customer’s needs, functional and non-functional requirements (Software Requirements Specification - SRS). C4. Knowledge acquisition in the field of defining and documenting exit criteria in projects. C5. Knowledge acquisition in the field of creating and documenting architecture of solution

2

(Software Architecture Design - SAD). C6. Practical skills acquisition in the field of cascade and iterative ways of software production. C7. Knowledge acquisition in the field of system tests and test management. C8. Basic knowledge acquisition in the field of solution deploying and maintaining. C9. Knowledge acquisition in the field of documenting and maintaining examination results.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge, student: PEK_W01 – can describe cascade and iterative methods used in project management and their

pros and cons, PEK_W02 – can describe principles of system and business analysis, PEK_W03 – can describe issues of collecting and documenting customer’s needs and

functional and non-functional requirements, PEK_W04 – can describe how to define exit criteria in projects and how to create test plan, PEK_W05 – can describe principles of creating and documenting architecture of solution, PEK_W06 – can describe the best practices used in cascade and iterative approaches in

software production, PEK_W07 – can enumerate different types of tests and describe principles of test

management, PEK_W08 – can describe process of solution’s deploying and maintaining, PEK_W09 – can describe principles of documenting and maintaining examination results. relating to skills, student: PEK_U01 – can clearly define and document customer’s needs, functional and non-functional

requirements, PEK_U02 – can clearly define and document exit criteria in projects, PEK_U03 – can propose and document architecture of the solution, PEK_U04 – can lead team according to cascade and iterative methods used in project management, PEK_U05 – can create test scenarios and document their results, PEK_U06 – can document examination results. relating to social competences, student: PEK_K01 – recognizes the importance of information retrieval skills and the critical analysis, PEK_K02 – understands the need for self-education and capacity building for independently apply their knowledge and skills, PEK_K03 – can work in project teams, knows the responsibilities of the different roles within the team, knows the disadvantages and risks associated with teamwork.

3

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - project Number of

hours

Pr1 Health and safety training. Define projects’ subjects. Introduction to methods used in project management and system and business analysis.

2

Pr2 Gathering customer’s needs, functional and non-functional requirements and creating documentation describing them. Defining and documenting exit criteria in projects. Creating of test plan.

2

Pr3 Creating and documenting system’s architecture. 2

Pr4 Establishing project teams. Implementing first part of the system in accordance with documentation created before.

2

Pr5 Creating and documenting test scenarios. 2

Pr6 Implementation of the solution in accordance with method selected before (cascade or iterative).

2


2


2


2


2

Pr11 Deployment and maintenance. 2 Pr12 Unit tests. 2 Pr13 Integration tests. 2 Pr14 Acceptance tests. Evaluation of the project. 2 Pr15 Overview of the projects and discussion. 2

Total Horus 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Practical classes in the field of conducting project with using iterative and cascade methods. Deploying and maintaining of systems. N2. Practical classes in the field of selected technologies. Implementation of the solution. N3. Consultation – interaction with teacher (customer) and evaluation of partial results. N4. Individual work with the project – development of the project.

4





F1 Evaluation of partial results in accordance with SCRUM approach.

F2 Evaluation of practical part. F3 Evaluation of the quality and completeness of

documentation. P = 0.2 * F1 + 0.3 * F2 + 0.5 * F3


[1] Trocki M., Grucza B., Ogonek K., Zarządzanie projektami, PWE, Warszawa 2003. [2] A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge, Third Edition, PMI, USA,

2004. [3] Kompendium wiedzy o zarządzaniu projektami, MT&DC, Warszawa, 2003. [4] Ken Bradley, Podstawy metodyki PRINCE2, 2002. [5] Ken Schwaber, Sprawne zarządzanie projektami metodą SCRUM, [6] James Shore, Shane Warden, Agile Development. Filozofia programowania zwinnego.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [7] literature related to selected project topics [8] firmware documents


Łukasz Korus, [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Specialization Project



Subject educational

effect





Program content***


PEK_W01 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C1 Pr1 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W02 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C2, C3, C4 Pr2 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W03 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C2, C3, C4 Pr2 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W04 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C2, C3, C4,

C7 Pr2 N1, N3, N4

PEK_W05 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C5 Pr3 N1, N2, N3, N4 PEK_W06 S1ARK_W03 (ARES403),

S1ARK_W04 (ARES404), S1ARK_W05 (ARES408), S1ARK_W07 (ARES509), S1ARK_W08 (ARES409)

C6 Pr4, Pr6, Pr7, Pr8, Pr9, Pr10

N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_W07 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C7 Pr5, Pr12, Pr13, Pr14

N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_W08 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C8 Pr11 N1, N2, N3, N4 PEK_W09 S1ARK_K01 (ARK411) C9 Pr14, Pr15 N2, N3, N4 PEK_U01 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C2, C3, C4 Pr1, Pr2 N1, N3, N4 PEK_U02 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C4 Pr2 N1, N3, N4 PEK_U03 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C5 Pr3 N1, N2, N3, N4 PEK_U04 S1ARK_W03 (ARES403),

S1ARK_W04 (ARES404), S1ARK_W05 (ARES408), S1ARK_W07 (ARES509), S1ARK_W08 (ARES409)

C6 Pr4, Pr6, Pr7, Pr8, Pr9, Pr10

N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_U05 S1ARK_U08 (ARES411) C7 Pr5, Pr12, Pr13, Pr14

N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_U06 S1ARK_K01 (ARK411) C9 Pr14, Pr15 N2, N3, N4 PEK_K01 C1-C9 Pr1-Pr15 N3, N4 PEK_K02 C1-C9 Pr1-Pr15 N3, N4 PEK_K03 S1ARK_K02 (ARES 405)

C6 Pr4, Pr6, Pr7,

Pr8, Pr9, Pr10 N1, N2, N3, N4


1


SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish: Technologie Systemów Wbudowanych Name in English: Technologies of Embedded Systems Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics (AiR) Specialization (if applicable): Information Technologies in Control System (ART) Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: Obligatory Subject code: ARES500 Group of courses: NIE


30


60







*niepotrzebne skreślić


1. Basic knowledge in the field of control theory. 2. Basic knowledge in the field of automation components and equipment. 3. Basic knowledge in the field of computer control systems. 4. Basic knowledge in the field of acquisition and presentation systems. 5. Basic knowledge in the field of computer system’s architectures. 6. Basic knowledge in the field of digital transmission protocols.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Knowledge acquisition in the field of structure and principles of computer control systems and embedded systems. C2. Knowledge acquisition in the field of microcontroller’s architecture. C3. Knowledge acquisition in the field of digital transmission protocols and their usage in embedded systems. C4. Knowledge acquisition in the field of embedded systems architecture and basic modules used in these systems. C5. Knowledge acquisition in the field of application lifecycle and basic steps and methods

2

used in software production. C6. Knowledge acquisition in the field of different types of computer system’s architectures.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – can describe structure and principles of computer control and embedded systems, PEK_W02 – can describe main differences between PLC devices and embedded systems, PEK_W03 – can present examples of embedded system applications in automatic control

systems, PEK_W04 – can describe microcontroller architecture based on ATMega16/32, PEK_W05 – can describe selected digital transmission protocols which are used in embedded systems (i.e. I2C, 1-Wire, CAN, Modbus), PEK_W06 – can describe examples of embedded system’s architectures with usage of

additional modules (i.e. keyboard, LCD, I/O expander, sensors), PEK_W07 – can enumerate and describe all phase of application’s lifecycle, PEK_W08 – can enumerate and describe all stages and methods used in software production

(i.e. agile and cascade methods), PEK_W09 – can conduct comparative analysis between linear and parallel computing

architecture.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number of

hours

Wy1 Subject genesis and embedded system’s applications in the area of automatic control.

2

Wy2 The computer as a control device. 2 Wy3 Channels in automatic control (I/O devices). 2 Wy4 Architecture of microcontrollers. 2 Wy5 Digital transmission protocols (I2C, 1-Wire). 2 Wy6 Digital transmission protocols (CAN, Modbus). 2 Wy7 Digital transmission protocols (SPI, radio transmission). 2 Wy8 Examples of embedded system’s architecture (1). 2 Wy9 Examples of embedded system’s architecture (2). 2 Wy10 Application lifecycle phases and software production stages. 2 Wy11 Cascade and agile methods in project management. 2 Wy12 Embedded systems programing. 2 Wy13 Alternative computer architectures. 2 Wy14 Exam. 2 Wy15 Result presentation and discussion. 2

Total hours 30

3

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lectures with using multimedia presentation (projector) N2. Self-work – self-studies and preparation to exam. N3. Consultations.





F1 PEK_W01 – PEK_W09

Exam

P = F1


[1] Doliński J., Mikrokontrolery AVR w praktyce, Wydawnictwo BTC, Warszawa 2003 [2] Układy scalone TTL w systemach cyfrowych, WKŁ, Warszawa 1980 [3] Pełka R., Mikrokontrolery – architektura, programowanie, zastosowania, WKŁ,

Warszawa 2000 [4] Niederliński A., Systemy komputerowe automatyki przemysłowej, WNT, Warszawa

1985 [5] Greblicki W., Teoretyczne podstawy automatyki, Oficyna wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław

2001 SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1] Noty aplikacyjne omawianych układów scalonych SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Łukasz Korus, [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Technologies of Embedded Systems


AND SPECIALIZATION Information Technologies in Control System

Subject

educational effect





Program content***


PEK_W01 S1ART_W01 (ARES500) C1 Wy1 N1, N3 PEK_W02 S1ART_W01 (ARES500) C1 Wy2 N1, N3 PEK_W03 S1ART_W01 (ARES500) C1 Wy3 N1, N3 PEK_W04 S1ART_W01 (ARES500) C2 Wy4 N1, N3 PEK_W05 S1ART_W01 (ARES500) C3 Wy5, Wy6,

Wy7 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W06 S1ART_W01 (ARES500) C4 Wy8, Wy9 N1, N2, N3 PEK_W07 S1ART_W03 (ARES502),

S1ART_W10 (ARES505) C5 Wy10, Wy11,

Wy12 N1, N2, N3

PEK_W08 S1ART_W03 (ARES502), S1ART_W10 (ARES505)

C5 Wy10, Wy11, Wy12

N1, N2, N3

PEK_W09 S1ART_W09 (ARES511) C6 Wy13 N1, N2, N3 ** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects *** - from table above

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRINICS SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Sieci neuronowe i neurosterowniki Name in English Neural networks and neurocontrollers Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technologies in Control System (ART) Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES501 Group of courses No



30


60



X



1


(BK) classes

1 0.5



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 To gain knowledge of neural networks (NN) and their applications in control systems C2 To get knowledge of learning NN

C3 To gain knowledge of applying NN as approximators and classifiers

C4 To collect knowledge of NN design for modeling dynamical systems

C5 To gain knowledge on neurocontrollers

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - has knowledge of classes of NN and their learnig

PEK_W02 - has knowledge of designing NN

PEK_W03 - knows basic methods and algorithms useful in applications of NN

PEK_W04 – knows how to simulate dynamical systems using NN PEK_W05 – knows basic facts on designing neurocontrollers relating to skills: relating to social competences: PEK_K01 understands the need of perpetual learning

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction. Classes of NN and their application in control system

2

Lec 2 Basic structures of NN 2

Lec 3 Learning feed-foreward NN 2

Lec 4 Optimization techniques in NN learning 2

Lec 5 Rules of designing feedforeward NN 2

Lec 6 Radial basis functions (RBF) nets 2 Lec 7 Slef-organizing Kohonen's nets 2

Lec 8 Recurrent NN 2

Lec 9 Modelling of nonlinear systems by NN 2

Lec 10 Neurocontrollers, specialized learning, model based control 2

Lec 11 Predictive control 2

Lec 12 Recurrent NN in modelling and control 2

Lec 13 Optimal control using NN 2

Lect 14 Neurocontroller as PID controller coordinator 2

Lec 15 Perspectives of applications of NN in control systems 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lectures + Video projector N2. Consulting N3 Homework – studies of selected methods





F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W05,

PEK_U01, PEK_K01

Exam

F2 PEK_U02,PEK_K01 A notes on self-studied papers F3 C=0.8F1+0.2F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: 1.J.Korbicz, A. Obuchowicz, D. Uciński "Sztuczne sieci neuronowe. PLJ 1994, Warszawa

2.J. Żurada, M. Barski, W. Jędruch "Sztuczne sieci neuronowe", PWN, Warszawa 1996.

3.Stanisław Osowski „Sieci neuronowe w przetwarzaniu informacji.”; Warszawa 2000. SECONDARY LITERATURE:

Norgaard, M., O. Ravn, N. K. Poulsen and L. K. Hansen: Neural networks for modelling and control of dynamic system, Springer, London, 2000.







applicable)**




PEK_W01

S1ARS_W07 C1,C2 Wy1-10 1,2,3

PEK_W02 S1ARS_W07 C2-C5 Wy3-14 1,2,3

PEK_W03 S1ARS_W07 C1 Wy1-15 1,2,3

PEK_W04 S1ARS_W02 C4 Wy9,Wy12 1,2,3

PEK_W05 S1ARS_W02 C5 Wy7-Wy9 1,2,3

PEK_K01 S1ARS_W02 C1-C5 Wy1-15 1,2,3


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 33/2012 Wydział Elektroniki PWr

KARTA PRZEDMIOTU Nazwa w języku polskim: Komputerowe wspomaganie zarządzania Nazwa w języku angielskim: Computer support of management Kierunek studiów: Automatyka i Robotyka Specjalność (jeśli dotyczy): ART Stopień studiów i forma: I stopień, stacjonarna Rodzaj przedmiotu: obowiązkowy Kod przedmiotu ARES502 Grupa kursów TAK Wykład Ćwiczenia Laboratorium Projekt Seminarium Liczba godzin zajęć zorganizowanych w Uczelni (ZZU)

30 15


60 30

Forma zaliczenia zaliczenie na ocenę

zaliczenie na

ocenę


X

Liczba punktów ECTS 3 w tym liczba punktów odpowiadająca zajęciom o charakterze praktycznym (P)

1

w tym liczba punktów ECTS odpowiadająca zajęciom wymagającym bezpośredniego kontaktu (BK)

1 1


CELE PRZEDMIOTU C1 Zapoznanie z pojęciami z zakresu zarządzania C2 Zapoznanie z systemami MPR, EPR C3 Wytłumaczenie zasad tworzenia różnych systemów wspomagania decyzji C4 Zapoznanie z procesem wdrażania systemów w firmach C5 Wytłumaczenie potrzeby stosowania systemów wyposażonych w sztuczną

inteligencję C6 Zapoznanie z firmami wdrażającymi systemy wspomagania C7 Zapoznanie z metodami przesyłania i zabezpieczania danych w sieci C8 Zapoznanie się z najpopularniejszymi analizami stosowanymi w systemach

wspomagania decyzji C9 Nabywanie i utrwalanie kompetencji społecznych obejmujących inteligencję

emocjonalną polegającą na umiejętności współpracy w grupie studenckiej mającej na celu efektywne rozwiązywanie problemów. Odpowiedzialność, uczciwość i rzetelność w postępowaniu; przestrzeganie obyczajów obowiązujących w środowisku akademickim i społeczeństwie

PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA Z zakresu wiedzy: PEK_W01 Zna pojęcia z zakresu zarządzania PEK_W02 Zna ideę systemów MPR i EPR PEK_W03 Rozumie zasady tworzenia różnych systemów wspomagających podejmowanie

decyzji, PEK_W04 Rozumie ideę tworzenia systemów, role standardów i systemów ze sztuczną

inteligencją oraz wie jakie przynosi to efekty. PEK_W05 Wie jakie firmy zajmują się wdrażaniem systemów. PEK_W06 Wie jak zabezpieczyć dane firmy oraz bezpiecznie przesyłać informacje PEK_W07 Zna metodę analizy CPM, CPM-cost Z zakresu umiejętności: PEK_U01 Potrafi obsługiwać program MS Project Pro 2003/2010 PEK_U02 Potrafi przeprowadzić analizę projektu metodą CPM, CPM-cost PEK_U03 Potrafi zaprojektować moduł dokonujący analizy CPM, CPM-cost Z zakresu kompetencji społecznych: PEK_K01 ma świadomość znaczenia umiejętności wyszukiwania informacji oraz jej

krytycznej analizy, PEK_K02 rozumie konieczność samokształcenia oraz rozwijania zdolności do

samodzielnego stosowania posiadanej wiedzy i umiejętności, PEK_K03 ma świadomość zalet i wad pracy w zespole

TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE


Wy1 Zarządzanie i informatyzacja pojęcia podstawowe 2 Wy2 Typologia informatycznych systemów zarządzania 2 Wy3 Systemy informatyczne wg APICS 2 Wy4 Systemy informatyczne ERP 2 Wy5 Systemy eksperckie 2 Wy6 Systemy komputerowe w planowaniu produkcji 2 Wy7 Narzędzia zarządania informacją 2 Wy8 Cykl życia systemów informatycznych 2

Wy9Wy10 Tworzenie i wdrażanie systemów informatycznych 4 Wy11 Narzędzia CASE 2 Wy12 Technologie mobilne i sieci komputerowe 2 Wy13 Systemy e-biznesu 2

Wy14Wy15 Bezpieczeństwo zasobów informatycznych 4

Suma godzin 30

Forma zajęć - laboratorium Liczba godzin

La1 Szkolenie stanowiskowe BHP. Sprawy organizacyjne. 1 La2 Zaprojektowanie modułu CPM 2 La3 Badanie zaprojektowanych modułów CPM 2 La4 Obsługa programu PS6 2 La5 Obsługa programu MS Project 2003/2010 2 La6 Stworzenie projektu w programie MS Project 2003/2010 2 La7 Zaprojektowanie modułu CPM-cost 2 La8 Badanie zaprojektowanych modułów CPM-cost 2 Suma godzin 15

STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE N1 Wykład tradycyjny z wykorzystaniem wideoprojektora N2 Praca własna - samodzielne studia i przygotowanie do kolokwium N3 Konsultacje N4 Ćwiczenia laboratoryjne N5 Praca własna - przygotowanie do ćwiczeń laboratoryjnych





F1 PEK_W01 - PEK_W07 Kolokwium pisemne F2 PEK_U01 - PEK_U03

PEK_K01 - PEK_K02 Odpowiedzi ustne, obserwacja wykonywania ćwiczeń, pisemne sprawozdania z ćwiczeń

P= 0.5*F1+0.5*F2

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA: [1] Udostępniony przez prowadzącego zestaw slajdów LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA: [1] A. Nowicki, Komputerowe wspomaganie biznesu (2006) [2] R. Knosyla i Zespół, Komputerowe wspomaganie zarządzania przedsiębiorstwem –

Nowe metody i systemy (2007) [3] Z. Klonowski, Systemy informatyczne zarządzania przedsiębiorstwem. Modele rozwoju

i właściwości funkcjonalne (2004) [4] S. Zieliński–Inteligentne systemy w zarządzaniu. Teoria i praktyka(2000) [5] P. Adamczewski. Zintegrowane systemy informatyczne w

praktyce,Warszawa,PWN,(2005)

[6] M.Marek. Bezpieczeństwo informacji,Warszawa, PWN, (2005) [7] C.Orłowski.Projektowanie hybrydowych systemów informatycznych do wspomagania

zarządzania,Wydaw.Politech.Gdańskiej,(1999). [8] Z. Szyjewski. Zarządzanie projektami informatycznymi, metodyka tworzenia systemów

informatycznych. Warszawa, Agencja Wydaw. Placet,(2001). [9] J. Florek, E. Klimasara -Uwarunkowania tworzenia zintegrowanych systemów

informatycznych (2002) [10] S. Wrycza. Analiza i projektowanie systemów informatycznych zarządzania,

Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, Warszawa (1999) OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMI Ę, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL)

Mariusz Makuchowski, [email protected]

MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU

Komputerowe Wspomaganie Zarządzania Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA NA KIERUNKU Automatyka i Robotyka

I SPECJALNOŚCI ART Przedmioto

wy efekt kształcenia

Odniesienie przedmiotowego efektu do efektów kształcenia zdefiniowanych dla kierunku

studiów i specjalności

Cele przedmiotu

Treści programowe Numer narzędzia

dydaktycznego

PEK_W01 S1ART_W03 C1 Wy1 -– Wy15 N1 – N3 PEK_W02 S1ART_W03 C2 Wy3, Wy4 N1 – N3 PEK_W03 S1ART_W03 C3,C4 Wy8 – Wy10 N1 – N3 PEK_W04 S1ART_W03 C2, C3, C5 Wy4 – Wy6 N1 – N3 PEK_W05 S1ART_W03 C6 Wy9, Wy10 N1 – N3 PEK_W06 S1ART_W03 C7 Wy12 – Wy15 N1 – N3 PEK_U01 S1ART_U3 C2 La5, La6 N1 – N3 PEK_W07 PEK_U02 PEK_U03

S1ART_U3 C8 La2, La3, La7, La8 N3 – N5


S1ART_K01 C9 Wy1 - Wy15

La1 - La8 N1 - N5

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Algorytmy rozpoznawania obrazów Name in English Algorithms of pattern recognition Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technologies in Control System (ART) Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES503 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30 15


60 30





1


1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_W15 2. K1AIR_W04 3. K1AIR_W09

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Getting the knowledge of basic methods of analysis and synthesis of classification and recognition

algorithms, and the methods of their implementation.

C2 Getting the skills of designing and testing of recognition algorithms with the help of empirical data and with the use of computer simulation techniques.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Knows typical problems of decision making under uncertain knowledge and basic class of tasks of pattern recognition

PEK_W02 Zna geometryczne metody rozpoznawania

PEK_W03 Knows solution of optimization task for full probabilistic knowledgeand can compute the risk for the 0-1 loss function

compute the risk for the 0-1 loss function

PEK_W04 Knows heuristic algorithms of pattern regognition, and can compute or evaluate the risk for such algorithms

PEK_W05 Knows the foundations of contruction of pattern recognition algorithms on the basis of empirical data

PEK_W06 Knows basis of multi-level recognition methods and applications of neural networks in pattern recognition.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 Is able to design and implement computer algorithms of pattern recognitionon

the basis of empirical data, with application of computer simulation techniques

PEK_U02 Can model probabilistic environment of recognition

PEK_U03 Can perform theoretical and empirical analysis of the designed algorithms

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction, scope of the course 2

Lec 2 Measurement under random disturbance, conditional distribution 2

Lec 3 Decision making under uncertainty 2

Lec 4 Recognition problems, classification 2

Lec 5 Geometric methods of recognition. Discrimination functions 4

Lec 6 Statistical problem of pattern recognition – Bayes algorithm 2

Lec 7 Risk for 0-1 loss function 2

Lec 8 Recognition with learning – heuristic algorithms 2

Lec 9 Computing the risk for various algorithms 4

Lec 10 Empirical distribution in pattern recognition 4

Lec 11 Multi-level recognition 2

Lec 12 Neural networks in pattern recognition 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes – project Number of hou

rs

Pr1 Design and analysis of various algorithms of pattern recognition basis on empirical data and with application of computer simulation techniques

15

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Projector, blackboard

N2. Computer with Matlab, and Office tools EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEME NT




F1 PEK_W01-PEK_W06

Exam (written and oral)

F2 PEK_U01- PEK_U03 Final report from project

0.75 * F1 + 0.25 * F2 (positive grade of project is necessary)


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] R. Tadeusiewicz, M. Flasiński, Rozpoznawanie obrazów, PWN, Warszawa, 1991.

[2] J. Koronacki, Jan Ćwik, Statystyczne systemy uczące się, Exit, Warszawa 2008

[3] M. Krzyśko, W. Wołyński, T Górecki., M. Skorzybut, Systemy uczące się. Rozpoznawanie wzorców analiza skupień i redukcja wymiarowości, Wydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne, Warszawa 2008.

[4] M. Kurzyński. Rozpoznawanie obiektów: metody statystyczne, Oficyna Wydawnicza. Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 1997.


[1] L. Devroye, L. Gyorfi, G. Lugosi, A probabilistic theory of pattern recognition, Springer, New York, 1996.

[2] A. Webb, Statistical Pattern Recognition, Arnold, London 1999.

[3] M. Kantardzic, Data Mining, Wiley, New Jersey, 2011.

[4] S. Osowski, Sieci neuronowe w ujęciu algorytmicznym, WNT, Warszawa 1996.

[5] R. Wieczorkowski, R. Zieliński. Komputerowe generatory liczb losowych, Warszawa, Wydawnictwo Naukowo Techniczne WNT, 2005.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Zygmunt Hasiewicz ([email protected])


SUBJECT Algorithms of pattern recognition


AND SPECIALIZATION Information Technologies in Control System (ART)



applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge) S1ART_W4 C1 Lec1..Lec4 N1

PEK_W02 S1ART_W4 C1 Lec5 N1

PEK_W03 S1ART_W4 C1 Lec6, Lec7 N1


PEK_W05 S1ART_W4 C1 Lec10 N1


PEK_U01 (skills) S1ART_U4 C2 Pr1 N2

PEK_U02 S1ART_U4 C2 Pr1 N2


PEK_K01 (competences) PEK_K02


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Platformy programistyczne .Net/Java Name in English: Programming platforms .Net/Java Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics - AIR Specialization (if applicable): Information Technologies in Control System Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES504 Group of courses: YES


15 30


30 60







X



- 2


(BK) classes

1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_ W13 (INEW002) 2. K1AIR_ U13 (INEW002) 3. K1AIR_ W09 (INEW001) 4. K1AIR_ U08 (INEW001) 5. K1AIR_ U09 (INEW001) 6. K1AIR_ W30 (AREK10) 7. K1AIR_ U32 (AREK10) 8. K1AIR_ W34 (AREK15) 9. K1AIR_ U37 (AREK15) \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. The acquisition of general knowledge of Java and .Net platforms, their similarities and differences (byte code, virtual machine, class capabilities, software development tools). C2. Mastering the skills in integrated development environments for Java (Eclipse / IBM Software Architect, Netbeans) C3. Mastering the skills in integrated development environments supporting .Net languages (MS Visual Studio). C4. Acquiring basic competences in the object-oriented software solution design and implementation

for control engineering and informatics using Java language C5. Acquiring basic competences in the object-oriented software solution design and implementation for control engineering and informatics using .Net programming languages

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – knows the specificity of Java and .Net programming languages PEK_W02 – knows the possibilities of integrated development environments for Java and .Net PEK_W03 – knows the differences and similarities between the Java and .Net platforms, and their

potentials relating to skills: PEK_U01 – can write a simple console application on the Java and .Net platforms PEK_U02 – can write a simple GUI application on the Java and .Net platforms PEK_U03 – can write a simple web application on the Java and .Net platforms PEK_U04 – can design and use own data structures in Java and .Net languages PEK_U05 – can implement and deploy Java and .Net applications relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – is aware of the impact of the quality of the code created on the possibility of its further

development by other developers. PEK_K02 – understands the need for self-education, especially in the face of constantly evolving

technologies and changes in the vocabularies used in the communication between professionals.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction, organizational matters, .NET (development of the platform, the Common Language Runtime, NET Framework Class Library, Common Language Specification, .NET Framework SDK, Visual Studio .NET).

2

Lec 2 Java (development of the platform: Java SE and Java EE, Java Runtime Environment, Java core libraries, JDK, Eclipse / IBM Software Architect, Netbeans).

2

Lec 3 Bytecode (build and decompile processes, assemblies, Java bytecode, managed and unmanaged code, garbage collection, annotations, reflection, serialization, interoperability) and the languages compiled into bytecode or with bytecode support (. NET: C #, Visual Basic. NET, Visual C++ . NET, JScript, .NET PerlNET; Java: Java, Groovy, JavaScript, Jython, JRuby, Jaskell).

2

Lec 4 Data types (basic data types, strings and regular expressions), elements of object-oriented programming (classes, interfaces, properties, methods, attributes, delegates, and events).

2

Lec 5 API offered by a given platform, custom data structures (arrays and collections), the streams and input/output operations.

2

Lec 6 GUI components, concurrency and synchronization. 2

Lec 7 Networking solutions (RMI, Sockets, ASP.Net) and data access libraries (data sources, processing XML documents, JDBC, ADO.Net).

2

Lec 8 Repetition and summary. 1

Total hours 15


Lab 1 Workplace training in health and safety. Organizational matters. Introduction to the IDE for .Net (MS Visual Studio).

2

Lab 2 .Net console application design for a simple combinatorial problem solving. 2

Lab 3 Introduction to the programming environment supporting Java (Eclipse / IBM Software Architect, Netbeans).

2

Lab 4 Java console application design for a simple combinatorial problem solving. 2

Lab 5 Designing a simple window application in .Net (offering GUI with forms and other controls).

2

Lab 6 Designing a simple window application in Java (offering GUI with forms and other controls).

2

Lab 7 The use of .Net classes and interfaces in a custom toolkit implementation (for numerical computations).

2

Lab 8 The use of Java classes and interfaces in a custom toolkit implementation (for numerical computations).

2

Lab 9 The use of .NET collections in a custom data processing algorithm. 2

Lab 10 The use of Java collections in a custom data processing algorithm. 2

Lab 11 Computer graphics in .Net. 2

Lab 12 Computer graphics in Java. 2

Lab 13 Building distributed solutions and managing threads in .Net. 2

Lab 14 Building distributed solutions and managing threads in Java. 2

Lab 15 Summary of the work performed and additional tasks. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lectures using video projector N2. Classes in the computer laboratory N3. Consultation N4. Self-study – preparation for laboratory assignments N5. Self-study – preparation for test


Evaluation F – forming (during semester), C – concluding (at semester end)



F1 PEK_U01 - PEK_U05 PEK_K01 - PEK_K02

Evaluation of the laboratory assignments outcomes (taking into account the quality of the generated code and the scope of functions implemented - partially in the classroom and partially on completion) assessment of the level of skills (based on the answers to questions on the tasks completed)

F2 PEK_W01 - PEK_W03 Written test

C = 0,5 * F1 + 0,5 * F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Bruce Eckel: Thinking in Java. Wydanie IV. Edycja polska, Helion [2] Cay Horstmann, Gary Cornell: Java 2. Podstawy, Helion [3] Tutoriale oraz dokumentacja Java SE (udostępnionych w Internecie) [4] Materiały do wykładu (przygotowane przez prowadzącego) [5] Mike Snell, Lars Powers: Microsoft Visual Studio 2010. Księga eksperta, Helion [6] Matulewski J i inni, Visual Studio 2010 dla programistów C#, Helion, Gliwice 2011 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Tutorials and manuals published on MSDN and ORACLE sites

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Tomasz Kubik, [email protected]


Programming platforms .Net/Java AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


Information Technologies in Control System

Subject educational

effect






PEK_W01 S1ART_W05 C1, C3, C4, C5 Lec 1 – Lec 15 N1 – N5 PEK_W02 S1ART_W05 C1, C3, C4, C5 Lec 1 – Lec 2 N1 – N5 PEK_W03 S1ART_W05 C1, C3, C4, C5 Lec 1 – Lec15 N1 – N5

PEK_U01 S1ART_U2 C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 Lab 1 – Lab 4 N1 – N5

PEK_U02 S1ART_U2 C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 Lab 5 – Lab 6, Lab 11 – Lab 12

N1 – N5

PEK_U03 S1ART_U2 C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 Lab 13 – Lab 14 N1 – N5 PEK_U04 S1ART_U2 C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 Lab 7 – Lab 10 N1 – N5 PEK_U05 S1ART_U2 C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 Lab 1 – Lab 15 N1 – N5

PEK_K01 C4, C5 Lab 1 – Lab 15 N1 – N5 PEK_K02 C4, C5 Lab 1 – Lab 15 N1 – N5


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Projekt zespołowy Name in English Team project Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technologies in Control Systems ART Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES505 Group of courses NO



60


150





(P) classes

5


(BK) classes

3



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Getting skills of performing engineering tasks that are parts of a larger project C2 Getting skills in working in a team, scheduling tasks, inernal cooperation and communication etc

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to skills: PEK_U01 – is able to perform engineering tasks that are parts of a larger project PEK_U02 – has skills that are necessary to provide economic aspects of a project PEK_U03 – is able to write a project documentation relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Has competences to cooperate in a larger group PEK_K02

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 2

Lec 2 2

Lec 3 2

Lec 4 2

Lec 5 2

Lec 6 2

Lec 7 2

Lec 8 2

Lec 9 2

Lec 10 2

Lec 11 2

Lec 12 2

Lec 13 2

Lect 14 2


Total hours 30




Lab 1 Introduction 1 Lab 2 2 Lab 3 2 Lab 4 2 Lab 5 2 Lab 6 2 Lab 7 2 Lab 8 2 Total hours 15


Proj 1 Discussion of topics ( e.g., CV quality monitoring system, neural networl), forming groups and their leaders

4

Proj 2 Recognizing the stae of art in the area of a project 4

Proj 3 Analysis of a consumer needs, economic analisys, scheduling sub-topics PERT

8

Proj 4 Risk assesment and management. Alternative scenarios. Quality control 4

Proj 5 Project realisation. 1-st stage 12

Proj 6 1-st mile-stone, discussions with a tutor 4

Proj. 7 Project realisation. 2-nd stage 12

Proj 8 Presentation of the results. Discussion 8

Proj. 9 Final stage – written documentation 4

Total hours 60



TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lpresentationsectures + Video projector N2. discussions N3. Consulting N4 Homework





F1 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_K01

Presentations, ability of working in a team, keeping schedule

F2 PEK_U03 Quality of a project F3 C=0.4*F1+0.6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Praca zbiorowa, Zarządzanie projektem informatycznym - model najlepszych praktyk, IFC

Press, Kraków 2003

[2] Rafajłowicz E., Rafajłowicz W., Wstęp do przetwarzania obrazów przemysłowych. Oficyna Wydanicza PWr., 2011 (książka dostepna bezpłatnie w Dolnośląskiej Bibliotece Cyfrowej),

[3] Skubalska-Rafajowicz E., [Red.]: Sieci neuronowe w przetwarzaniu strumieni danych : struktury sieci i algorytmy uczenia / pod red. Ewy Skubalskiej-Rafajłwicz. Wrocłw : Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocłwskiej, 2011. ( książka dostepna bezpłatnie w Dolnośląskiej Bibliotece Cyfrowej)

SECONDARY LITERATURE: Selected reading directly related to particular projects

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Prof. rd hab. inż. Ewaryst Rafajłowicz 320-27-95 [email protected]






applicable)**




PEK_U01 S1ART_U11 C1 Pr1 – Pr8 N1, N2, N3, N4

PEK_U02 S1ART_U11 C1 Pr1-Pr4 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1ART_U11 C1 Pr9 N2, N3, N4

PEK_K01 S1ART_K01 C2 Pr1-Pr8 N2, N3, N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Projekt Specjalnościowy Name in English Specialization Project Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technologies in Control System Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES506 Group of courses NO Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30


60




1


1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. S1ART_W01 2. S1ART_W02 3. S1ART_W03 4. S1ART_W04 5. S1ART_W05 6. S1ART_U1 7. S1ART_U2 8. S1ART_U4 9. S1ART_U5

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquiring the skill to collect and document the customer’s needs as well as the functional and non-functional requirements.

C2. Acquiring the skills to conduct the systematic and economic analysis in projects.

C3. Acquiring the skills to define and document the criteria for completion of individual project phases.

C4. Acquiring the skills to create the adequate tests and to use them effectively.

C5. Acquiring the skills of the scope of the working out and documenting of the results.

C6. Acquiring the skills to design an automation system or its significant part, making use of the IT technologies.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to skills: PEK_U01 – students are able to analyse, define and document the requirements clearly,

PEK_U02 – students are able to recognise threats for the project execution and to react to them adequately,

PEK_U03 – students are able to propose and document the solution architecture,

PEK_U04 – students are able to create the test scenarios and to document the test results,

PEK_U05 – students are able to document the project execution results,

PEK_U06 – students are able to evaluate the suitability and possible use of the new techniques and technologies,

PEK_U07 – students are able to retrieve information from the references, databases and other sources.

relating to social competences: PEK_K01– students are conscious of the significance of the appropriate project organisation

and of the cooperation with people connected with the project, PEK_K02 – students perceive the necessity of acquiring information and its profound analysis

during various project phases.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Proj 1 Work Safety and Health training. Organisational issues. Definition of project topics.

2

Proj 2 Collection of the customer’s needs, functional and non-functional requirements as well as their documenting.

2

Proj 3 Analysis of the requirements, the system architecture design. 4

Proj 4 Implementation of the solution, reporting and discussion of the occurring problems and execution of the sequential stages.

11

Proj 5 Implementation and maintenance possibility analysis. Preparation of the tests.

2

Proj 6 Testing and making corrections. 4

Proj 7 Preparation of the documentation and the project execution analysis. 2

Proj 8 Project treatment and discussion. Project evaluations. 3

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Design exercises of the domain of the technologies in use. Implementation of the solution. N2. Consultations – contact with the leading person (customer) and evaluation of the partial results. N3. Student’s own work – development of a project and documentation.





F1 PEK_U01 PEK_K01

Evaluation of selection of the project execution methods and tools

F2 PEK_U01-PEK_U04 PEK_U06, PEK_U07 PEK_K02

Completed project quality evaluation

F3 PEK_U05 Documentation quality and completeness evaluation P = 0.2 * F1 + 0.4 * F2 + 0.4 * F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] References connected with the technologies selected for execution of the projects.

[2] Documentation of the hardware and software used in the project

[3] M. Trocki, B. Grucza, K. Ogonek, Zarządzanie projektami, PWE, Warszawa, 2003 [4] Kompendium wiedzy o zarządzaniu projektami, MT&DC, Warszawa, 2006 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] K. Bradley, Podstawy metodyki PRINCE2, CRM, Warszawa, 2002 [2] A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge, Third Edition, PMI, USA, 2004

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Krzysztof Halawa [email protected]


SUBJECT Specialization Project


AND SPECIALIZATION Information Technologies in Control System






PEK_U01 (skills) S1ART_U08 C1, C2, C3 Proj1, Proj3 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U02 S1ART_U08, S1ART_U04 C2, C3 Proj4 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1ART_U08 C2, C5, C6 Proj3, Proj4 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U04 S1ART_ U08, S1ART_U04

C4 Proj5, Proj6, Proj7

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U05 S1ART_U08, S1ART_U11 C5, C3 Proj7 N1, N2, N3

PEK_U06 S1ART_U08, S1ART_U02, S1ART_U03

C6 Proj4, Proj5, Proj9

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U07 S1ART_U8 C1, C6 Proj2, Proj3 N1, N2, N3

PEK_K01 (competences)

S1ART_K01 C1-C6 Proj1-Proj9 N1, N2, N3

PEK_K02 S1ART_K01 C1-C6 Proj1-Proj9 N1, N2, N3


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY: Electronics

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Sieci neuronowe i neurosterowniki 2 Name in English: Neural networks and neurocontrollers 2 Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics (AiR) Specialization (if applicable): Information Technologies in Control Systems (ART) Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES507 Group of courses: NO








PREREQUISITES RELATING TO

KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES

1. ARES501

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Gaining ability to use dedicated software tools for neural net simulations C2. Gaining ability to apply neural nets in classification, function approximation, prediction and

clustering tasks C3. Gaining ability to apply neural nets in identification and control tasks for non-linear systems C4. Gaining ability to use simulation and optimization methods in decision problems


after completing the course, the graduate…:

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – is able to choose proper neural net and training algorithm for a given classification, approximation and prediction problem

PEK_U02 – is able to implement in a dedicated software environment the system for gaining and pre-processing training data for neural net

PEK_U03 – is able to carry out neural net training in a dedicated software environment, to analyze the training process and net’s performance

PEK_U04 – is able to implement a system for non-linear system identification in a dedicated software environment

PEK_U05 – is able to implement a simple neurocontroller in a dedicated software environment

PEK_U06 – is able to perform a straightforward presentation of the chosen solution and its results


PEK_K01 – is able to cooperate within a team to solve a complex engineering problem

PEK_K02 – is able to schedule the project and to set priorities

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Proj 1 Presentation of widely used software tools for simulating neural net: MATLAB Neural Network Toolbox and STATISTICA Data Miner

2

Proj 2 Examples of MLP, RBF and SOM neural nets applications in simple classification, approximation and prediction tasks – laboratory classes

2

Proj 3 Presentation of identification and control toolboxes for MATLAB: SYSID and NNCTRL

1

Proj 4 Identification and control project suggestions, establishing project groups, selecting projects by groups

1

Proj 5 Discussion of project objectives, methods of gathering data and nets training

1

Proj 6 Realization of the chosen projects - system implementation, gathering data, neural net training

5

Proj 7 Result analysis, project documentation 1

Proj 8 Presentation of project results to other groups, evaluation 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Slide presentations N2. Laboratory exercises N3. Consultations N4. Individual work – prepearing for classes N5. Group work – implementation of a software system for data gathering and net training N6. Group work – analyzing results, documenting N7. Results presentation, discussion

EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEM ENT

Evaluation F – forming (during semester)

P – concluding (at semester end)


F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 Discussion, observation of student activity, reports on laboratory classes

F2 PEK_W03, PEK_W04 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U05

PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Observation of preparing and performing

the chosen project task Grade on project report

F3 PEK_K03 Presentation of project results P = 0,2*F1 +0,5*F2+0,3*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Norgaard, M., O. Ravn, N. K. Poulsen and L. K. Hansen:

Neural networks for modelling and control of dynamic systems, Springer, London, 2000 SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Stanisław Osowski „Sieci neuronowe w przetwarzaniu informacji.”; Warszawa 2000 [2] J. Korbicz, A. Obuchowicz, D. Uciński "Sztuczne sieci neuronowe. PLJ 1994, Warszawa [3] J. Żurada, M. Barski, W. Jędruch "Sztuczne sieci neuronowe". PWN, Warszawa 1996 WEBSITES WITH SOFTWARE: [1] http://www.iau.dtu.dk/research/control/nnctrl.html [2] http://www.iau.dtu.dk/research/control/nnsysid.html

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Piotr Ciskowski, [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION

BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Neural networks and neurocontrollers 2


AND SPECIALIZATION Information Technologies in Control Systems (ART)



defined for main field of study and specialization (if applicable)**




PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03 S1ART_U4 C1÷C3 Pr1 ÷ Pr3 N1, N2, N4

PEK_U04 ÷ PEK_U05

PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

S1ART_U1, S1ART_U5, S1ART_K01 C3, C4 Pr4 ÷ Pr7 N5, N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT……………… SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Technologie WWW Name in English Internet technologies Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technologies in Control System (ART) Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part -time* Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide* Subject code ARES508 Group of courses YES / NO*





Number of ECTS points 2 including number of ECTS points for

practical (P) classes 2



PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. Basic knowledge on computer networks. 2. Basic knowledge and skills on programming. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of knowledge about modern technologies used to create web sites and web applications. C2 Acquisition of knowledge about using modern web applications in distributed automation and production management systems. C3 Acquisition of skills in searching information in the scientific literature and using documentation.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - student understands and is able to explain the differences between compiled and

interpreted languages in the context of creating web applications. PEK_W02 - student has the basic knowledge on HTML (including its possibilities and

limitations). PEK_W03 - student has the basic knowledge on the languages based on JavaScript (including

their possibilities and limitations) in creating web applications. PEK_W04 - student has the basic knowledge on PHP (including its possibilities and

limitations). PEK_W05 - student has the basic knowledge (including possibilities and limitations) on XML

and its derivatives (XHTML, XSL, etc.) in creating web applications. PEK_W06 - student knows the possibilities and limitations of using other programming

languages (e.g., Python, Perl) to create web applications. PEK_W07 - student has the basic knowledge about the technologies supporting the creation of

web applications (e.g., AJAX, jQuery, ASP.NET, MySQL, Flash). PEK_W08 - student has the basic knowledge about web servers and technologies supporting

them (e.g. Apache). PEK_W09 - student knows the risks and hedging techniques of web applications. relating to social competences: PEK_K01 - student understands the need of self-education and developing the ability to apply

his knowledge and skills alone.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Organizational matters - program of the course, requirements, literature. Introduction - the essence of creating of web sites and web applications; classification of the available technologies; compiled, interpreted and scripting languages.

2

Lec 2 Creating of web sites and web applications using HTML. 2

Lec 3,4 Creating of web sites and web applications using JavaScript-based languages.

4

Lec 5 Creating of web sites and web applications using PHP. 2

Lec 6 Creating of web sites and web applications using XML and its derivatives (XHTML, XSL, etc.).

2

Lec 7 Creating of web sites and web applications using other programming languages (Python, Perl, etc.).

2

Lec 8,9 Using ASP.NET to create web sites and web applications. 4

Lec 10 Technologies supporting the creation of web sites and web applications (AJAX, jQuery, ASP.NET, MySQL, Flash, etc.).

2

Lec 11 Web servers (Apache). 2

Lec 12 Security of web applications. 2

Lec 13,14 Possibility of using of web applications in distributed automation and production management systems.

4

Lec 15 Final test. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture with multimedia presentation. N2. Consultations. N3. Self-study – preparation for the final test.




F1 PEK_K01 Verbal answers. F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09 Written test C = F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] D. Hunter et al., „Beginning XML”, Wiley 2007. [2] B. Evjen et al., „Professional XML (Programmer to Programmer)”, Wiley 2007. [3] R. Connolly, „ASP.NET 2.0. Projektowanie aplikacji internetowych”, Helion 2008. [4] M. Altheim, S. McCarron, “XHTML™ 1.1 – Module-based XHTML”, World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) 2010. [5] W. Horwat, “JavaScript 2.0: Evolving a Language for Evolving Systems”, http://lambda-the-ultimate.org/node/782 [6] L. Lemay, “HTML i XHTML dla każdego”, Helion 2004.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Philip Olson (Ed.), “PHP Manual”, http://www.php.net/manual/en/index.php [2] „Apache HTTP Server Documentation”, http://httpd.apache.org/docs/ [3] “MySQL Reference Manual”, http://dev.mysql.com/doc/index.html [4] “AJAX Tutorial”, http://www.xul.fr/en-xml-ajax.html [5] J.J. Garrett, “Ajax: A New Approach to Web Applications”, 2005, http://www.adaptivepath.com/ideas/ajax-new-approach-

web-applications [6] “The Python Tutorial”, http://docs.python.org/tutorial/index.html [7] “Beginner's Guide to XML”, MSDN Documentation, http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/data/ff683554

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Adam Janiak, 71 320 29 06; [email protected]


SUBJECT Internet technologies


AND SPECIALIZATION Information Technologies in Control System (ART)

Subject educational effect Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for main field of study and specialization

(if applicable)**




PEK_W01…PEK_W09 (knowledge)

S1ART_W06 C1, C2 Lec1,…, Lec15 N1,N2,N3

PEK_K01 (competences) K1_K04 C3 Lec1,…, Lec15 N1,N2,N3


1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 33/2012 WYDZIAŁ ELEKTRONIKI

KARTA PRZEDMIOTU Nazwa w języku polskim : Inteligentne budynki Nazwa w języku angielskim : Intelligent buildings Kierunek studiów: Automatyka i Robotyka (AiR) Specjalność: Technologie informacyjne w systemach automatyki (ART) Stopień studiów i forma: I stopień, forma stacjonarna Rodzaj przedmiotu: obowiązkowy Kod przedmiotu ARES509 Grupa kursów TAK


30

0

0

0

0


60

Forma zaliczenia zaliczenie na ocenę


X

Liczba punktów ECTS 3 w tym liczba punktów

odpowiadająca zajęciom o charakterze praktycznym (P)

w tym liczba punktów ECTS odpowiadająca zajęciom

wymagającym bezpośredniego kontaktu (BK)

1


AREK004; AREK008; AREK017; AREK006; ARES403.

\

CELE PRZEDMIOTU C1. Nabycie wiedzy z zakresu genezy i historii rozwoju budynków inteligentnych. C2. Nabycie wiedzy z zakresu zróżnicowanych zadań budynku inteligentnego, jako

złożonego obiektu z rozproszoną inteligencją. C3. Nabycie wiedzy z zakresu systemów bezpieczeństwa w inteligentnym domu. C4. Nabycie wiedzy z zakresu systemów zarządzania energią i zapewnienia komfortu w inteligentnych budynkach. C5. Nabycie wiedzy z zakresu systemów multimedialnych i informatycznych. C6. Nabycie wiedzy w zakresie technologii integracji systemów w budynkach

inteligentnych. C7. Nabycie wiedzy dotyczącej projektowania automatyki budynkowej w inteligentnych

budynkach.

2

C8. Nabycie wiedzy dotyczącej wyszukiwania i korzystania z dokumentacji producentów i katalogów firmowych.

PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA Z zakresu wiedzy: PEK_W01 - Ma uporządkowaną wiedzę i podstawy teoretyczne dotyczące idei inteligentnych budynków. PEK_W02 – Zna architekturę, funkcjonalności i własności struktur systemów automatyki budynkowej. PEK_W03- Ma wiedzę dotyczącą systemów bezpieczeństwa (SSWiN, KD, SAP, CCTV i inne) w budynkach inteligentnych. PEK_W04 – Ma wiedzę dotyczącą systemów zarządzania energią (elektryczną, cieplną i innymi), systemami technologicznymi i komfortem (HVAC) w budynkach inteligentnych. PEK_W05- Ma wiedzę w zakresie systemów zarządzania informacją, w tym systemami multimedialnymi i informatycznymi. PEK_W06- Zna ogólne zasady doboru systemów sterujących budynkiem inteligentnym w odniesieniu do założeń projektowych. PEK_W07 – Ma wiedzę dotyczącą metod integracji systemów automatyki budynkowej i systemów integrujących w budynkach inteligentnych (BMS, IBMS i inne). PEK_W08- Zna metodologię projektowania systemów i ich integracji w budynkach inteligentnych. PEK_W09 – Rozumie zagadnienia współdziałania architektów, elektroników, automatyków i informatyków na rzecz projektowania budynków inteligentnych. Z zakresu kompetencji społecznych: PEK_K01 – ma świadomość znaczenia umiejętności wyszukiwania informacji oraz jej krytycznej analizy. PEK_K02 – rozumie konieczność samokształcenia oraz rozwijania zdolności do samodzielnego stosowania posiadanej wiedzy i umiejętności. PEK_K03 – rozumie potrzebę stosowania ogólnych zasady etyki w pracy zawodowej, a w szczególności projektowania.

TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE


Wy1

Geneza i idea inteligentnych budynków. Przegląd wybranych budynków inteligentnych pod względem przeznaczenia (biurowce, hotele, szpitale, centra kongresowe itd.). Problematyka zarządzania bezpieczeństwem, energią, komfortem i informacją w inteligentnym budynku. Zagadnienia algorytmizacji i optymalizacji sterowania oraz zarządzania budynkiem inteligentnym.

2

Wy2 Inteligentny budynek jako złożony obiekt z rozproszoną inteligencją. Funkcjonalność i struktura inteligentnego budynku. Systemy wchodzące w skład inteligentnego budynku. Automatyka budynkowa.

2

Wy3 Zintegrowane systemy bezpieczeństwa w inteligentnym budynku: telewizji dozorowej i monitoringu, kontroli dostępu i czasu pracy, sygnalizacji napadu i włamania, przeciwpożarowe i gaśnicze.

6

3

Wy4

Zintegrowane systemy zarządzania energią i komfortem: systemy dystrybucji i pomiarów energii elektrycznej, inteligentnego sterowania oświetleniem, sterowania energią cieplną, systemy klimatyzacji i wentylacji.

4

Wy5

Zintegrowane systemy multimedialne i telekomunikacyjne : systemy prezentacji audiowizualnej, systemy nagłośniające i rozgłoszeniowe, systemy telewizji dystrybucyjnej i interaktywnej, systemy wideokonferencyjne, systemy łączności wewnętrznej, systemy informatyczne.

6

Wy6

Integracja systemów zarządzania budynkiem (IBMS). Poziomy integracji. Współczesne magistrale systemowe wykorzystywane w automatyce budynkowej i integracji systemów w inteligentnym budynku. Narzędzia komputerowe wspomagające zarządzanie inteligentnym budynkiem.

4

Wy7

Podstawy i metodologia projektowania inteligentnego budynku. Zagadnienia bezpieczeństwa systemowego w inteligentnym budynku, w tym kompatybilności elektromagnetycznej, redundancji zasilania, ochrony odgromowej i przepięciowej, ochrony danych.

4

Wy8

Symbioza architektury, technologii i elektroniki w inteligentnym budynku jako efekt interdyscyplinarnej realizacji procesu projektowania. Aspekty prawne w realizacji i eksploatacji inteligentnych budynków. Aktualne trendy w rozwoju inteligentnych domów, budynków i miast.

2

Suma godzin 30

STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE N1. Wykład tradycyjny z wykorzystaniem wideoprojektora i opcjonalnie elementów urządzeń automatyki budynkowej. N2. Konsultacje. N3. Praca własna – samodzielne studia i przygotowanie do kolokwium.



Numer efektu kształcenia Sposób oceny osiągnięcia efektu kształcenia

F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W09 PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K03

Kolokwium pisemne

P = F1

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA: [1] Niezabitowska E. i inni: Budynek inteligentny. Tom I i II. Wydawnictwo Politechniki

Śląskiej. Gliwice 2005

4

Śląskiej. Gliwice 2005 [2] Mikulik J.: Budynek inteligentny, TOM II – Podstawowe Systemy bezpieczeństwa w

budynkach inteligentnych. Wydawnictwo Politechniki Śląskiej, Gliwice 2010. [3] Merz H., Hansemann T., Hubner C.: Building Automation – Communication Systems

with EIB/KNX, LON and BACnet. Springer Series on Signals and Communication Technology. Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2009

[4] Shengwei Wang: Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation. Spon Press. New York 2010

[5] Katalogi branżowe dotyczące urządzeń automatyki budynkowej. LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA: [6] Programowanie sterowników PLC w systemie CoDeSys 2.3, Podręcznik użytkownika,

2006. [7] Wizualizacja w CoDeSys, Uzupełnienie podręcznika do programowania sterowników PLC w CoDeSys 2.3, 2006. [8] P. Petykiewicz, Inteligentne instalacje elektryczne, COSiW SEP, Warszawa, 2001 [9] Modular I/O-System KNX IP Controller 750-849; Technical description, installation and configuration -Version 1.0.6 [10] Fieldbus Independent I/O Module KNX/EIB/TP1 Module - Router Mode 753-646, Manual - Version 1.0.3 OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMI Ę, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL) Dr inż. Andrzej Jabłoński, email: [email protected]

MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU BUDYNKI INTELIGENTNE

Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA NA KIERUNKU: Automatyka i Robotyka (AiR) i SPECJALNOŚCI: Technologie informacyjne w systemach automatyki (ART)

Przedmiotowy

efekt kształcenia

Odniesienie przedmiotowego efektu do efektów kształcenia zdefiniowanych dla kierunku studiów i specjalności (o ile

dotyczy)**

Cele przedmiotu***

Treści programowe***

Numer narzędzia

dydaktycznego***

PEK_W01 S1ART_W07 (T1A_W05; T1A_W06)

C1 Wy1 N1; N2; N3


C2 Wy2 N1; N2; N3


C3 Wy3 N1; N2; N3


C4 Wy4 N1; N2; N3


C5 Wy5 N1; N2; N3


C6 Wy7 N1; N2; N3


C6 Wy6 N1; N2; N3


C7; C8 Wy7; Wy6 N1; N2; N3


C2; C7 Wy8 N1; N2; N3


S1ART_K01 (TIA_K02; TIA_K03; TIA_K04)

C7; C8

Wy1-Wy8

N1; N2; N3;

** - wpisać symbole kierunkowych/specjalnościowych efektów kształcenia *** - z tabeli powyżej

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: E-media Name in English: E-media Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Information Technologies in Control System (ART) Level and form of studies: 2st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ARES510 Group of courses: YES



30 15


30 30


crediting with

grade


X



(P) classes

- 1


(BK) classes

1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES MAP1140, MAP1148, MAP1149, MAP1155, ETEW007, INEW001

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquisition of knowledge of the types and formats of electronic documents.

C2. Acquisition of knowledge in the field of digital recording media (audio, video, animation).

C3. Acquisition of knowledge and practical skills to protect the transmission of data through encryption and encryption session.

C4. Acquisition of design skills to use the electronic signature.

C5. Acquisition of knowledge of authentication methods and key management.

C6. Acquisition of knowledge of the basics of cryptanalysis.


Relating to knowledge PEK_W01 – student has knowledge of the types and formats of electronic documents.

PEK_W02 - student has knowledge of the principles of digital storage media.

PEK_W03 - student has knowledge of the principles of the protocols to enable secure transmission of data over the Internet.

PEK_W04 - student has sufficient knowledge of the risks associated with cryptographic attacks

Relating to skills PEK_U01 - student can set up a secure encrypted connection to the network

PEK_U02 - student can implement symmetric and asymmetric encryption methods

PEK_U03 - student can configure the use of electronic signatures in e-mail client,

PEK_U04 - student can encrypt a media file

PEK_U05 - student can read, convert and convert the file that contains your media (video, audio, animation) in the basic formats (pdf, jpg, tiff, wav, mp3, avi, mpeg).

Relating to social competences PEK_K01 - student is aware of the importance of data protection skills at the level of encryption and digital signature

PEK_K02 - student understands the need for self-education and to develop the ability to independently apply their knowledge and skills,

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Wy1 Multimedia in practice 2

Wy2 Cryptography and encryption. 2

Wy3 Digital signature certificates authentication. 2

Wy4 Security of transactions. E-banking. The company on the Internet. 2

Wy5 E-services: education, work, advertising, portals. 2

Wy6 Security of e-mail and internet. 2

Wy7 Standards for electronic document exchange. 2

Wy8 Documents and electronic publishing. 2

Wy9 Elements of cryptography: encryption algorithms 2

Wy10 Cryptography: symmetric and asymmetric algorithms. DES. RSA. 2

Wy11 El-Gamal algorithm. Digital Signature. 2

Wy12 The algorithms MD4, MD5, IDEA. 2

Wy13 A blind digital signature. 2

Wy14 Generating random strings. 2

Wy15 Methods of cryptanalysis. 2

Total hours 30


La1 Workplace training in health and safety (BHO). Organizational matters. Introduction. 2

La2 Programming access to media files. Loading header files. Wav,. Jpg,. Pdf. Presenting the FFT spectrum. 4

La3 The development of classical encryption algorithms. Encryption by Caesar. 4

La4 Vigenere cipher 4

La5 Programming the RSA method. 6

La6 Method El Gamal. 4

La7 Cryptanalysis. Breaking passwords by brute force. 6

Total hours 30

Form of classes – Project Number of hours

Pr1 Graphic file encryption. 3

Pr2 Programming encrypted transmission protocol which is based on RSA - work in groups of 2 persons 12

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

1 Traditional lectures using video projector 2 Laboratory exercises 3 Consultation 4 Own work - preparation for laboratory

5 Self-study and preparation for test





Oral answers.

F2 PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02 Monitoring exercises.

F3 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W04 A written report of the

exercises.

P = 0,25*F1 + 0,25*F2+0,5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] M. Kutyłowski i W. B. Strothmann Kryptografia: Teoria i praktyka zabezpieczania systemów komputerowych, Wyd. READ ME, Warszawa, 1999, drugie wydanie dostępne w księgarniach;

[2] B. Schneier Kryptografia dla praktyków, WNT, Warszawa, 2002, wydanie drugie

[3] R. Wobst, Kryptologia. Budowa i łamanie zabezpieczeń, RM, Warszawa, 2002

[4] A. J. Menezes, P. C. van Oorschot, S. A. Vanstone Kryptografia stosowana, WNT, Warszawa, 2005;

[5] Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, 1997, New York, dostępna w Internecie

[6] W. Stein An Explicit Approach to Elementary Number Theory http://modular.fas.harvard.edu/edu/Fall2001/124


[1] S. J. Lomonaco A quick glance at quantum cryptography, LANL quant-ph archive, quant-ph/9811056, 1998

[2] S. J. Lomonaco A talk on quantum cryptography or how Alice outwits Eve, LANL quantum-ph archive, quant-ph/0102016, 2001

[3] N. Gisin, G. Ribordy, W. Titel, H. Zbinden Quantum cryptography, LANL quant-ph archive, quant-ph/0101098, 2001



MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: E-media


AND SPECIALIZATION: Information Technologies in Control System (ART)



applicable)**





S1ART_W08 C1-C6 Wy1-Wy14 1,2,4,5

PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03, PEK_U04

S1ART_U3, S1ART_U4 C3-C6 Wy2, Wy3, Wy9-Wy14,

Pr1 1,2,4,5,6

PEK_W03, PEK_U2, PEK_U4

S1ART_U9 C3 Wy10,Wy11,La5, La6, Pr2

1,2,4,5,6


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Seminarium dyplomowe Name in English Diploma Seminar Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): nformation Technologies in Control System ART Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ARES512 Group of courses NO



30


60



X




(BK) classes

1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. 2. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Selective knowledge search C2 Preparing presentations of own results C3 Collecting skills on running creative discussions C4 Collecting skills on writing and presenting own results in comparison to known solutions.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to skills: EK_U01 – is able to prepare a presntation of his/her own results PEK_U02 – has skills in justifying proposed solutions PEK_U03 – is able to critically judge projects of other persons relating to social competences: PEK_K01 Has competences to cooperate in a small group PEK_K02

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 2

Lec 2 2

Lec 3 2

Lec 4 2

Lec 5 2

Lec 6 2

Lec 7 2

Lec 8 2

Lec 9 2

Lec 10 2

Lec 11 2

Lec 12 2

Lec 13 2

Lect 14 2


Total hours 30






Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Proj 4

…

Total hours


Sem 1 Discussion on preparing a diploma report 2 Sem 2 Individual presentations of the state of art in the area related to 8

his/her diploma topics Sem 3 Discussions on the state of the art and on selected solutions

presented earlier 6

Sem 4 Individual presentations of achieved research results of all participants

14

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. multimedia presentation N2. discussions N3 Homework - solving individual tasks







Participation in discussions

F3 C=0.5*F1+0.5*F2


RELATED TO INDIVIDUAL TOPICS

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Prof. rd hab. inż. Ewaryst Rafajłowicz 320-27-95 [email protected]






applicable)**




PEK_U01 S1ART_U12 C2 Se2, Se4 N1

PEK_U02 S1ART_U12 C3 Se3, Se4 N2, N3

PEK_U03 S1ART_U12 C1 ,C2, C3, C4 Se3, Se4 N2, N3


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Automatyzacja ciągłych procesów produkcyjnych Name in English: Control systems in industry Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Specialization (if applicable): Computerized Control Networks Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREU408 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

15

0

0

0

15


30

30




X

Number of ECTS points 2 0 including number of ECTS points for



1

1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. AREK006 2. AREK008 3. AREK017 4. ARES403 . \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of process automation purposes, their diversity

and the dynamic characteristics. C2. Acquisition of knowledge of the structure and properties of automation systems (SCADA,

DDC, DCS and others). C3. Acquisition of knowledge covering standardization in industrial automation systems. C4. Acquisition of knowledge on security issues in control systems, European ATEX standard

and hazardous process automation. C5. Acquisition of knowledge about disturbances issues in automated processes and how to

counteract them.

C6. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of industrial computer systems used in the automation of continuous processes.

C7. Acquisition of knowledge of the design automation of industrial processes. C8. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of remote control & monitoring (telemetry)

industrial automation systems. C9. Acquisition of knowledge about diagnosis and remote maintenance (teleservice)

automation systems. C10. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of security processes through automation using

the methodology SIL (Safety Integrity Level). C11. Acquiring the ability to search and use of project documentation and company directories. C12. Acquisition of effective presentation skills and knowledge of design for automation of

industrial processes, using audiovisual technology.


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - It has a structured theoretical knowledge and the purpose of automation of

technological processes, their differentiation and dynamic properties. PEK_W02 – He knows the architecture, functionality and characteristics of the structures of

industrial automation systems, including such as SCADA, DDC, DCS. PEK_W03- He has knowledge of standardization in industrial automation systems, and in

particular the standardization of information transmission, power, electromechanical solutions, software.

PEK_W04 – He has knowledge of security issues in conjunction with the European ATEX and intrinsic safety (Ex) in the automation of hazardous.

PEK_W05- He has knowledge of the kind disturbances in automated processes and ways to counter them.

PEK_W06- He has knowledge of selected aspects of industrial IT used in the automation of technological processes.

PEK_W07 – He knows the general principles for the design automation of industrial processes, including continuous processes and principles for preparation of project documentation.

PEK_W08- He has knowledge of the application remote control & monitoring (telemetry) for industrial automation systems.

PEK_W09 – He has knowledge covering diagnosis and teleservice automation systems. PEK_W10- He knows the general principles on the safety aspects of automation systems,

including issues of SIL (Safety Integrity Level) and the base of the design methodology of process automation including SIL.

relating to skills: PEK_U01- Can carry out an effective presentation developed problems with the use of

audiovisual technologies, to assess the form and content of presentation and undertake a substantive discussion.

PEK_U02 – Can present the results of a comparative analysis of selected SCADA and DCS. PEK_U03- Can present system solutions for remote control & monitoring (telemetry)

selected process (object). PEK_U04 - Can show an example of automation selected wastewater treatment technologies. PEK_ U05 - Can show an example of automation selected processes metallurgic. PEK_ U06 – Can show an example of automation selected processes cement production.

PEK_U07– Can show an example of automation selected processes the production of food. PEK_U08 – Can show an example of automation selected chemical processes.. PEK_U09– Can show an example of automation selected processes thermal energy

production in the plants PEK_U10 – Can show an example of automation selected steam production processes in

plants. PEK_U11– Can show an example the automation selected processes electricity generation in

conventional power plants. PEK_U12- Can show an example the automation selected processes electricity generation from

renewable sources. PEK_U13- Can show an example of automation technology at selected highways. PEK_U14- Can show an example of the selected process automation in potentially explosive

atmospheres. PEK_U15- Can to present the results of original design automation selected process (object)

technology relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – Recognizes the importance of information retrieval skills system and the critical analysis. PEK_K02 – Understands the need for self-education and capacity building for independently apply their knowledge and skills. PEK_K03 – Understands the need to apply the general principles of ethics in their work, and in particular, the design.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number of

hours

Lec 1 The definition of objectives process automation. Discussion of diversity processes. Characteristic properties of dynamic objects and processes.

1

Lec 2 The structures of automation systems - analysis of architectures and properties. Comparative analysis of SCADA systems, DDC, DCS, and more.

1

Lec 3 Issues of standardization in industrial automation systems. Standardization of information signals and transmission protocols, standardizing power system devices, standardization of electromechanical solutions, software standardization.

2

Lec 4 The issue of security in control systems. ATEX standards. Intrinsic Safety (Ex) in the explosive process automation.

1

Lec 5 Disturbances in automated processes. Serial and parallel sources disturbances their effects and methods of prevention.

1

Lec 6 Industrial IT (computers) - tasks, tools, and applications. Visualization. Industrial database.

1

Lec 7 The principles and tools for the design of industrial process automation. 3

Automate selected processes. Basis of preparation of project documentation and as-built.

Lec 8 Systems, remote control & monitoring (telemetry) industrial automation systems. Issues of communication in automation systems.

1

Lec 9 Diagnosis and teleservice for automation systems. 1

Lec 10 Issues safety automation systems. Issues SIL (Safety Integrity Level) and design methodology for process automation including SIL.

3

Total hours 15

Form of classes – seminar

Number of hours

Sem 1 Introduction. Organizational matters. Principles of effective presentations using audiovisual technology. Methodology of discussion and evaluation of the solutions.

1

Sem 2 Presentation of the comparative analysis of the structure and function of selected SCADA and DCS.

1

Sem 3 Presentation of system solutions for remote control & monitoring (telemetry) selected process (object).

1

Sem 4 Presentation of selected automation technology for wastewater treatment. 1

Sem 5 Presentation of automation selected metallurgical processes. 1

Sem 6 Presentation of the automation selected processes of cement production. 1

Sem 7 Presentation of the automation selected processes of food production. 1

Sem 8 Presentation of selected chemical processes automation. 1

Sem 9 Presentation of the automation selected processes of thermal energy production in the plants.

1

Sem 10 Presentation of the automation selected processes in the production of technological steam power plants.

1

Sem 11 Presentation of the automation selected processes of electricity generation in conventional power plants.

1

Sem 12 Presentation of the automation selected processes of electricity generation from renewable sources (solar power, wind, water, etc.)

1

Sem 13 Presentation of the selected automation technology related to highways (eg painting of signs, security systems, information systems, etc.)

1

Sem 14 Presentation of selected process automation technology in an explosive environment.

1

Sem 15 Presentation of own project automation selected process (object) technology. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with modern audiovisual technology. N2. Presentation at the seminar with modern audiovisual technology. N3. The discussion at the seminar on the content and form of presentation. Transfer of presentation participants of the seminar. N4. Consultation N5. Own work - preparing for the seminar (bibliographic sources, Internet, company and industry documentation, the results of industrial apprenticeships and traineeships, trips to these objects, etc). N6. Own work - self-study and preparation for test.





Presentations on the forum seminar. Observation prepare presentations (used in presentation technology, content, readability, the way of speaking, copyrights, etc.). Activity in the discussion, creative elements speeches, presentation and discussion.

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W10 Written test.

P = 0,5*F1 + 0,5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Berge J,: Software for Automation: Architecture, Integration, and Security.ISA, 2006 [2] Trevathan V.L.: A Guide to the Automation Body of Knowledge, 2nd Edition. ISA, 2006 [3] Jean-Yves Fiset: Human-Machine Interface Design for Process Control Applications. ISA, 2008 [4] Standard - ATEX Directive 94/9/EC. [5] Norma PN-EN 61511: Bezpieczeństwo funkcjonalne - Przyrządowe systemy bezpieczeństwa do sektora przemysłu procesowego. (The Standard PN-EN 61511: Functional safety - Safety instrumented systems for the

process industry sector). [6] Norma PN-EN 61508: Bezpieczeństwo funkcjonalne elektrycznych/ elektronicznych/ programowalnych elektronicznych systemów związanych z bezpieczeństwem. (The Standard PN-EN 61508: Functional safety of electrical /electronic/programmable

electronic safety-related systems). [7] Websites of leading manufacturers of automation systems. SECONDARY LITERATURE: [8] Czemplik A.: Modele dynamiki układów fizycznych dla inżynierów. Wydawnictwa

Naukowo-Techniczne Sp. z o.o., Warszawa 2008 (Czemplik A.: Models of the dynamics of physical systems for engineers. Scientific and

Technical Publishing Ltd.. of o.o., Warsaw 2008) [9] Solnik W.,Zajda Z.: Sieci przemysłowe Profibus DP iMPI w automatyce. Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2010 (Solnik W., Zajda Z.: Networks Profibus DP and MPI in automation. Publishing House of

Wroclaw University of Technology in 2010 SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Andrzej Jabłoński Ph.D.; email: [email protected]


SUBJECT Control systems in industry






applicable)**



Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S1ARK_W05 C1 Lec 1 N1; N4; N6










PEK_U01 S1ARK_U05 C12 Sem 1 N2; N3; N4; N5

PEK_U02 S1ARK_U05 C2; C11 Sem 2 N2; N3; N4; N5

N4; N5

PEK_U03 S1ARK_U05 C8; C11 Sem 3 N2; N3; N4; N5

PEK_U04 S1ARK_U05 C7; C11; C12 Sem 4 N2; N3; N4; N5










PEK_U14 S1ARK_U05 C4; C7;

C11; C12

Sem 14 N2; N3; N4; N5

PEK_U15 S1ARK_U05; S1ARK_U08 C7; C11; C12 Sem 15 N2; N3; N4; N5

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

PEK_K03

S1ARK_K02

C11; C12

Lec1-Lec10

Sem 1-Sem 15

N1; N2; N3;

N4; N5; N6


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Podstawy automatyki i robotyki Name in English Introduction to automation and control Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics and Telecommunications, Computer Science, Teleinformatics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code AREW001 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

15 15


30 30



For group of courses mark (X) final course X Number of ECTS points 2 including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes

1


1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES not \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of knowledge of the basic concepts of control theory and systems theory. C2 Knowledge how to perform a simple simulation in MATLAB / Simulink. C3 The acquisition of knowledge of the principles of operation and tuning controllers, sensors, actuators, and industrial controllers, computer networks and automatic signal standards. C4 The acquisition of knowledge in the identification, mathematical model, computer simulation, dynamics design of closed-loop system. C5 Acquisition of basic knowledge on construction of industrial robots and manipulators, stationary and mobile, and robotic manufacturing processes. C6 The acquisition of basic skills in the operation and programming of industrial robots, stationary and mobile. C7 Acquisition of basic knowledge of the prospects and directions of development of technologies for systems and automation equipment and robotics.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 knows the definitions and basic properties of static and dynamic systems, linear and

non-linear. PEK_W02 knows the basic structure of control systems and linear regulators. PEK_W03 knows the basic applications of mobile robots, understands the concept of self-

localization and robot autonomy. PEK_W04 have a general knowledge about the design of mobile robots, their transportation

systems, control and power. PEK_W05 knows the basic configurations of industrial robots, their design, capacity, handling

and use, has an elementary knowledge of control and robot programming languages, and on the effectors and sensory systems used in robotics.

PEK_W06 has a basic knowledge of the mathematical models of control engineering objects, methods for identifying and computer simulation

PEK_W07 has a basic knowledge of the selection of controls and settings regulators, sensors, industrial controllers, and actuators.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 he’s able to plan and conduct an experiment to determine the dynamics of the

controlled object. PEK_U02 can develop a simple control algorithm for the intelligent building code algorithm

and test in the laboratory. PEK_U03 can use the technical documentation robots and use it to operate, and simple manual

programming of a typical industrial robot. PEK_U04 can run a simple simulation of linear dynamic systems in MATLAB / Simulink. PEK_U05 can run a simple test for automatic control systems in MATLAB / Simulink. PEK_U06 can run a mobile robot and test the efficiency of its components, chassis system and

sensory systems. relating to social competences: PEK_K01 understands and can apply the principles of health and safety at work with devices

of automation and robotics in the laboratory and beyond.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Automation and robotics - the basic concepts. The basic structure of control systems and linear regulators, industrial controllers, sensors, actuators.

2,5

Lec 2 Static and dynamic, linear and nonlinear, stationary and non-stationary systems. Selected properties, stability and instability of systems.

2,5

Lec 3 Automatic regulation. Regulation systems in open and closed-loop. Some elementary properties of linear regulators.

2,5

Lec 4 Identification, development of a mathematical model, computer simulation, design of closed-system dynamics.

2,5

Lec 5 Industrial robots, stationary and mobile, structures and configurations of manipulators, tasks, control systems, programming methods, typical technical parameters.

2,5

Lec 6 Service robots, medical, social, intelligent robots, robotics and flexible manufacturing systems, robotics trends and prospects.

2,5

flexible manufacturing systems, robotics trends and prospects.

Total hours 15

Form of classes - laboratory Number of hours Lab 1 Mobile robots, the principles of design, sensor technology,

autonomy and auto-localisation 2,5

Lab 2 Industrial robots, structure, control system, control panel and programming, effectors, service, and basic programming.

2,5

Lab 3 Standard signals and fieldbus automation in intelligent buildings. 2,5 Lab 4 Measurements of digital and analog signals. Research of analog

measurement and executive channel. The experiment determining the parameters of the dynamic characteristics of the object.

2,5

Lab 5 Simulation of simple linear dynamic systems in MATLAB / Simulink

2,5

Lab 6 Simulation and properties study of simple automatic control systems in MATLAB / Simulink

2,5

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture using multimedia N2. Presentations using laboratory equipments N3. Practical exercises in the laboratory N4. Discussions N5. Consultations N6. Own work - preparation of reports N7. Own work - literature studies and source materials




F1 PEK1_U01, PEK1_U02 PEK1_U03, PEK1_U04 PEK1_U05, PEK1_U06 PEK1_K01

assessment of laboratory exercises, assessment of reports and selected papers

F2 PEK1_W01, PEK1_W02 PEK1_W03, PEK1_W04 PEK1_W05, PEK1_W06 PEK1_W07

written test

C=0.5F1+0.5F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: 1. Greblicki W., Teoretyczne podstawy automatyki, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr., Wrocław 2001. 2. Halawa J. Symulacja i komputerowe sterowanie dynamiki układów sterowania, Oficyna Wydawnicza

Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2007. 3. Klimesz J., Solnik W., Urządzenia automatyki, Wyd. Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 1991. 4. Łysakowska B., Mzyk G., Komputerowa symulacja układów automatycznej regulacji w środowisku

MATLAB/Simulink, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2005. 5. Siemens, SIMATIC S7-1200 w przykładach. Siemens, Warszawa 2011. 6. J.-C. Latombe, Robot motion planning, Kluwer Academic Publishers 1993. 7. Zdanowicz R., Podstawy robotyki, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Ślaskiej, Gliwice, 2011 8. pod red. Morecki A, Knapczyk J., Podstawy robotyki: teoria i elementy manipulatorów i robotów,

Warszawa, WNT, 1993

SECONDARY LITERATURE: 1. Brzózka J. Regulatory cyfrowe w automatyce, Wyd. MIKOM, Warszawa, 2002. 2. Lesiak P., Świtalski D., Komputerowa technika pomiarowa, Agenda Wydawnicza PAK, Warszawa, 2002. 3. Solnik W., Zajda Z., Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Profibus DP i MPI w automatyce, Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2010. 4. Kwaśniewski J., Programowalny sterownik SIMATIC S7-300 w praktyce inżynierskiej. Wydawnictwo BTC,

Legionowo 2009. 5. Solnik W., Zajda Z., Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Uni-Telway i magistrala rozszerzenia TSX. Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2010. 6. Z. Korzeń, A. Wołczowski, Tendencje rozwojowe robotów mobilnych w logistycznie zintegrowanych

systemach transportowo-magazynowych i produkcyjnych - Cz. 1 i Cz. 2, Logistyka nr 2 i nr 3, 1995.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Wojciech Muszyński [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Foundations of automation and robotics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics and Telecommunications, Computer Science, Teleinformatics



applicable)**


*



PEK_W01 K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11, K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10

C1,C2 Lec1, Lec 2,Lab5,Lab6 N1,N2,N3,N4,N7


C1 Lec 3,Lab6 N1,N2,N3,N4,N7

PEK_W03 K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11, K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10,

C5,C6 Lec 6,Lab1 N1,N2,N3,N6,N7

PEK_W04 K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11, K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10,

C5,C6,C7 Lec 6,Lab1 N1,N2,N3,N6,N7


C5,C6,C7 Lec 5, Lec 6,Lab2 N1,N2,N3,N6,N7

PEK_W06 K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11, K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10,K1AIR_W12,

C3,C4 Lec 3, Lec 4,Lab5,Lab6 N1,N3,N4,N6

PEK_W07 K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11, K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10, K1AIR_W25

C3,C4 Lec 3, Lec 4,Lab3,Lab4 N1,N3,N4,N6

PEK_U01 K1AIR_U22, K1EKA_U09, K1INF_U10, K1TIN_U10, K1TEL_U09

C3,C4 Lec 4,Lab6 N1,N3,N4,N6


C3 Lab3 N3,N4


C5 Lab2 N3,N4,N6,N7


C2 Lab6 N3,N4


C4 Lab5 N3,N4


C6 Lab1 N3,N4,N7


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Miernictwo 1 Name in English Measurement technique 1 Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science,

Electronics, Teleinformatics, Telecommunication Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ETEW001 Group of courses NO Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU) 30








SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquiring basic knowledge in the field of metrology C2. Acquiring knowledge in the field of measurement theory C3. Acquiring knowledge in the field of technique electrical and nonelectrical quantities measurement

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – explains the basic concepts in the field of metrology PEK_W02 – explains the theoretical fundamentals of measurement technique PEK_W03 – describes construction and operation of measuring devices and systems PEK_W04 – explains principles of measurement of nonelectrical quantities PEK_W05 – characterises measurements of constant and time-variable electrical quantities PEK_W06 – describes measurement methods of power and passive elements properties

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec1 Introduction to metrology 4

Lec2 Measurement units and systems, standards of electrical quantities and time

2

Lec3 Direct and indirect measurement methods 2

Lec4 Measurement accuracy and approaches to its assessment 4

Lec5 General characteristics of measurement devices 2

Lec6 Construction and operation of measuring devices and systems 6

Lec7 Principles of nonelectrical quantities measurement 1

Lec8 Measurement of constant electrical quantities 1

Lec9 Measurement of time-variable quantities 4

Lec10 Measurement of power and passive elements properties 2

Lec11 Summing-up knowledge in the field of measurement techniques 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lectures with the use of multimedia presentations N2. Conspectus available in the PDF format N3. Individual consultations N4. Own work – repetition of delivered material





C PEK_W01 - PEK_W06 Final test


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Chwaleba A., Poniński M., Siedlecki A.: Metrologia elektryczna. WNT, Warszawa 2003. [2] Tumański S.: Technika pomiarowa. WNT, Warszawa 2013. [3] Sydenham P.H. (ed.): Podręcznik metrologii (T1-T2). WKiŁ, Warszawa 1988, 1990. [4] Dusza J. Gortat G., Leśniewski A.: Podstawy miernictwa. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej,

Warszawa 1998. SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Barzykowski J. (red.): Współczesna metrologia - zagadnienia wybrane. WNT, Warszawa 2004. [2] Mroczka J. (red.): Problemy metrologii elektronicznej i fotonicznej (T1-T4). Oficyna Wydawnicza

Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2008-2011. [3] Piotrowski J.: Podstawy miernictwa. Wydawnictwo Politechniki Śląskiej, Gliwice 1997. [4] Jaworski J., Morawski R., Olędzki J.: Wstęp do metrologii i techniki eksperymentu. WNT, Warszawa 1992. [5] Taylor J.: Wstęp do analizy błędu pomiarowego. PWN, Warszawa 1995. [6] Winiecki W.: Organizacja komputerowych systemów pomiarowych. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki

Warszawskiej, Warszawa 2006. [7] Wyrażanie niepewności pomiaru. Przewodnik. Główny Urząd Miar, Warszawa 1999. SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Adam G. Polak, Ph.D., D.Sc., [email protected]


SUBJECT Measurement technique 1

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science, Electronics,

Teleinformatics, Telecommunication AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..


Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for main field of study and




Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08,

K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08 C1 Wy1 N1, N2


K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08 C2 Wy2-Wy4 N1, N2


K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08 C3 Wy5, Wy6 N1, N2


K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08 C3 Wy7 N1, N2

PEK_W05 K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08, K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08

C3 Wy8, Wy9 N1, N2

PEK_W06 K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08, K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08

C3 Wy10 N1, N2

PEK_W01- PEK_W06

K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08, K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08

C1-C3 Wy11 N3, N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Miernictwo 2 Name in English Measurement technique 2 Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science,

Electronics, Teleinformatics, Telecommunication Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ETEW002 Group of courses NO Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU) 15





including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student contact (BK) classes 0,5

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES K1EKA_W07 or K1INF_W08 or K1TEL_W07 or K1AIR_W08 or K1_TIN_W08 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Exploitation of analog and digital measurement devices according to rules. C2. Acquisition of skills of plan and perform of measurement C3. Acquisition of skills of simply measurements results analyze C4. Learning using of oscilloscope C5. Acquisition of skills of DC voltage measurements C6. Acquisition of skills of DC current measurements C7. Acquisition of skills of statistical analyze of measurement results C8. Meeting of electrical periodic signals and measurement of their frequency

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to skills: PEK_U01 –can describe structure, use basic analog and digital measurement devices PEK_U02 – can connect measurement circuit and write measurement results PEK_U03 – can describe structure, basic functions and applications and use oscilloscope. PEK_U04 – can perform and analyze of DC voltage measurements PEK_U05 – can perform and analyze of DC current measurements PEK_U06 – can assess final measurement result base many statistical independent

measurements and analyze such an experiment

PEK_U07 – can perform and analyze of measurement of frequency and phase of periodic signals

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Total hours


Lab 1 Organizational matters, health and safety regulations and laboratory rules 1

Lab 2 Measurement devices 2 Lab 3 Oscilloscope - principle of operation, maintenance and using 2

Lab 4 DC voltage measurement with analog and digital instruments 2 Lab 5 DC current measurement with analog and digital instruments 2 Lab 6 Statistical methods of measurement results evaluation 2

Lab 7 Measurements of the frequency and the phase of periodic signals 2

Lab 8 Repetytorium 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Own work - preparation for laboratory N2. Laboratory classes – short 10 min. tests of theoretical preparation N3. Laboratory classes – combining measurement circuits and using instruments N4. Laboratory classes – protocols of the experiments N5. Consultations




F1 PEK_U01÷PEK_U07 Written quizzes, discussions and efficiency of services and connect devices, protocols

C=F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Chwaleba A., Poniński M., Siedlecki A.: „Metrologia elektryczna”, ,WNT, Warszawa 1996r [2] Dusza J.: „Podstawy miernictwa”, Oficyna Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 1998r. [3] Marcyniuk A.: „Podstawy metrologii elektrycznej”, WNT, Warszawa 1984r. [4] Taylor J.: „Wstęp do analizy błędu pomiarowego”, PWN, Warszawa 1995r. SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Bolkowski S.: „Elektrotechnika”, Wydawnictwa Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, Warszawa 1993r. [2] Marve C.: „Zarys cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów”, Warszawa 1999r. [3] Winiecki W.: „Organizacja komputerowych systemów pomiarowych”, Oficyna Wydawnicza

Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 1997r.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Zbigniew Świerczyński, Ph.D., [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Measurement technique 2


Teleinformatics, Telecommunication AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..


Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for main field of





PEK_U01 (skills) K1EKA_U05, K1INF_U06, K1TEL_U05, K1AIR_U07, K1TIN_U06

C1, C2, C3 Lab1, Lab2 N1÷N5

PEK_U02 K1EKA_U05, K1INF_U06, K1TEL_U05, K1AIR_U07, K1TIN_U06

C1, C2, C3 Lab2-Lab8 N1÷N5


C1, C2, C3, C4 Lab3 N1÷N5


C1, C2, C3, C5 Lab4 N1÷N5


C1, C2, C3, C6 Lab5 N1÷N5


C1, C2, C3, C7 Lab6 N1÷N5


C1, C2, C3, C8 Lab7 N1÷N5

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Grafika inżynierska Name in English Technical drawing Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science,

Electronics, Teleinformatics, Telecommunication Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ETEW003 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU) 15 15






including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student contact (BK) classes 0.5 0.5



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of design and construction technological documentation

of electronic devices: C1.1. projection methods. C1.2. draw line and other elements of the technical drawing, C1.3. by technical letter, C1.4. drawing in the view bar and cross sections, C1.5. dimensioning, C1.6. drawing and dimensioning tools, C1.7. drawing penetrate solids.

C2. To acquire skills in the use of basic forms of writing, casting techniques and describe models of objects using different types of sections.

C3. Acquisition and persisting social competence in terms of the importance of technical documentation engineer work and is aware of the responsibility associated with the creation of technical documentation.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: knows the rules and read the documentation of the construction technology of electronic

devices.

PEK_W01 – knows projection methods PEK_W02 - knows the rules draw lines and other elements of the technical drawing, PEK_W03 - knows technical writing, PEK_W04 – knowledge of drawing in the view bar and cross sections, PEK_W05 – knowledge of dimensioning, PEK_W06 - has a basic knowledge of drawing and dimensioning tools, PEK_W07 - has a basic knowledge of drawing the penetration of solids. … relating to skills: know how to use basic forms, write cast techniques and describe the object model using

various cross sections

PEK_U01 - is able to correctly cast the item onto a plane, PEK_U02 - can perform technical drawing in accordance with the principles, PEK_U03 - can actually describe the figure by letter, PEK_U04 - can properly to draw views and cross sections, PEK_U05 - can properly dimension the drawing items PEK_U06 - is able to correctly draw and size the threaded connection PEK_U07 - is able to correctly draw the intertwining of solids.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Organisational matters. The importance of documentation in engineering activities. The basic method of casting block plane,

2

Lec 2 The principle of creating a technical drawing, 2

Lec 3 Basic ways of describing the technical drawing, 2

Lec 4 The principle of drawing views and cross sections, 2

Lec 5 Principles of dimensioning objects 2

Lec 6 The basic principles of drawing and dimensioning of threaded connections

2

Lec 7 The basic principles of drawing up penetrate solids. 2

Lec 8 Colloquium 1

Total hours 15


Cl 1 Organisational matters. Perspective drawing. 2 Cl 2 Throw the solid plane. 2 Cl 3 Throw the solid plane with respect to the sections. 2 Cl 4 Throw the solid plane with descriptions and dimensioning. 2 Cl 5 Thread connections with dimensioning 2 Cl 6 Other projections on a plane than rectangular 2

Cl 7 Drawing Test 2 Cl 8 Summary activities. 1 Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional Lecture with slides N2. Consultation N3. Own Work – drawings N4.Oown Work-independent studies and preparation for the seminar on





F1 PEK_W1 – PEK_W7 crediting with grade


exercise

P = (F1*3 + F2)/4


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] T. Dobrzański. Rysunek techniczny maszynowy. WNT [2] J. Houszka. Podstawy konstrukcji mechanicznych w elektronice. SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Poradnik inżyniera mechanika. Praca zbiorowa [2] Zbiory Polskich Norm

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Janusz Janiczek, 71 320 6308, [email protected]


SUBJECT Technical drawing


Teleinformatics, Telecommunication AND SPECIALIZATION ……………



applicable)**




PEK_W01 PEK_W02 PEK_W03 PEK_W04 PEK_W05 PEK_W06 PEK_W07

K1AIR_W10

K1EKA_W09

K1INF_W10

K1TEL_W09

K1TIN_W09

C1.1 – C1.7 Lec.1 – Lec.8 1, 2, 4

PEK_U01 PEK_U02 PEK_U03 PEK_U04 PEK_U05 PEK_U06 PEK_U07

K1AIR_U10

K1EKA_U08

K1INF_U09

K1TEL_U08

K1TIN_U09

C2 Cl. 1 – Cl. 8 2, 3


1

Zał. nr 3 do ZW FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS

SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish: Podstawy telekomunikacji Name in English: Introduction to Telecommunications Main field of study (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ETEW004 Group of courses NO



Form of crediting credit with a grade

Number of ECTS points 2 including number of ECTS points for



PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES Knowledge concerning mathematical analysis 1.2A (K1TEL_W02) and linear algebra with analytical geometry A (K1TEL_W01), proved by positive examination results.. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Getting the knowledge concerning basics of telecommunications

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS I. Relating to knowledge: has basic knowledge of telecommunications PEK_W01 – knows basics of signal representation in time and frequency domain. PEK_W02 – knows basis notions used in the description of telecommunication systems. PEK_W03 – knows basics of analog and digital modulations.. PEK_W04 – has the knowledge concerning pulse modulations, knows sampling theorem. PEK_W05 – has the knowledge concerning Pulse Code Modulation and basics of coding in

telecommunications. PEK_W06 – has the knowledge concerning noise and interference in telecommunications systems. PEK_W07 – knows the theorem about bandwidth of telecommunication channel and principles of

wideband systems. PEK_W08 – knows basis notion of multiplexing.

2

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1,2 Organizational matters. Signals in time and frequency domain. 4

Lec 3 Telecommunication system – basic concepts. 2 Lec 4,5 Analog and digital modulations. 4 Lec 6 Pulse modulations. Sampling theorem. 2 Lec 7,8 Pulse Code Modulation. 4 Lec 9 Coding in telecommunications. 2 Lec 10-12 Noise and interference in telecommunication systems. 6 Lec 13 Bandwidth of telecommunication channel. Wideband systems. 2 Lec 14 Multiple systems 2 Lec 15 Final test. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lectures N2. Consultations. N3. Student’s own work – self-studies and preparations for final test.

3




F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W08 Written or electronic test P = F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Simon Haykin, Systemy telekomunikacyjne. Cz. 1. Wydawnictwa Komunikacji i Łączności, Warszawa 2004. [2] Simon Haykin, Systemy telekomunikacyjne. Cz. 2. Wydawnictwa Komunikacji i Łączności, Warszawa 2004. [3] Daniel Józef Bem, Systemy telekomunikacyjne. Cz. 1, Modulacja, systemy wielokrotne, szumy. Politechnika Wrocławska, Wrocław 1978. SECONDARY LITERATURE IN POLISH: [1] W. David Gregg, Podstawy telekomunikacji analogowej i cyfrowej, Wydawnictwa Naukowo-Techniczne, Warszawa 1983.

SECONDARY LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: [1] Tommy Öberg, Modulation, detection and coding, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester 2001. [2] Jerry D. Gibson, Principles of digital and analog communications, MacMillan Publ., New York,

1993. SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S)

Andrzej Kucharski, 71 320 29 12; [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT Introduction to telecommunications

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY




Subject

objectives**

*


Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 K1TEL_W13 C1 Lec1, Lec2 1,2,3

PEK_W02 K1TEL_W13 C1 Lec3 1,2,3

PEK_W03 K1TEL_W13 C1 Lec4, Lec5 1,2,3

PEK_W04 K1TEL_W13 C1 Lec6 1,2,3

PEK_W05 K1TEL_W13 C1 Lec7÷Lec9 1,2,3

PEK_W06 K1TEL_W13 C1 Lec10÷Lec12 1,2,3

PEK_W07 K1TEL_W13 C1 Lec13 1,2,3 PEK_W08 K1TEL_W13 C1 Lec14 1,2,3

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY W-4 / DEPARTMENT I-6 SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Podstawy techniki mikroprocesorowej 1 Name in English Foundations of Microprocessor Techniques 1 Main field of study (if applicable): Control and Robotics, Electronics, Computer

Science, Telecommunication, Teleinformatics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ETEW006 Group of courses: YES

Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes

in University (ZZU) 30 15








1 1



SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Knowledge of architecture, rules of work and applications of microprocessors and microcontrollers

in digital systems. C2. Knowledge of internal structure and programming rules of microprocessors and microcontrollers. C3. Knowledge of standard devices collaborating with microprocessors and microcontrollers. C4. Skills of programming and debugging the code fixed to internal structure of microcontrollers using

special tool environment.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – knows the architecture and the organization of microprocessors and microcontrollers. PEK_W02 – knows the internal structure and programming methods of microprocessors and

microcontrollers. PEK_W03 – knows the peripheral devices and the rules of their collaboration with microprocessors and

microcontrollers. PEK_W04 – knows the foundations of algorithms and applications creation for microcomputer systems

using selected programming environments. relating to skills: PEK_U01 – can use the environments for microprocessor systems programming.

PEK_U02 – can prepare the algorithms, implement and debug the programs fixed to internal structure of microcontrollers using selected environment.

PEK_U03 – can use the data taken from the microprocessor systems schema to create the program applications.

PEK_U04 – can use the assembler features to prepare the programs dedicated to microprocessors and microcontrollers

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction – elementary definitions and names. Standard structures of microprocessor systems.

2

Lec 2 Microprocessor and microcontroller structure. Computer architecture: von Neumann and Harvard type.

2

Lec 3 Types of processors, rules of data processing. 2

Lec 4 Addressing modes, groups of operations, decoding rules and the main phases of the single processor operation.

2

Lec 5 Architecture of selected microcontrollers. 2

Lec 6 Computer memory: ROM, RAM – features. 2

Lec 7 Stack as hardware and software device, rules of stack usage. 2

Lec 8 Interrupts: classification, controller, priority. 2

Lec 9 Timers and counters (CTC). Structure and programming of timers in selected microcomputer systems.

2

Lec 10 Serial transmission – rules and serial port structure 2

Lec 11 A/D and D/A converters, rules of conversion, typical devices 2

Lec 12 DMA – features, rules of transmission, typical devices 2

Lec 13 Power reduction in microcontrollers. Electromagnetic compability. Reliability of user applications.

2

Lec 14 Future of microprocessors and microcontroller systems. 2

Lec 15 Repetitory 2

Total hours 30


Lab 1 Arithmetic and logic operations, data transfer from/to registers and different types of memory using available addressing modes.

2

Lab 2 Program collaboration with simple I/O devices: LEDs, logic states buttons, rectangular wave generator, relays.

2

Lab 3 Program collaboration with matrix keyboard, problem of key repetition, problem of solid and stable state of key reading

2

Lab 4 Program collaboration with LCD – static and dynamic presentations, LCD driving

2

Lab 5 Program collaboration with timers: clock and stopper devices creation 2

Lab 6 Programs dedicated to processor interrupts. 2

Lab 7 Programs dedicated to serial transmission 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lecture using slides and multimedia presentation N2. Additional files available via dedicated website N3. Thematic discussions using different audio-visual utensils N4. Practical exercises – the project phase, analysis and program implementation of algorithms

for selected microprocessor systems N5. Consultations N6. Individual work focused on laboratory exercises N7. Individual work about the microcomputer and microcontroller systems and the final test resume





F1 PEK_U01-04 assessment of written reports about each laboratory exercise, evaluation of laboratory preparation and accuracy of the exercise realization

F2 PEK_W01-04 the final test

P = 0.2*F1 + 0.8*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Badźmirowski K., Pieńkos J., Myzik I., Piotrowski A.; Układy i systemy mikroprocesorowe cz.I i

cz.II; WNT [2] Chalk B.S.: Organizacja i architektura komputerów; WNT [3] Grabowski J., Koślacz S.: Podstawy i praktyka programowania mikroprocesorów, WNT [4] Janiczek J., A. Stępień; Systemy mikroprocesorowe. Mikrokontroler 80(C)51/52; Wydawnictwo

EZN, Wrocław [5] Janiczek J., Stępień A.: Laboratorium systemów mikroprocesorowych cz. I. WEZN, Wrocław [6] Janiczek J., Stępień A.: Laboratorium systemów mikroprocesorowych cz. II. WCKP, Wrocław [7] Skorupski A.: Podstawy budowy i działania komputerów; WKiŁ [8] Wilkinson B., Układy cyfrowe. WKŁ, Warszawa [9] Dokumentacje mikrokontrolerów: Atmel, Dallas, Infineon, Intel, Philips, Siemens,

STmicroelectronics, Texas Instruments (Internet source) [10] Dokumentacja programów narzędziowych firm: Keil Software, IAR, Raisonance,

STMicroelectronics, TASKING, Texas Instruments (Internet source) SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Horowitz P., Hill W., Sztuka elektroniki. WKŁ, Warszawa [2] Biernat J.: Arytmetyka komputerów. WNT, Warszawa [3] Pieńkos J., Turczyński J., Układy scalone TTL w systemach cyfrowych. WKŁ, Warszawa [4] Wirth N.: Algorytmy+struktury danych=programy. WNT, Warszawa [5] Clements A.:The Principles of Computer Hardware, 4e, Oxford University Press [6] Furber S.: ARM System – on – chip architecture. Addison Wesley [7] Koopman P.Jr.: Stack computers. The New Wave, Mountain View Press


Jacek Mazurkiewicz, PhD, [email protected]


Foundations of Microprocessor Techniques 1

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control and Robotics, Electronics, Computer Science, Telecommunication,

Teleinformatics


Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for

main field of study and specialization (if applicable)**




PEK_W01 K1AIR_W17, K1EKA_W16, K1INF_W17,

K1TEL_W16, K1TIN_W16 C1 Lec1,2,3,12,14 N1,N2,N3,N5,N7


K1TEL_W16, K1TIN_W16 C2 Lec2,4,5,10 N1,N2,N3,N5,N7


K1TEL_W16, K1TIN_W16 C3 Lec6,8,9,11, N1,N2,N3,N5,N7


K1TEL_W16, K1TIN_W16 C2, C4 Lec7,8,10,13 N1,N2,N3,N5,N7

PEK_U01 K1AIR_U16, K1EKA_U14, K1INF_U15,

K1TEL_U14, K1TIN_U15 C4 Lab1,2 N2,N4,N5,N6


K1TEL_U14, K1TIN_U15 C4 Lab3,4,5,6,7 N2,N4,N5,N6


K1TEL_U14, K1TIN_U15 C4 Lab5,6,7 N2,N4,N5,N6


K1TEL_U14, K1TIN_U15 C4 Lab1,2,3,4,5,6,7 N2,N4,N5,N6


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish: Technologie informacyjne Name in English: Information technologies Main field of study: Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics and

Telecommunications, Computer Science, Teleinformatics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ETEW007 Group of courses: YES



15 15



crediting with

grade


X



(P) classes

- 1


(BK) classes

1 1



\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquisition of basic knowledge on information technology, hardware and network

C2. Acquisition of knowledge of services in computer networks and selected applications

C3. Acquisition of knowledge of method of acquire and process information

C4. Acquisition of knowledge of computer tools for text editing and perform simple engineering calculations

C5. Acquirement of skills of editing sophisticated text documents

C6. Acquirement of skills to use informatics tools for engineering calculations and graphical presentation of results

C7 Acquirement of skills to create sophisticated multimedia presentations


relating to knowledge PEK_W01 Knows the basic information technology

PEK_W02 Knows the computer and network hardware and network access technologies

PEK_W03 Knows the basic principles of editing texts

PEK_W04 Knows the tools to engineering calculations

PEK_W05 Knows the structure of relational databases, forms queries, data access technologies and methods to secure access to confidential data

PEK_W06 Knows the basic rules for creating multimedia presentations and programs and tools that support that process

PEK_W07 Knows the basic services in computer networks

PEK_W08 Knows the basic methods of obtaining information on the Internet.

relating to skills PEK_U01 Is able to create advanced text documents

PEK_U02 Is able to use tools to engineering calculations and graphical presentation of results

PEK_U03 Is able to create powerful multimedia presentations

relating to social competences PEK_K01 Is aware of the importance of information retrieval skills and their critical analysis,

PEK_K02 Understands the need for self-education and to develop the ability to independently apply their knowledge and skills.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Wy1

Fundamentals of information technology. Computer hardware and network hardware. Network access technologies. Software, copyrights, licenses (commercial software, shareware, freeware, open source). Issues of security, performance and reliability.

2

Wy2 Text processing. Text files and formatted files. Documents, templates, editing and rules of document formatting, mail merge.

2

Wy3 The spreadsheet. Formulas and conversion, filters, reports, scenarios, statistics. 2

Wy4 Database. Construction of a relational database. Forms queries. Data access technologies. Security, data protection, confidentiality, dispersion, coherence. Standards.

2

Wy5 Managerial and presentation graphics. Presentation software. Visualization of data and statistics. Multimedia presentations. Web Publishing. The site of the company.

2

Wy6 Services in computer networks. E-mail, e-bank, e-learning, e-commerce, e-business, e-work, e-advertising. Multimedia, integration of services. Electronic documents. Digital signature. Security of transactions.

2

Wy7 Acquisition and processing of information. Internet. Effective information retrieval, digital libraries, knowledge portals, knowledge extraction.

2

Wy8 Repertory 1

Total hours 15

Form of classes – Laboratory Number of hours

La1 Text processing (editing, formatting, organizing documents, lists: content, figures, tables, double signatures).

2

La2 Serial correspondence (templates, data sheets, word file, Excel file, CSV file, an Access database).

2

La3 The spreadsheet (formulas and conversion, filters, queries, selective filtering of information in the workbook).

2

La4 Spreadsheet - using solver to solve simple engineering tasks. 2

La5 Spreadsheet - scenarios, graphical presentation of results. 2

La6 Presentations - standard and advanced animations, navigation elements in the presentation

2

La7 Presentations - Multimedia items 2

La8 Repertory 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2 Laboratory exercises

N3 Consultations.

N4 Self-study – preparation for the final test.




F1 PEK_W01 - PEK_W14 Test result

F2 PEK_U01 - PEK_U09 Evaluation of made exercise

P= 0.5*F1+0.5*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

1. Tanenbaum A., Sieci Komputerowe, Helion, 2004

2. Flanczewski S i inni, MS Office 2003 PL w biznesie, Helion, 2006


SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Prof. dr hab. inż. Czesław Smutnicki, czesł[email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT: Information technologies

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY: Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics and

Telecommunications, Computer Science, Teleinformatics



applicable)**




PEK_W01 K1AIR_W18 C1 Wy1 N1, N2, N4


PEK_W03 K1AIR_W18 C3, C4 Wy2 N1, N2, N4






PEK_U01 K1AIR_U17 C5 La1, La2 N2, N3

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U17 C6 La3-La5 N2, N3

PEK_U03 K1AIR_U17 C7 La6, La7 N2, N3


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY ELECTRONICS SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Teoria Systemów Name in English Systems Theory Main field of study: Computer Science, Control Engineering and Robotics,

Electronics, Telecommunications, Teleinformatics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: ETEW008 Group of courses: YES


15 15


30 60




X

Number of ECTS points : 3


2


1 1

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. 1. K1AIR_W01, K1EKA_W01, K1INF_W01, K1TEL_W01, K1TIN_W01 2. K1AIR_U01, K1EKA_U01, K1INF_U01, K1TEL_U01, K1TIN_U01 3. K1AIR_W02, K1EKA_W02, K1INF_W02, K1TEL_W02, K1TIN_W02 4. K1AIR_U02, K1EKA_U02, K1INF_U02, K1TEL_U02, K1TIN_U02

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of the knowledge about the methods of representation of systems, and about classification of systems C2 Acquisition of the basic knowledge about properties of the compound systems, including systems of cascade structure, parallel structure, feedback structure, and mixed structures C3 Acquisition of the knowledge in the formulating problems and problem solving in the areas of identification, recognition, analysis, decision making, and control C4 Acquiring skills in creating the mathematical models of the system and the formal knowledge representation of the system in a form of block-diagrams and graphs structures C5 Acquiring skills in designing and implementing algorithms for solving simple problems in the areas of identification, classification and control

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 is familiar with the representations of the knowledge about a system, and knows

the methods of creating a mathematical model of the system PEK_W02 knows properties of the compound systems structures PEK_W03 is familiar with the ways of formulating and solving problems in the basic areas

of identification, recognition, analysis, decision making, and control … relating to skills: PEK_U01 is able to construct a linear model in the matrix form for the static and dynamic

systems PEK_U02 is able to aggregate the systems of different structures PEK_U03 is able to choose and is able to use a proper algorithm for solving a simple problem

in systems area

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Basic concepts. Systems approach as a universal tool. Examples. Creating input-output systems. Systems classifications.

1

Lec 2 Methods of knowledge representation of the system. Mathematical models. State space. Block Diagram. Graphs structures. Knowledge representation on logical level – Expert systems.

2

Lec 3 The structure of compound systems – cascade (series of system), parallel, feedback, and mixed. Aggregation and decomposition.

2

Lec 4 Identification of the static systems. Measures of the quality of the model. Identification algorithms. Examples.

2

Lec 5 Recognition (classification) of the system. Simple recognition algorithms (NN and NM). Practical examples.

2

Lec 6 Task analysis and decision making for static systems. A comprehensive example.

2

Lec 7 Task analysis for dynamic systems. Finding state trajectory for discrete case.

2

Lec 8 Control problem. Review of methods for solving. The idea of adaptive control with model identification.

2

Total hours 15

Form of classes - class Number of hours Cl 1 Organizational issues. Short repetition of matrix algebra. Creating an

exemplary static input-output system 2

Cl 2 Description of simple systems in block-diagram form and by matrix equations. Description of systems by using other forms of knowledge representation.

2

Cl 3 Solving the problems for systems of the different structures. Finding the model of the aggregated system.

2

Cl 4 Solving the problems of identification of systems by using the identification algorithms. Finding the best models for different quality criteria.

2

Cl 5 Solving the problems of recognition - application of NN and NM 2

algorithms in practical issues Cl 6 Solving the problems of analysis of static systems and decision

making for static systems 2

Cl 7 Finding the state trajectories for dynamical systems for sample descriptions of discrete state space.

2

Cl 8 Solving the exemplary tasks concerning program of the course (repetition – preparing for the final test)

1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lecture with multimedia resources N2. Presentation of synthetic training issues (about 10 minutes - by the teacher) N3. Solving the tasks designated by the teacher - followed by discussion N4. Tutorials – short written test N5. Consultations N6. Own work - preparation for exercise N7. Own work - self-study, preparation for the final test




F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03

Activity on lectures; percentage of the correct answers on the final test

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03

Activity on classes (exercises); results of the written tests concerning selected exercises

P = 0.4*F1 + 0.6*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Koszałka L., Kurzyński M., Tasks and Problems of Identification, Experiment and Recognition

/Zbiór zadań i problemów z teorii identyfikacji, eksperymentu i rozpoznawania/, OWPWr, Wrocław, 1991 /in Polish/

[2] Bubnicki Z., Fundamentals of Management Information Systems /Podstawy informatycznych systemów zarządzania/, OWPWr, Wrocław, 1993 /in Polish/.

[3] Cichosz J., An introduction to system identification, series: Advanced Informatics and Control, PWr., 2011.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: References recommended by the lecturer at the end of each lecture. SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Dr Leszek Koszałka, e-mail: [email protected]


SUBJECT SYSTEMS THEORY

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Computer Sciences, Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics,

Telecommunications, Teleinformatics

Subject educational

effect

Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for

main field of study and specialization

Subject objectives

Programme content

Teaching tool number

PEK_W01 K1AIR_W12, K1EKA_W11, K1INF_W12, K1TEL_W11,

K1TIN_W11 C1, C4

Lec1, Lec2, Lec3, Lec8, Cl1,

Cl2, Cl8 N1-N7


K1TIN_W11 C2, C4

Lec2, Lec3, Lec8, Cl3, Cl8

N1-N7


K1TIN_W11 C3, C5

Lec4, Lec5, Lec6, Lec7,

Lec8, Cl4-Cl8 N1-N7

PEK_U01 K1AIR_U12, K1EKA_U10, K1INF_U11, K1TEL_U10,

K1TIN_U11 C1, C4

Lec1, Lec2, Lec3, Lec8, Cl1,

Cl2, Cl8 N1-N7


K1TIN_U11 C1, C2, C4

Lec3, Lec8, Cl3, Cl6, Cl8

N1-N7


K1TIN_U11 C3, C5

Lec4 - Lec7, Cl4 - Cl8

N1-N7

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


Name in Polish Inżynierskie zastosowania statystyki Name in English Mathematical Statistics with Applications in Engineering Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics,

Telecomunication, Computer Science, Teleinformatics Specialization (if applicable): …………………….. Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code ETEW009 Group of courses YES



15 30


30 60




X



3


(BK) classes

2 3


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1AIR_W04, K1EKA_W04, K1INF_W04, K1TEL_W04, K1TIN_W04

1. K1AIR_W02, K1EKA_W02, K1INF_W02, K1TEL_W02, K1TIN_W02

K1AIR_U02, K1EKA_U02, K1INF_U02, K1TEL_U02, K1TIN_U02 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Getting knowledge of testing hypothesis and basic tests on parameters and selected non-parametric tests C2 Getting knowledge of requirements imposed on estimators, classic methods of their constructing and applications C3 Getting knowledge of applications the estimation and hypotheses testing in information processing systems and telecomunication C4 Getting skills in selecting and applying statistical tests C5 Getting skills in selecting and applying estimation methods for simple statistical models.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - has knowledge of testing hypothesis and basic tests on parameters and selected non-

parametric tests PEK_W02 - has knowledge of requirements imposed on estimators, classic methods of their

constructing and applications PEK_W03 - knows applications the estimation and hypotheses testing in information processing

systems and telecomunication relating to skills: PEK_U01 – is able to to apply basic statistical tests PEK_U02 – has skills that are necessary in selecting and applying estimation methods for simple

statistical models.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Review of tasks of math statistics and its applications in Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics,

Telecomunication, Computer Science, Teleinformatics 2

Lec 2 Statistical tests – basic notions (errors of 1-st and 2-nd kind), example of a simple test 2

Lec 3 PDF's of basic statistics, tests for the mean and variance and their applications 2

Lec 4 Tests for correlatiion, selected non-parametric test, examples of selecting tests 2

Lec 5 Basic of the estimation theory, consistency, variance, Cramer-Rao inequality 2

Lec 6 Methodd of moment and max. likelihood, examples of appl. 2

Lec 7 Introduction to linear regression 2

Lec 8 Review of the cours 1

Total hours 15


Cl 1 Repetition of basic notions of the probabability theory (c.d.f., p.d.f.) and examples

2

Cl 2 Repetition of basic notions of the probabability theory 2 the role of the position and scale parameters and their estimation

Cl 3 Examples of formulating statistical hypothesis, examples of simple tests + review of statistical packages

2

Cl 4 Errors of 1-st and 2-nd kind. Examples illustrating practical consequences of selecting a significance level.

2

..Cl 5 Data spreadshits in typical statistical packages. Detailed ananlysis of the test for the mean (var. known)

2

Cl 6 Quantiles of typical distributions. Basic properties of chi^2, Student-t, Snedecr-F distributions

2

Cl 7 Getting skills in applying the test for the mean (var. unknown)

2

Cl 8 Test for the variance and appl. For quality control 2 Cl 9 Kolmogorov-Smirnov and chi^2 Pearson tests on real-life

data 2

Cl 10 Examples illustrating simple non-parametric tests 2 Cl 11 The test for the correlation coefficient (Spearman's) 2 Cl 12 Bias, variance and consistency of classic estimators for

mean and var. (recall laws of large numbers and CLT) 2

Cl 13 MLE and method of moments for deriving estimators in simple problems

2

Cl 14 Linear regression 2 Cl 15 Review of statistical problems 2 Total hours 30




Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Proj 4

…

Total hours



TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lectures + Video projector N2. Short presentation of a class content N3. Exercises with discussion N4 Short tests N5 Consulting N6 Homework - analysis of results N7 Homework – studies of selected methods





F1 PEK_W01,PEK_W02, PEK_W03

Questions and answers during lectures

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03

Active participation – classes, tests

F3 C=0.3*F1 + 0.7*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Koronacki J., Mielniczuk J., Statystyka dla kierunków technicznych i przyrodniczych. WNT Warszawa, 2001.

[2] Gajek, Kałuszka, “Wnioskowanie statystyczne”, WNT, Warszawa, 2000

[3] Wybrane rozdziały z podręczników prof. Magiery i prof. Krzyśko (będą wskazane na wykładzie)

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Kordecki W., Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław 2003.

[2] Krysicki W. i inni, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna w zadaniach, Część I i II, PWN, Warszawa, 1996.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Prof. dr hab. Rafajłowicz 320-27-95 [email protected]






applicable)**





K1TIN_W15

C1, C4 Wy1, Wy5, Wy6, Wy7, Cw2, Cw3-

Cw11

N1-N7


K1TIN_W15

C2, C3 Wy1, Wy3, Wy8, Cw12 -

Cw14

N1-N7


K1TIN_W15

C3,-C5 Wy1, Wy3, Wy4, Wy7, Cw3, Cw4, Cw7-Cw11,

Cw14

N1-N7


K1TIN_U14

C1, C4 Wy1, Wy5, Wy6, Wy7, Cw2, Cw8-

Cw11

N1-N7


K1TIN_U14

C1, C2, C4 Wy1, Wy3, Wy8, Cw12 -

Cw14

N1-N7


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY …OF ELECTRONICS…… / DEPARTMENT……………… SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish … Podstawy przetwarzania sygnałów Name in English … Fundamentals of signal processing Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications Specialization (if applicable): …………………….. Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code … ETEW010 Group of courses YES Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30

15


90

60





Number of ECTS points including number of ECTS points for practical

(P) classes

2


1

1.5


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. K1TEL_W01, K1TEL_U01 2. K1TEL_W02, K1TEL_U02, K1TEL_W03 3. K1TEL_W04 4. K1TEL_W11 5. K1TEL_W18, K1TEL_U16 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. He knows the basic concepts of the theory of digital signal processing for deterministic and random signals, in particular the task of: sampling, quantization, transformations, filtering, estimation and detection. C2. He can analyze the properties of the signals in the time and frequency domain, also synthesize digital filters using dedicated software.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01: Knowledge of the nature, characteristics and statistics of analog and digital signals,

deterministic and random PEK_W02: Knowledge about the essence of the transformation of signals PEK_W03: Knowledge of digital signal filtering and fundamental methods of digital filter

design PEK_W04: Knowledge of the nature and methods of estimation and detection relating to skills: PEK_U01: Ability to realize basic digital signal processing algorithms PEK_U02: Ability to analyze results of the signal processing and presentation of the results of

the analysis

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Introduction: classification of signals, signal processing purposes, the basic parameters of deterministic signals

2

Lec 2 Spaces signals and transforms: Hilbert space, approximation, time domain and frequency domain, Fourier transform, other transformations

4

Lec 3 Analysis of the similarity of signals, time-frequency transforms, wavelet transform

2

Lec 4 The digitization of signals: sampling theorem, sampling errors, aliasing, quantization, interpolation, decimation

2

Lec 5 Discrete and fast Fourier transform 3

Lec 6 Systems in signal processing: classification, description, systems with discrete time, the Z transformation

2

Lec 7 Digital filtering: difference equation, the location of zeros and poles of the filter transfer function, filter types, the basic structure of the filter, the inverse filter

3

Lec 8 Designing digital filters 2

Lec 9 Random signals: the definition of a stochastic process, process statistics 3

Lec 10 Stationary random processes: definitions of stationarity, examples of processes, classes of equivalence classes, signal passage through a linear system, the system identification elements

2

Lec 11 Introduction to estimation theory: the essence of estimation, estimation errors, the classes of estimators, estimation methods of the basic statistics, examples

3

Lec 12 Introduction to the theory of detection: the essence of detection, detection alphabet, the criterion of detection, error detection, Bayesian criterion, examples

2

Total hours 30


Lab 1 Getting to know the software used for digital signal processing 3 Lab 2 The implementation of the calculation of the spectrum for model signals and

real-world signals, results analysis 3 Lab 3 Implementation of digital filter design and filtering the model signals and

real-world signals, results analysis 3

Lab 4 Implementation of histogram calculation and correction functions for model signals and real-world signals, results analysis

3

Lab 5 The realization of individual calculation task for model or real-world signal, analysis of the results, preparation of reports

3

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. The lecture mainly using the board, usage of multimedia for presenting of examples N2. Lecture materials are available on: https://zts.ita.pwr.wroc.pl N3. MATLAB software N4. Discussion of the tasks to be performed in the laboratory, the presentation of exemplary solutions, oral skills testing N5. Individual realization of laboratory tasks, written skills testing N6. Consultations N7. Independent student work N8. The implementation of e-test at the end of the course





F1 PEK_U01-04 Oral knowledge test F2 PEK_U01-05 Innovativeness of solution and presentation of results F3 PEK_W01-08 Assessment of the number of correct answers obtained C = 0.25*F1 + 0.25*F2 + 0.5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Lyons R.G. Wprowadzenie do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa 1997

[2] Oppenheim A.V, Schafer R.W, Cyfrowe przetwarzanie sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa 1979

[3] Zieliński T., Od teorii do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa, 2006

[4] Papoulis A., Prawdopodobieństwo, zmienne losowe i procesy stochastyczne, Warszawa, PWN, 1972

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] Szabatin J., Podstawy teorii sygnałów, Warszawa, WKŁ, 2000

[2] Bendat J.S., Piersol A.G., Metody analizy i pomiaru sygnałów losowych, Warszawa, PWN, 1976


Ryszard Makowski, [email protected]


SUBJECT … Fundamentals of signal processing …

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ………Telecommunications……..

AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..







PEK_W01 (knowledge)

K1TEL_W14 C1 Lec1, Lec3, Lec4, Lec9, Lec 10

N1, N2, N6, N7, N8

PEK_W02 K1TEL_W14 C1 Lec2, Lec5 N1, N2, N6, N7, N8

PEK_W03 K1TEL_W14 C1 Lec6, Lec7, Lec8 N1, N2, N6, N7, N8

PEK_W04 K1TEL_W14 C1 Lec11, Lec12 N1, N2, N6, N7, N8

PEK_U01 (skills) K1TEL_U12 C2 Lab1-Lab4 N3, N4, N5, N6

PEK_U02 K1TEL_U12 C2 Lab2-Lab5 N3, N4, N5, N6 ** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects *** - from table above

KINF W36 FLEW001

knows knowledge of the basic methods of inference (deduction, induction and abduction); has knowledge that is essential to understanding and interpreting social and philosophical considerations of engineer’s activity

T1A_ W02 T1A_ W08

Zał. nr2a do ZW16/2013

FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT of HUMANITIES SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Filozofia Name in English Philosophy Fields of study: Automatyka i Robotyka, Telekomunikacja, , Informatyka,

Teleinformatyka Level and form of studies: 1st Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code FLEW001 Group of courses NO Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

30


60

Form of crediting Examination / crediting with grade









(BK) classes

1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. Non \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 To acquaint students with specificity of philosophical reflection. C2 Systematize and deepen the knowledge of the basic methods of inference that regulate and organize our knowledge. C3 Performance considerations of engineer’s activity and to present the issue of social responsibility in science and technology.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS Relating to knowledge: PEK_ HUM W07 The student gains knowledge of the basic methods of inference (deduction,

induction and abduction). PEK_ HUM W08 The student has knowledge that is essential to understanding and interpreting

social and philosophical considerations of engineer’s activity.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 The main issues and trends of philosophy 2

Lec 2 The similarities and differences between philosophy and religion 2

Lec 3 The similarities and differences between philosophy and science 2

Lec 4 The basic assumptions of epistemology 2

Lec 5 The basic assumptions of ontology 2

Lec 6 The basic assumptions of ethics 2

Lec 7,8 The overview of contemporary philosophical thought 4

Lec 9,10 The basic principles of social philosophy 4

Lec 11, 12 The basic principles of the philosophy of science and technology 4

Lec 13, 14 The problem of social responsibility of science and technology 4

Lec 15 The social and philosophical considerations of engineer’s activity. 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes – class Number of hours



Lab1 Lab2 Lab3 Lab4 Lab5 … Total hours

Form of classes – Project Number of ho

urs

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Proj4

…

Total hours


Sem1 Sem2 Sem3 … Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Multimedia presentation. N2. Lecture N3. Interactive lecture


Evaluation(F – forming (during semester), P – concluding (at semester end)


F1 PEK_ HUM W07

PEK_ HUM W08

Passing test, active participation in lectures

P=F1


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] [1] S. Blackburn, Oksfordzki słownik filozoficzny, Warszawa 2004; [2] T. Buksiński, Publiczne sfery i religie, Poznań 2011, [3] A. Chalmers, Czym jest to, co zwiemy nauką, Wrocław 1997; [4] R. M. Chisholm, Teoria poznania,1994; [5] Ch. Frankfort- Nachmiast, D. Nachmiast, Metody badawcze w naukach społecznych,

Poznań 2001; [6] A. Grobler, Metodologia nauk, Kraków 2004; [7] M. Heidegger, Budować mieszkać myśleć, Warszawa 1977; [8] M. Heller, Filozofia przyrody, Kraków 2005; [9] T. Kuhn, Dwa bieguny, Warszawa 1985; [10] B. Latour, Polityka natury, Warszawa 2009; [11] E. Martens, H. Schnädelbach, Filozofia. Podstawowe pytania, Warszawa 1995; [12] K.R. Popper, Wiedza obiektywna, Warszawa 1992;

[13] J. Woleński, Epistemologia, Warszawa 2005; [14] M. Tempczyk, Ontologia świata przyrody, Kraków 2005. SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] [1] A. Anzenbacher, Wprowadzenie do filozofii, Kraków 2000; [2] R. Goodin, P. Pettit, Przewodnik po współczesnej filozofii politycznej; [3] B. Depré, 50 teorii filozofii, które powinieneś znać, Warszawa 2008.

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Marek Sikora [email protected]


KARTA PRZEDMIOTU Nazwa w języku polskim: Fizyka 1.1A Nazwa w języku angielskim: Physics 1.1A Kierunek studiów: Automatyka i Robotyka, Elektroni ka, Informatyka,

Telekomunikacja, Teleinformatyka Stopień studiów i forma: I stopień, stacjonarna Rodzaj przedmiotu: obowiązkowy, ogólnouczelniany Kod przedmiotu: FZP1060 Grupa kursów: TAK Wykład Ćwiczenia Laboratorium Projekt Seminarium Liczba godzin zajęć zorganizowanych w Uczelni (ZZU)

30 15


100 50

Forma zaliczenia Egzamin Zaliczenie na ocenę

Dla grupy kursów zaznaczyć kurs końcowy (X) X


- 3


1 4


1. K1AIR_W02, K1AIR_U02, K1EKA_W02, K1EKA_U02, K1INF_W02, K1INF_U02, K1TEL_W02, K1TEL_U02, K1TIN_W02, K1TIN_U02

CELE PRZEDMIOTU C1. Nabycie podstawowej wiedzy z następujących działów fizyki : mechaniki klasycznej, ruchu

falowego, termodynamiki fenomenologicznej, fizyki jądra atomu i fizyki fazy skondensowanej C2. Zdobycie umiejętności jakościowego rozumienia, interpretacji oraz ilościowej analizy – w oparciu

o prawa fizyki – wybranych zjawisk i procesów fizycznych z zakresu:

PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA Z zakresu wiedzy: PEK_W01 - Zna metody przedstawienia wielkości wektorowych oraz podstawy rachunku

wektorowego w prostokątnym układzie współrzędnych PEK_W02 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe prawa mechaniki punktu materialnego, układu

punktów materialnych i bryły sztywnej; w tym: prawa zachowania pędu, momentu pędu i energii

PEK_W03 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe prawa kinematyki i dynamiki ruchu drgającego PEK_W04 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe prawa ruchu falowego; w tym: własności

monochromatycznej fali płaskiej i fali stojącej, interferencji fal oraz transportu energii przez fale

PEK_W05 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe prawa termodynamiki fenomenologicznej; w tym: model i własności gazu doskonałego, zasady termodynamiki, rozkłady Maxwella i Boltzmanna

PEK_W06 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe własności jadra atomowego; w tym: modele jadra atomowego, własności sił jądrowych, reakcje rozpadu i syntezy jądrowej

PEK_W07 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe własności krystalicznych ciał stałych; w tym: podstawy teorii pasmowej ciał stałych, własności elektryczne i optyczne półprzewodników, podstawy działania przyrządów półprzewodnikowych

Z zakresu umiejętności: PEK_U01 – Potrafi opisać ilościowo i jakościowo zjawiska posługując się podstawowymi prawami

mechaniki klasycznej, a w szczególności prawami dynamiki oraz zasadami zachowania PEK_U02 – Potrafi opisać ilościowo i jakościowo własności drgań harmonicznych oraz ruchu

faloowego PEK_U03 – Potrafi opisać ilościowo i jakościowo zjawiska posługując się podstawowymi prawami

oraz zasadami termodynamiki fenomenologicznej

TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE

Forma zajęć - wykład Liczba godzin Wy 1 Sprawy organizacyjne 1

Wy 1 Przedstawienie wielkości wektorowych w kartezjańskim układzie współrzędnych 1

Wy 2, Wy3

Dynamika punktu materialnego. Równania ruchu dla prostych przypadków 3

Wy3 Praca i energia mechaniczna. Zasada zachowania energii mechanicznej 1 Wy4, Wy5

Dynamika układu punktów materialnych i bryły sztywnej. Zasady zachowania pędu i momentu pędu 4

Wy6 Dynamika bryły sztywnej, Prawo zachowania momentu pędu 2 Wy7, Wy8 Ruch drgający 3

Wy8,Wy9 Fale mechaniczne: równanie i energia fali, interferencja fal, fale stojące 3 Wy10 Zasady termodynamiki, energia wewnętrzna, zasada ekwipartycji energii 2

Wy11 Elementy teorii kinetyczno-molekularnej gazu doskonałego, rozkłady Maxwella i Boltzmanna 2

Wy12, Wy13

Fizyka jądrowa – budowa atomu, siły jądrowe, promieniotwórczość, reakcje rozpadu i syntezy jądrowej

2

Wy14, Wy15

Elementy fizyki fazy skondensowanej – struktura pasmowa ciał stałych, przewodnictwo cieplne izolatorów, własności elektryczne i optyczne ciał stałych

4

Suma godzin 30

Forma zajęć - ćwiczenia Liczba godzin

Ćw1 Sprawy organizacyjne. Rozwiązywanie zadań z zakresu rachunku wektorowego 2

Ćw2 Zastosowanie zasad Newtona do rozwiązywania równań ruchu; wyznaczanie zależności od czasu wartości podstawowych wielkości kinematycznych i dynamicznych

2

Ćw3 Rozwiązywanie wybranych zagadnień z zakresu dynamiki punktu materialnego 2

Ćw4 Rozwiązywanie zadań z zakresu kinematyki i dynamiki ruchu obrotowego bryły sztywnej wokół ustalonej osi oraz zasady zachowania momentu pędu

2

Ćw5 Analiza i rozwiązywania zadań z zakresu dynamiki ruchu drgającego 2 Ćw6 Rozwiązywanie zadań z zakresu fizyki fal mechanicznych 2 Ćw7 Rozwiązywanie zadań z wykorzystaniem zasad termodynamiki 2 Ćw8 Repetytorium 1

Suma godzin 15

STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE N1. Wykład – metoda tradycyjna z wykorzystaniem multimediów N2. Ćwiczenia rachunkowe – metoda tradycyjna, dyskusja nad rozwiązaniami zadań N3. Ćwiczenia rachunkowe – krótkie 10 min. sprawdziany pisemne N4. Konsultacje N5. Praca własna – przygotowanie do ćwiczeń N6. Praca własna – przygotowanie do egzaminu



Numer efektu kształcenia Sposób oceny osiągnięcia efektu kształcenia

F1 PEK_U01-U03 Pisemne sprawdziany F2 PEK_W01-W07 Egzamin pisemno-ustny P = F2 z uwzględnieniem F1

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA [1] D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J. Walker, Podstawy fizyki, tom 1, 2,4-5, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, Warszawa 2003 [2] J. Walker, Podstawy fizyki. Zbiór zadań, PWN, Warszawa 2005. LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA [1] I.W. Sawieliew, Wykłady z fizyki, tom 1-3, Wydawnictwa Naukowe PWN, Warszawa, 2003. [2] K. Sierański, K. Jezierski, B. Kołodka, Wzory i prawa z objaśnieniami, cz. 1. i 2., Oficyna

Wydawnicza SCRIPTA, Wrocław 2005; [3] K. Sierański, J. Szatkowski, Wzory i prawa z objaśnieniami, cz. 3., Oficyna Wydawnicza

SCRIPTA, Wrocław 2008. [4] K. Jezierski, B. Kołodka, K. Sierański, Zadania z rozwiązaniami, cz. 1., i 2., Oficyna Wydawnicza

SCRIPTA, Wrocław 1999-2003. [5] R R. A. Serway, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, 8th Ed., Brooks/Cole, Belmont 2009; Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, 8th Ed., Brooks/Cole, Belmont 2009. [6] Paul A. Tipler, Gene Mosca, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, Extended Version, W. H. Freeman 2007. OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMI Ę, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL) Prof. dr hab. Janusz M. Pawlikowski, 71 320 23 90; [email protected]

MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU Fizyka 1.1A

Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA NA KIERUNKU Automatyka i robotyka, Elektronika, Informatyka, Te lekomunikacja, Teleinformatyka

Przedmiotowy efekt kształcenia

Odniesienie przedmiotowego efektu do efektów kształcenia zdefiniowanych dla kierunku

studiów i specjalności

Cele przedmiotu

Treści programowe

Numer narzędzia

dydaktycznego


K1TIN_W07 C1 Wy1 N1,N4,N6


K1TIN_W07 C1 Wy2÷Wy6 N1,N4,N6












K1TIN_U04 C2 Ćw1÷Ćw4 N2÷N6


K1TIN_U04 C2 Ćw5÷Ćw6 N2÷N6


K1TIN_U04 C2 Ćw7 N2÷N6


KARTA PRZEDMIOTU Nazwa w języku polskim: Fizyka 3.1 Nazwa w języku angielskim: Physics 3.1 Kierunek studiów: Automatyka i robotyka, Elektronika, Informatyka,

Telekomunikacja, Teleinformatyka Stopień studiów i forma: I stopień, stacjonarna Rodzaj przedmiotu: obowiązkowy, ogólnouczelniany Kod przedmiotu: FZP2079 Grupa kursów: NIE


15


60

Forma zaliczenia Zaliczenie na ocenę



2


2




CELE PRZEDMIOTU C1 Opanowanie umiejętności przeprowadzenia prostego eksperymentu C2 Uzyskanie umiejętności opracowanie eksperymentu w postaci raportu C3 Uzyskanie umiejętności szacowania niepewności uzyskanych rezultatów

PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA

Z zakresu umiejętności: PEK_U01 - umie posługiwać się prostymi przyrządami pomiarowymi (do pomiaru długości, czasu

oraz innych wielkości fizycznych) PEK_U02 - potrafi wykonać pomiary podstawowych wielkości fizycznych z wykorzystaniem

instrukcji stanowiska pomiarowego PEK_U03 - potrafi, z wykorzystaniem narzędzi inżynierskich, opracować wyniki pomiarów oraz

przeprowadzić analizę niepewności pomiarowych

TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE Forma zajęć – laboratorium Liczba godzin

La1

Wprowadzenie do LPF: sprawy organizacji i przebiegu zajęć, zapoznanie studentów: a) z zasadami bezpiecznego wykonywania pomiarów (krótkie szkolenie z zakresu BHP), b) z zasadami pisemnego opracowania sprawozdań/raportów, c) z podstawami analizy niepewności pomiarowych. Wykonanie prostych pomiarów.

1

La2

Wykonanie pomiarów za pomocą mierników analogowych i cyfrowych układu elektrycznego. Statystyczne opracowanie otrzymanych wyników pomiarów prostych i złożonych, szacowanie niepewności pomiarów prostych i złożonych, graficzna prezentacja rezultatów pomiarów i niepewności pomiarowych, opracowanie sprawozdania.

2

La3 Wykonanie pomiarów wybranych wielkości fizycznych, opracowanie pisemnego sprawozdania

2


2


2


2


2

La8 Repetytorium 2 Suma godzin 15

STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE N1. Praca własna – przygotowanie do przeprowadzenia eksperymentu (zapoznanie się z instrukcją

roboczą stanowiska pomiarowego, sposobem przeprowadzenia eksperymentu ćwiczeń oraz metodami opracowania rezultatów)

N2.Kilkuminutowe sprawdziany pisemne poprzedzające pomiary N3. Samodzielne wykonanie eksperymentu N4. Strona internetowa laboratorium z informacjami dotyczącymi regulaminu laboratorium,

regulaminu BHP, spisu ćwiczeń, opisu ćwiczeń, instrukcji roboczych, przykładowych sprawozdań, pomocy dydaktycznych

N5. Konsultacje





F1 PEK_U01-U03 Odpowiedzi ustne, dyskusje, pisemne sprawdziany, ocena raportów z każdego wykonanego ćwiczenia

P = F1

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA: [1] Ćwiczenia Laboratoryjne z Fizyki, Tomy 1-4, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej

(dostępne wraz z instrukcjami roboczymi na stronie http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/lpf) [2] Opisy eksperymentów oraz instrukcje robocze dostępne na stronie http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/lpf LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA: . [1] D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J.Walker: Podstawy Fizyki, tomy 1-2, 4, Wydawnictwa Naukowe

PWN, Warszawa 2003. [2] I.W. Sawieliew, Wykłady z Fizyki tom1 i 2 , Wydawnictwa Naukowe PWN, Warszawa, 2003.

OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMI Ę, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL) Dr hab. Ewa Rysiakiewicz-Pasek; [email protected]

MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU

Fizyka 3.1 Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA NA KIERUNKU

Automatyka i robotyka, Elektronika, Informatyka, Te lekomunikacja, Teleinformatyka

Przedmiotowy efekt

kształcenia


dotyczy)

Cele przedmiotu Treści programowe

Numer narzędzia

dydaktycznego


K1TEL_U04, K1TIN_U05 C1 La1-La8 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5


K1TEL_U04, K1TIN_U05 C1, C2 La1-La8 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5


K1TEL_U04, K1TIN_U05 C3 La1-La8 N1,N2,N3,N4,N5

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY Electronics……… / DEPARTMENT……………… SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish ……………… …Fizyka 3.3……………………………. Name in English ……………. Physics 3.3 Main field of study (if applicable): ……Automatics and Robotics……………………. Specialization (if applicable): ………-…………….. Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code …… FZP002081………. Group of courses NO Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU)

15 15


60 60



For group of courses mark (X) final course Number of ECTS points 2 2


- 1


1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES - \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Gain knowledge on the basics of solid physics necessary for understanding of the operating principles of semiconductor devices

C2 The acquisition of skills to carry out simple electrical measurements in order to determine the basic performance parameters of the devices.

C3 The acquisition of ability to work in a team.

C4 Understanding the need for self-study.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Understands the physics of operation of selected semiconductor devices.

PEK_W02 Knows the rules of measurement of electrical parameters of selected semiconductor devices.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can explain the physics of selected semiconductor devices.

PEK_U02 Can perform measurements of basic parameters of a variety of semiconductor diodes.

PEK_U03 It can carry out the analysis of measurement results and assess test properties of electronic circuits.

relating to social competences: -

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1

Crystallographic systems. Chemical bonding in a solid state. 1

Lec 2

Free electron model. Metals. Ohm's Law. Conductivity and mobility. 1

Lec 3

Band theory of solids. 2

Lec 4

The electrons and holes in semiconductors. 1

Lec 5

Intrinsic and doped semiconductors, with direc and indirect energy gap. 2

Lec 6

Semiconductor junctions: metal-semiconductor interface, p-n, bipolar transistor, hetero-and nano-structure.

3

Lec 7

Optoelectronic semiconductor devices (photo- detector, solar cell, LED and laser).

2

Lec 8

Bipolar transistors JFET, MOSFET etc.. CCD devices. 2

Lec 9

Test 1

Total hours 15

Form of classes - laboratory Number of hours Lab 1 Introduction to the laboratory (common for two groups). ½ out of 3

Lab 2 The measurement of curent-voltage characteristics of the visible and infrared LEDs. Determination of series resistance, ideality factor and built-in voltage.

Lab 3 Measurement of curent-voltage characteristics of a p-n junction diode as a function of temperature. The designation of the dynamics of changes in the value of the temperature increment of built-in potential. The determination of energy gap.

Students perform 4 exercises out of 6; each

exercise for 3 hours

Lab 4 Measurements of curent-voltage characteristics of a rectifying and Zener diode. Determination of the static and dynamic resistance of the Zener diode. Determination of the diodes current vs time and voltage vs time oscillograms.

Lab 5 Measurements of the static curent-voltage characteristics of the field transistor (JFET). Determination of conductance and transconductance for selected operationg points of the transistor.

Lab 6 Measurements of the dark and illuminated curent-voltage characteristics of a photodiode. Determination of the sereis resistance with the use of three various methods. Verification of the inverse square law.

Lab 7 Measurements of the temperature dependence of electrical resistance of a metal and a semiconductor. Determination of a temperature resistance coefficient of a metal and a semiconductor energy gap.

Lab 8 Recovery exercises (common for two groups). ½ out of 3

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Traditional lecture with multimedia presentations. N2. e-lecture notes available by the Internet.

N3 Own work-study for the final test

N4. e-lab materials posted on the Internet.

N5. Instructions- theoretical introduction to lab exercises.

N6. Work instructions for the lab exercises.

N7. Consultation and contact by email.

N8. Own work-preparing for the exercises

N9. Own work-development of measurement results in the form of a report.


Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), P – concluding (at


semester end) F1 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, The oral reply, tests

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, Evaluation of laboratory reports

P1 P1 -średnia z uzyskanych ocen F1 i F2

F3 PEK_W01,PEK_W02 activity on talk: oral response and tests

F4 PEK_W01,PEK_W02, Final test

P2 = F4 taking into account the F3 (maximum elevation of assessment 1)


PRIMARY LITERATURE: [1] Lecture notes (pliki PPT), available via internet : www.if.pwr.wroc.pl\~popko

[2] Laboratory notes ( instructions) , available via interne : www.if.pwr.wroc.pl\~popko

[3] S.Kuta „Elementy i układy elektroniczne” Wyd. AGH, wyd. I 2000

[4] E.Popko „Fizyka odnawialnych źródeł energii”, E-skrypt DBC

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] W.Marciniak “Przyrządy półprzewodnikowe i układy scalone” WNT Warszawa 1987 [2] J.Hennel „Podstawy elektroniki półprzewodnikowej” WNT Warszawa 1995. SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Ewa Popko, [email protected]


SUBJECT ……Physics 3.3………………………

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ……Electronics…………………..

AND SPECIALIZATION …Automatics and Robotics…………………………..



applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge) K1AIR_W07 C1,C4 Lec 1-Lec8 N1, N2, N3, N7,N9

PEK_W02 K1AIR_W07 C1,C4 Lec1-Lec8 N4-N8

PEK_U01 (skills) K1AIR_U06 C2,C3,C4 Lab1-Lab4 N1-N7

PEK_U02 K1AIR_U06 C2,C3,C4 Lab1-Lab4 N4-N8

PEK_K01 (competences) ** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects *** - from table above

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT OF CONTROL ENGI NEERING AND ROBOTICS

SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish: Programowanie obiektowe Name in English: Object Oriented Programming Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: INEW002 Group of courses: YES

Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of organized classes in University (ZZU) 30 30


Form of crediting credited with grade

credited with

grade

For group of courses mark (X) final course X Number of ECTS points 6 including number of ECTS points for practical (P)

classes - 2

including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student contact (BK) classes 1 2



1. K1AIR_W09, K1EKA_W08, K1INF_W09, K1TEL_W08, K1TIN_W40 2. K1AIR_U09, K1EKA_U07, K1INF_U08, K1TEL_U07, K1TIN_U08 \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 The student would be introduce in the basis of object oriented programming, its

engineering and methodology C2 The student would know how to prepare program source code using object oriented

approach

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 Student knows the idea of the object oriented approach. PEK_W02 Can explain the fundaments of object oriented methodology as the tool of the

comprehending the real world. PEK_W03 Can know an idea of object oriented methodology based on Unified Modeling

Language (UML). PEK_W04 Student knows basic tools and paradigms of the object oriented approach. PEK_W05 Student knows basic programming tools on the exampled object oriented

programming C++ language. Relating to skills: PEK_U01 Can independently formulate and use the technology of the object oriented

programming. PEK_U02 Can create and execute the parts of the source code containing definitions of

constructors both in the basis and in the derived classes. PEK_U03 Can create and execute the parts of the independently drawn up source code

containing virtual functions and overloaded operators.

PROGRAM CONTENT

Form of the lecture Number of hours

Lec1 Introduction. Object oriented approach – a general idea. 2

Lec2 Presentation of the main application of the object oriented approach (project management, etc.) and the nowadays object oriented programming languages

2

Lec3 Object oriented programming language C++. Main paradigms, Constructors and destructors.

2

Lec4 Gadgets in C++. Default arguments, references, complex declarators, modificators, etc. A copy constructor and the assignment operator.

2

Lec5 Assessment of the main nowadays object oriented programming languages: C++, C# and Java. Microsoft .NET framework.

2

Lec6 Object oriented programming language Java. Main ideas. Packages and implementations.

2

Lec7 Object oriented programming language C#. Main ideas. Interfaces and garbage collection.

2

Lec8 Object oriented approach. Encapsulation and inheritance. Virtual functions and abstract classes.

2

Lec9 Creation of the simple class. Encapsulation. Static data and functions. Operator overloading as the global and member function. Operator overloading in C++ and C#.

2

Lec10 Inheritance and derived classes. Multiply inheritance in C++ and interfaces in C# and Java.

2

Lec11 C# language. Classes, expressions and operators. 2 Lec12 Inheritance, interfaces, iterators, exceptions handling, processes and threads 2

Lec13 Virtual functions and abstract classes. Basis of the Unified Modeling Language (UML). Class diagrams. Examples, case studies.

4

Lec14 Recapitulatory lecture. 2 Total hours 30

Form of the laboratory Number of hours

L1,2 Getting acquainted with the programming platform. Simple program in structural methodology.

4

L3-6 Application of the object oriented approach for the individual simple program in C++ agreed with the lecturer

8

L7-10 Individual program in C++ agreed with the lecturer 8

L11-12 Individual simple program in C# or Java agreed with the lecturer 4

L13-15 Individual program in C# or Java agreed with the lecturer 6

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. LCD Projector, blackboard N2. Computer with an access to the Internet, Integrated Development Environment (IDE),

MS .NET Framework, MS Office




F1 PEK_W01-W05 Lectures credited with grade

F2 PEK_U01-U03 Program code presented and credited with

grade P = 0.6 * F1 + 0.4 * F2 (while lab ranked)


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Grębosz J., Symfonia C++ standard. Programowanie w języku C++ orientowane obiektowo, Kraków, Oficyna Kallimach, 2005.

[2] Stroustrup B., Język C++, Warszawa, WNT, 2004.

[3] Eckel, B.Thinking in Java, Wydawnictwo Helion, 2006

[4] Hejlsberg A., Torgersen M., Wiltamuth S., Golde P., Język C#. Programowanie. Wydanie III, Microsoft .NET Development Series

[5] Kisilewicz J., Język C++. Programowanie obiektowe, Wrocław, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 2005.


[6] Martin F., UML w kropelce, Warszawa, Oficyna Wydawnicza LTP, 2005.

[7] Martin J., Odell J.J., Podstawy metod obiektowych, WNT, 1997

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) Jerzy Kotowski ([email protected]


SUBJECT Object Oriented Programming



Correlation between subject educational effect and educational effects defined for main field of study

and specialization (if applicable)**


Program content***

Teaching tool

number***

(knowledge)


K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12 C1 Wyk1-2 N1


K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12 C1 Wyk3, Wyk5 N1


K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12 C1 Wyk13 N1


K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12 C1

Wyk6-7,Wyk8, Wyk11-12

N1


K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12 C1

Wyk4, Wyk9, Wyk10

N1

(skills)


K1TEL_U11, K1TIN_U12 C2 L1-6 N2


K1TEL_U11, K1TIN_U12 C2 L7-10 N2


K1TEL_U11, K1TIN_U12 C2 L11-15 N2


1

FACULTY

SUBJECT CARD

Name in English Mathematical Analysis 2.3A Name in Polish Analiza Matematyczna 2.3 A Main field of study (if applicable) Specialization (if applicable) Level and form of studies 1st level, full-time Kind of subject obligatory Subject code MAP1149 Group of courses Yes


30 0


150 0

Form of crediting exam For group of courses mark (X) final course X Number of ECTS points 5 0 including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes

3 0


3 0

PREREQUISITIES

Knowledge of differential and integral calculus of function of one variable

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Knowledge of basic properties of infinite series and power series. C2. Understanding the basic concepts of differential calculus of several variables. C3. Understanding the basic concepts of integral calculus of functions of several variables. C4. Understanding the Laplace transform and Fourier transform.


Relating to knowledge: PEK_W1. Know the basic criteria of convergence of infinite series. PEK_W2. Know the basic concepts of differential and integral calculus of functions of several variables.

2

PEK_W3. Know the basic concepts of differential and integral calculus of functions of several variables. Relating to skills: PEK_U1. Can find power series of a function, knows how to use power series for approximations of functions PEK_U2. Can compute the partial derivatives, directional and gradient functions of several variables and interpret the wielkoćci, able to solve problems for the optimization of functions of several variables

PEK_U3. Is able to calculate and interpret the integral multiple, able to solve engineering problems using double and triple integrals

PEK_U4. Can calculate integral transforms from simple functions Relating to social competences: PEK_K1. Understand the role played by Mathematical Analysis to analyze technical problems

PROGRAM CONTENT

Form of classes - lectures Hours Wy1 Improper integrals. Cauchy principal value. 2.0 Wy2 Infinite series. The basic criteria for convergence of series. Absolute and conditional convergence.

Leibniz criterion. 2.0

Wy3 Power series. The radius and interval of convergence. Cauchy theorem - Hadamard. Taylor Series. 2.0 Wy4 Properties of the space Rn. Subsets of the space Rn. Functions of several variables. 2.0

Wy5 Partial derivatives of the first order. Definition. Geometric interpretation. Higher order partial derivatives. Schwarz theorem

2.0

Wy6 The plane tangent to the graph of a function of two variables. Directional derivatives. Gradient of a function.

2.0

Wy7 Local extremes of functions of two variables. Sufficient conditions for the existence of extreme. The smallest and the largest value of the function on the set. Examples of extremal problems in geometry and technology.

2.0

Wy8 Conditional extremes conditional function of two variables. Applications. Examples of optimization problems.

2.0

Wy9 Double integrals. The definition of the double integral. Geometric and physical interpretation. Calculation of double integrals normal regions.

2.0

Wy10 Properties of double integrals. Jacobian function. Change of variables in double integrals. Double integral in polar coordinates.

2.0

Wy11 Triple integrals. Reversal iterated integrals. Change of variables in cylindrical and spherical coordinates

2.0

Wy12 Applications of double and triple integrals in geometry and physics. 2.0 Wy13 Laplace transform. 2.0 Wy14 Inverse Laplace transform and its applications 2.0 Wy15 Introduction to the Fourier transform. 2.0 Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture - traditional method N3. Student’s self work with the assistance of mathematical packages

EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEME NT Evaluation (F-forming; P - Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect

3

concluding) achievement F1 PEK_W1, PEK_W2,

PEK_U1, PEK_U2, PEK_K1

test

F2 PEK_W2, PEK_U2, PEK_U3, PEK_K1

test

F3 all exam P - sets the lecturer

LITERATURE

PRIMARY A1. F. Leja, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2012 A2. R. Leitner, Zarys Matematyki Wyższej dla Studiów Technicznych, Cz. 1-2 WNT, Warszawa, 2006. SECONDARY B1. W. Krysicki, L. Włodarski, Analiza Matematyczna w Zadaniach, Cz. II, PWN, Warszawa 2006 B2. G. M. Fichtenholz, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy, T. I-II, PWN, Warszawa 2007 B3. M. Gewert, Z. Skoczylas, Analiza Matematyczna 2. Przykłady i Zadania, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2011

SUBJECT SUPERVISORS

1. Komisja Programowa Instytutu Matematyki i Informatyki 2. prof. dr hab. Jacek Cichoń ([email protected]) 3. dr Agnieszka Wyłomańska ([email protected])

4

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS F OR SUBJECT

Analiza Matematyczna 2.2 B MAP1149

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ……

AND SPECIALIZATION …..



Subject objectives

Programme content Teaching tool number

PEK_W1 C1 Wy1 Wy2 Wy3 N1, N3 PEK_W2 C2 C3 Wy4 Wy5 Wy6 Wy7 Wy8 Wy9

Wy10 Wy11 Wy12 N1, N3

PEK_W3 C4 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15 N1, N3 PEK_U1 C1 Wy1 Wy2 Wy3 N1, N3 PEK_U2 C2 Wy5 Wy6 Wy7 Wy8 N1, N3 PEK_U3 C3 Wy9 Wy10 Wy11 Wy12 N1, N3 PEK_U4 C4 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15 N1, N3 PEK_K1 C1 C2 C3

C4 Wy1 Wy2 Wy3 Wy5 Wy6 Wy7 Wy8 Wy9 Wy10 Wy11 Wy12 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15

N1, N3

1


SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish: RACHUNEK PRAWDOPODOBIEŃSTWA Name in English: Probability Theory Main field of study (if applicable): Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time* Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide* Subject code: MAP1151 Group of courses YES /NO*


15


30



Number of ECTS points 1 including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes 0,5


0,75

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. Knows single variable calculus. 2. Has basic knowledge regarding theory of both numerical and power series. 3. Can compute two-dimensional integrals.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Study of basic concepts and methods of probability theory C2 Study of classical probabilistic distributions, their properties and applications to practical problems from different areas of science and technology

2

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 knows basic concepts and probability theory methods PEK_W02 knows classical probabilistic distributions and their properties

relating to skills: PEK_U01 understands basic concepts of probability theory PEK_U02 can use basic probabilistic methods to solve both theoretical and practical

problems from different areas of science and technology relating to social competences: PEK_K01 can, without assistance, search for necessary information in the suggested literature

and acquire knowledge independently PEK_K02 understands the need for systematic and independent work on mastery of course

material

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Wy1 Probability space. Events, and operations on events. The axiomatic definition of probability. General properties of probability. Classical and geometric probability. Variations, permutations and combinations.

2

Wy2 Definition of conditional probability. The law of total probability. Bayes theorem. Independent events.

1

Wy3

Random variables, definition and examples. Distribution of a random variable. Cumulative distribution function and its properties. Classification of random variables. Distribution of a function of random variable.

2

Wy4 Discrete random variables. Review of discrete distributions: Bernoulli, binomial and Poisson distributions. Poisson approximation to binomial distribution.

1

Wy5 Continuous random variables. Probability density function and its relationship with cumulative distribution function. Review of continuous distributions: uniform, normal, exponential distributions.

1

Wy6

Parameters of random variables. Expectation and its properties. Higher order moments. Variance and its properties. Quantile of order p. Expected values, variances, medians and quartiles for selected distributions. Standardization of a normally distributed random variable. Standard normal distribution table.

2

Wy7

Bivariate random variables. Definitions of cumulative distribution function and probability density function. Marginal distributions. Independence of random variables. Moments, correlation coefficient. Sequences of random variables: sums of independent random variables, expectation and variance of such sums. (Weak) law of large numbers.

3

Wy8 Convergence in distribution. Central Limit Theorem, Lindeberg-Levy theorem, De Moivre-Laplace theorem. Test.

3

Total hours 15

3

TEACHING TOOLS USED 1. Lecture – traditional method. 2. Lists of exercises. 3. Consultations 4. Student’s self work – preparation for the test.

EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEME NT Evaluation (F – forming (during semester), P – concluding (at semester end)



P PEK_W01, PEK_W02 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_K01, PEK_K02

quizzes, tests


[1] J. Jakubowski, R. Sztencel, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa dla prawie każdego, Script, Warszawa 2002.

[2] A. Papoulis, Prawdopodobieństwo, zmienne losowe i procesy stochastyczne, WNT, Warszawa 1972.

[3] H. Jasiulewicz, W. Kordecki, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna. Przykłady i zadania, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2001.

[4] A. Plucińska, E. Pluciński, Probabilistyka, WNT, Warszawa 2006. [5] W. Krysicki, J. Bartos, W. Dyczka, K. Królikowska, M. Wasilewski, Rachunek

prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna w zadaniach, Cz. I-II, PWN, Warszawa 2007.


[1] D. Bobrowski, Probabilistyka w zastosowaniach technicznych, PWN, Warszawa 1986. [2] A. A. Borowkow, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa, PWN, Warszawa 1975. [3] W. Feller, Wstęp do rachunku prawdopodobieństwa, T. I, PWN, Warszawa 2006. [4] M. Fisz, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna, PWN, Warszawa

1967. [5] T. Inglot, T. Ledwina, Z. Ławniczak, Materiały do ćwiczeń z rachunku

prawdopodobieństwa i statystyki matematycznej, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 1984.

[6] J. Jakubowski, R. Sztencel, Wstęp do teorii prawdopodobieństwa, Script, Warszawa 2001.

[7] W. Kordecki, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna. Definicje, twierdzenia, wzory, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2002.


Program Committee of the Institute of Mathematics and Computer Science

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT PROBABILITY THEORY MAP1151

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY …… AND SPECIALIZATION ….. ******

Subject

educational effect


applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge)

C1, C2 Wy1- Wy8 1, 2

PEK_W02 C2 Wy4 – Wy6 1, 2 PEK_U01

(skills) C1 Wy1- Wy8 1, 2, 3

PEK_U02 C1, C2 Wy1- Wy8 1, 2, 3 PEK_K01

(competences) C1, C2 Wy1- Wy8 1, 2, 3

PEK_K02 C1, C2 Wy1- Wy8 1, 2, 3 ** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects *** - from table above

1


SUBJECT CARD Name in Polish: Matematyka Name in English: Mathematics Main field of study (if applicable): (AIR) Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time* Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide* Subject code MAP003018 Group of courses YES / NO*


15 30


60 30



X


1


1,5

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. Knowledge of basic facts from algebra concerning solving systems of linear equations and

complex numbers 2. Knowledge of basic facts from mathematical analysis concerning properties of the number

sequences and series, primary calculus of functions of one and several variables 3. Knowledge of basic facts from ordinary differential equations concerning solving first order

differential equations (linear, of separated variables) and linear second order equations

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 Learning methods of solving systems of linear first order ordinary differential equations. C2 Learning basic facts and methods of investigating the stability and asymptotic stability of steady points of systems of autonomous ordinary differential equations. C3 Learning techniques of solving linear higher order ordinary differential equations. C4 Learning basic facts from difference equations and methods of their solving. C5 Learning basic facts concerning graphs, finite groups, finite fields and coding.

2

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 He/she knows the existence and uniqueness theorems and basic techniques of

solving systems of linear ordinary differential equations. PEK_W02 He/she knows basic facts and methods of investigation of the stability and

asymptotic stability of the systems of autonomous ordinary differential equations. PEK_W03 He/she knows methods of solving linear higher order ordinary differential

equations. PEK_W04 He/she knows basic facts concerning difference equations and methods of their

solving, including those based on an application of the Z transform. relating to skills: PEK_U01 He/she can solve systems of linear ordinary differential equations. PEK_U02 He/she can investigate the stability and asymptotic stability of steady points of

autonomous ordinary differential equations. PEK_U03 He/she can apply the Laplace transform to solving simple differential equations. PEK_U04 He/she can solve linear higher order ordinary differential equations. PEK_U05 He/she can solve difference equations using the Z transform. PEK_U06 He/she knows basic facts concerning graphs, finite groups, finite fields and coding.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lect 1

The systems of linear first order ordinary differential equations – the existence, uniqueness and continuation of solutions; some methods of solving equations: method of the elimination of unknowns, the Euler method in the case of the single eigenvalues, the varying constants method.

2

Lect 2

The stability and asymptotic stability of steady points of systems of autonomous ordinary first order differential equations – the investigation by means of the eigenvalues of the matrix of the system, the linearization method, applications of the Lyapunov function.

3

Lect 3 Systems of the linear higher order ordinary differential equations - the characteristic polynomial, the methods of undetermined coefficients and varying constants.

2

Lect 4 The Laplace transform and its applications to solving differential equations.

2

Lect 5

Fundamentals of the difference calculus - introduction, general and particular solution, the initial value problem for the difference equation. The linear first order difference equation - the form of the general and particular solutions in the case of the constant coefficients.

2

Lect 6 Linear homogeneous higher order difference equations with constant coefficients - characteristic polynomial and the form of the

2

3

constant coefficients - characteristic polynomial and the form of the solution. Linear nonhomogeneous higher order difference equations – the method of the undetermined coefficients.

Lect 7

The Z transform – its main properties: linearity, the transform of geometric and shifted sequences, and the transform of sequences multiplied by the exponent function; its application to the solution of difference equations

2

Total hours 15


Cl 1 Solution of systems of linear first order ordinary differentia equations. 5 Cl 2 Study the stability of the steady points. 2 Cl 3 Solution of linear higher order ordinary differential equations. 3 Cl 4 Solution of basic problems from the difference calculus. 1 Cl 5 Solution of first order difference equations. 3 Cl 6 Solution of higher order difference equations.. 5 Cl 7 Solution of problems about the Z transform and its applications to

solution of difference equations. 3

Cl 8 Solution of problems about graphs and finite groups. 3 Cl 9 Solution of problems about finite fields, linear spaces over them and

about coding. 3

Cl 10 Tests. 2 Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lecture – traditional method. N2. Classes – traditional method (exercises solving and discussion) N3. Consultations N4. Student’s self work – preparation for the classes.





F- Ćw PEK_U01-PEK_U06 oral presentations, quizzes, tests. F- Wy PEK_W01-PEK_W04 crediting with grade P=2/3*Wy+1/3*Ćw

4


[1] S. Elaydi, An introduction to difference equations. Nowy Jork 2005. [2] W. Żakowski, W. Leksiński, Matematyka, Cz. IV. Warszawa 2002.

SECONDARY LITERATURE: [1] D. Betounes, Differential equations: theory and applications. Nowy Jork 2010. [2] M. Gewert, Z. Skoczylas, Równania różniczkowe zwyczajne. Teoria, przykłady,

zadania. Wrocław 2006. [3] J. Kudrewicz, Przekształcenie Z i równania różnicowe. Warszawa 2000. [4] N. M. Matwiejew, Metody całkowania równań różniczkowych zwyczajnych. Warszawa

1986. [5] J. Muszyński, A. D. Myszkis, Równania różniczkowe zwyczajne. Warszawa 1984. [6] San Ling, Chaoping Xing, Coding Theory. A First Course. Cambridge University Press

2004

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRES S) prof. dr hab. Jacek Cichon ([email protected]) Program Committee of the Institute of Mathematics and Computer Science

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT MATHEMATICS AiR MAP 3018

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY …… AND SPECIALIZATION …..

Subject educational

effect


applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge)

C1 Lect 1 N1, N3, N4

PEK_W02 C2 Lect 2 N1, N3, N4 PEK_W03 C3 Lect 3-4 N1, N2, N4 PEK_W04 C4 Lect 5-7 N1, N2, N4 PEK_U01

(skills) C1 Cl 1 N2, N3, N4

PEK_U02 C2 Cl 2 N2, N3, N4 PEK_U03 C3 Cl 3 N2, N3, N4 PEK_U04 C3 Cl 3 N2, N3, N4 PEK_U05 C4 Cl 4-Cl 7 N2, N3, N4 PEK_U06 C5 Cl 8-Cl 9 N2, N3, N4


Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND MANAGEMENT SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Matematyka Name in English: Mathematics Main field of study (if applicable): Mathematics Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time* Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide* Subject code MAP008010 Group of courses YES / NO*


30 30


270







X



4


7


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTH ER COMPETENCES 1. High school graduation \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Study of the basic concepts of algebra to solve the system of linear equations. C2. Review of basic elementary functions: polynomials and rational functions, power, exponential and logarithmic functions. C3 Study of the basic concepts of mathematical analysis and ordinary differential equations. C4. Construction of mathematical models applied in economics and technology.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 knows principles of linear algebra and matrix methods for linear systems PEK_W02 knows elementary functions and basic concepts of mathematical analysis with

applications to optimization problems PEK_W03 knows differencial calculus for function of two variables and basic concepts of

ordinary differential equations relating to skills: PEK_U01 can apply algebraic methods (matrices, determinants) to system of linear equations PEK_U02 can calculate limit of sequence and function, asymptotes, derivative of function,

indefinite and definie integrals PEK_U03 can solve optimalization problems for functions of one variable, examine the

functions for extrema PEK_U04 can solve optimization problems for functions of two variables, examine the

functions for extrema and conditional extrema relating to social competences: PEK_K01 can, without assistance, search for necessary information in the literature PEK_K02 understands the need for systematic and independent work on mastery of course

material

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Wy 1 Polynomials and rational functions. Equations and inequalities with these functions.Transforming the graph.

2

Wy 2 Exponential and logarithmic functions. Equations and inequalities with these functions.

2

Wy 3 Matrices and matrix operations. Determinants and their properties. Methods of solving determinants. Inverse of a matrix.

2

Wy 4 Systems of linear equations. Cramer`s rule. Gaussian elimination method. Linear optimization.

2

Wy 5 Limits of sequences. Properties of sequences. The geometric and aritmetic sequences in applied economics.

2

Wy 6 Limits of a function. Continuous functions. Asymptotes. The derivative of a function. Rules of differentiation.

2

Wy 7 Geometric and physical interpretation of derivative. Derivative of composite function. Higher order derivatives and their application.

2

Wy 8 Monotonicity. Lokal maxima and minima of functions. Convexity. Point of inflection. Examination of a function.

2

Wy 9 Indefinite integrals, basic properties. Integration by parts and substitution. 2

Wy 10 Definition, geometric and physics interpretation of definite integral. Fundamental theorem of integral calculus. Properties of definite integrals. Average value of

2

function.

Wy 11 Applications of integral calculus in geometry (area of region, length of arc, volume generated by revolving the region, area of surface generated by revolving the graph).

2

Wy 12 Functions of two or more variables. Graphs of functions of two variables. Partial derivatives. Differentials and their applications. Differentiation of composite functions.

2

Wy 13 Local extreme of function of two variables. Optimization problems. 2

Wy 14 Examination of a function for conditional extrema. Differentiation of implicite functions.

2

Wy 15 Ordinary differential equations. Equations of separated variables. 2

Total hours 30


Ćw1 Polynomials and rational functions. Equations and inequalities with these functions.Transforming the graph.

4

Ćw2 Equations and inequalities with exponential and logarithmic functions. 2

Ćw3 Matrices and matrix operations. Determinants and their properties. Methods of solving determinants. Inverse of a matrix. Systems of linear equations. Cramer`s rule. Gaussian elimination method.

4

Ćw4 Limits of sequences. Properties of sequences. The geometric and aritmetic sequences. Limits of a function. Indeterminate form. Asymptotes. Continuous functions.

2

Ćw5 The derivative of a function. Rules of differentiation. Tangent line to the graph. Test for monotonicity. Sufficient test for local extrema. Convexity and point of inflection. Examination of a function.

4

Ćw6 Indefinite integral, basic properties. Integration by parts and substitution. Definite integral. Applications of integral calculus in geometry (area of region, length of arc, volume generated by revolving the region, area of surface generated by revolving the graph).

4

Ćw7 Graphs of functions of two variables. Partial derivatives. Differentiation of composite functions. Local extreme of function of two variables.

3

Ćw8 Optimization problems. Conditional extrema. Differentiation of implicite functions. 3

Ćw9 Ordinary differential equations. Solving problems modeled by equations of separated variables.

2

Ćw10 Tests 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture – traditional method N2. Classes – traditional method (exercises solving and discussion) N3. Consultations N4. Student’s self work – preparation for the classes




F1 PEK_W01-PEK_W3 PEK_K02

exam

F2 PEK_U01-PEK_U04 PEK_K01-PEK_K02

oral presentations, quizzes, tests

P - sets the lecturer


SUBJECT MATHEMATICS MAP008010

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY …… AND SPECIALIZATION …..

Subject educational

effect


applicable)**




PEK_W01 (knowledge)

C1, C2, C4 Wy1-Wy6 N1,N3,N4

PEK_W02 C3, C4 Wy7-Wy12 N1,N3,N4

PEK_W03 C3, C4 Wy13-Wy15 N1,N3,N4

PEK_U01 (skills)

C1, C2, C4 Ćw1-Ćw4 N2,N3,N4

PEK_U02 C3, C4 Ćw3, Ćw4 N2,N3,N4

PEK_U03 C3, C4 Ćw5-Ćw7 N2,N3,N4

PEK_U04 C3, C4 Ćw8-Ćw9 N2,N3,N4

PEK_K01- PEK_K02

(competences)

C1-C4 Wy1-Wy14 Ćw1-Ćw10

N1-N4


1

FACULTY

SUBJECT CARD

Name in English Mathematical Analysis 1.2A Name in Polish Analiza Matematyczna 1.2A Main field of study (if applicable) Specialization (if applicable) Level and form of studies 1st level, full-time Kind of subject obligatory Subject code MAP3045 Group of courses Yes


30 15


150 90

Form of crediting exam For group of courses mark (X) final course X Number of ECTS points 8 0 including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes

3 0


5 0

PREREQUISITIES

It is recommended that the knowledge of mathematics is equivalent to secondary school certificate at the advanced level.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Understanding the basic methods of analysis of the graph of functions of one variable. C2. Understanding the concept of definite integral and its basic properties and methods of determination. C3. Understanding the practical applications of mathematical methods for the analysis of functions of one variable.


Relating to knowledge: PEK_W1. Knows the basic definitions and theorem from Mathematical Analysis of functions of one variable. PEK_W2. Knows the notion of definite integral and its basic applications.

2

Relating to skills: PEK_U1. Can examine graphs of simple functions. PEK_U2. Can calculate integrals of simple functions. Relating to social competences: PEK_K1. Understand how calculus affects on the development of technical civilization

PROGRAM CONTENT

Form of classes - lectures Hours Wy1 Mathematical notations (logical connetives, quantifieries), elements of set theory, real numbers,

subsets of real numbers (intervals, half-lines). Linear and quadratic functions. 2.0

Wy2 Basic properties of functions (injective and monotonic functions). Composition of functions. The inverse function. Power and exponential functions, and opposite to them. Properties of logarithms.

2.0

Wy3 Trygonometric functions and their inverses. Graphs of trigonometric and of its inverses. 2.0 Wy4 Sequences and limits. Basic formulas and theorems. Number e. Improper limits. 2.0 Wy5 The limit of a function in a point. Directional limits of function. Asymptotics of function. 2.0 Wy6 Continuity of a function in a point and on the interval. Basic properties of conituous functions.

Approximate solutions of equations. Points of discontinuity. 2.0

Wy7 The definition of derivative. Basic formulas and theorems. Geometric and physics interpretations. Mean value theorem. De L’Hospital rule.

2.0

Wy8 Extreme values, monotonicity. Higher order derivatives. Convexity of function. 2.0 Wy9 Examination of the graph of a function. 2.0 Wy10 Taylor formula. Aproximation of function. Applications. 2.0 Wy11 Definite integral. Simple examples. Connection between interal and derivative (Fundamental

Theorem of Calculus). Simple examples 2.0

Wy12 Indefinite integral: basic formulas. Areas of simple figures. 2.0 Wy13 The basic methods of calculus of integrals: integration by parts and by substitution. 2.0 Wy14 The basic methods of calculus of integrals: simple rational funnctions. Area and perimeter of a

circle. The volume of rotary figures. 2.0

Wy15 Application of methods of mathematical analysis of one variable functions. 2.0 Total hours 30

Form of classes - classes Hours Cw1 Tautologies, de Morgan laws, union, intersection and complement of set 1.0 Cw2 Natural numbers, integers, rational and real numbers. Logarithm. 1.0 Cw3 Graphs of simple functions. Inverse function. Composition of functions. 1.0 Cw4 Trygonometric functions and trygonometric identities. 1.0 Cw5 Limit of sequences. 1.0 Cw6 The limit of a function in point. 1.0 Cw7 Continuous functions 1.0 Cw8 Points of discontinuity. Solutions of equations 1.0 Cw9 Derivatives. Tangent line to a graph of a function. 1.0 Cw10 Examination of graphs of functions - I 1.0 Cw11 Examination of graphs of functions - II 1.0 Cw12 Taylor formula. De L’Hospital rule 1.0 Cw13 Integration - I 1.0 Cw14 Integration - II 1.0 Cw15 Integration - applications 1.0 Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture - traditional method

3

N2. Classes - traditional method N3. Student’s self work with the assistance of mathematical packages

EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEME NT Evaluation (F-forming; P - concluding)


F1 PEK_W1, PEK_U1, PEK_K1

kolokwium na cwiczeniach, odpowiedzi ustne

F2 PEK_W2, PEK_U2, PEK_K1

kolokwium na cwiczeniach, odpowiedzi ustne

F3 all exam P - sets the lecturer

LITERATURE

PRIMARY A1. F. Leja, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2012 A2. W. Krysicki, L. Włodarski, Analiza Matematyczna w Zadaniach, Cz. I, PWN, Warszawa 2006 SECONDARY B1. K. Kuratowski, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy. Funkcje Jednej Zmiennej, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2012 B2. G. M. Fichtenholz, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy, T. I-II, PWN, Warszawa 2007 B3. M. Gewert, Z. Skoczylas, Analiza Matematyczna 1. Przykłady i Zadania, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2011

SUBJECT SUPERVISORS

1. Komisja Programowa Instytutu Matematyki i Informatyki 2. prof. dr hab. Jacek Cichoń ([email protected]) 3. dr Agnieszka Wyłomańska ([email protected])

4

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS F OR SUBJECT

Analiza Matematyczna 1.2 MAP3045

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ……

AND SPECIALIZATION …..



Subject objectives

Programme content Teaching tool number

PEK_W1 C1 Wy1 Wy2 Wy3 Wy4 Wy5 Wy6 Wy7 Wy8 Wy9 Wy10 Wy11 Wy12 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15 Cw1 Cw2 Cw3 Cw4 Cw5 Cw6 Cw7 Cw8 Cw9 Cw10 Cw11 Cw12 Cw15

N1, N2, N3

PEK_W2 C2 C3 Wy11 Wy12 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15 Cw13 Cw14 Cw15

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U1 C1 Wy1 Wy2 Wy3 Wy4 Wy5 Wy6 Wy7 Wy8 Wy9 Wy10 Wy15 Cw1 Cw2 Cw3 Cw4 Cw5 Cw6 Cw7 Cw8 Cw9 Cw10 Cw11 Cw12 Cw15

N1, N2, N3

PEK_U2 C1 C2 C3 Wy11 Wy12 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15 Cw13 Cw14 Cw15

N1, N2, N3

PEK_K1 C1 C2 Wy9 Wy10 Wy11 Wy12 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15 Cw12 Cw13 Cw14 Cw15

N1, N2, N3

1

SUBJECT CARD

Name in English: ALGEBRA AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY A Name in Polish: ALGEBRA Z GEOMETRIĄ ANALITYCZN Ą A Main field of study (if applicable): Specialization (if applicable): Level and form of studies: 1st level, full time Kind of subject: obligatory Subject code: MAP003046 Group of courses: YES


30 15


120



X


4


2,5

PREREQUISITIES

It is recommended to know the basic algebraic operations on rational and real numbers, and knowledge of basic geometric figures and shapes.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Understanding the basic properties of complex numbers. C2. Learning basic algebraic properties of polynomials. C3. Mastering the concept of a vector, a vector space and the base of a linear space. C4. Learning how to calculate the distance between the points in the space Rn, how to determine the equations of lines and planes and understanding the concept of conic sections. C5. Mastering the concepts of matrices, matrix operations, and learn the methods of solving systems of linear equations.

2

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS Relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 knows basic properties of complex numbers PEK_W02 knows basic algebraic properties of polynomials PEK_W03 knows basic concepts of theory of linear spaces and methods of description of

lines, planes and conic sections PEK_W04 knows basic methods of solving systems of linear equations Relating to skills: PEK_U01 can carry out calculations with complex numbers PEK_U02 can add, multiply and divide polynomials PEK_U03 can find the equations of planes and lines in three dimensional space PEK_U04 can add and multiply matrices and calculate determinants PEK_U05 can solve systems of linear equations Relating to social competences:

PROGRAM CONTENT

Form of classes - lectures Hours

W1 Natural, rational and real numbers. Mathematical induction. Newton’s binomial formula.

2

W2 Complex numbers. Basic operations, modulus, complex conjugate. 2

W3 Polar form of complex number. Multiplication, division and exponentiation in polar form. Roots of complex numbers. The notion of algebraic field.

2

W4 Polynomials. Addition and multiplication of polynomials. Roots of polynomial. Polynomial remainder theorem. Fundamental theorem of algebra.

2

W5 The decomposition of a polynomial with real coefficients into product of linear and quadratic factors. Rational functions. Real simple rational factors. Decomposition of the functions into rational simple factors.

2

W6 Vectors in the space Rn. Addition and multiplication by scalars. Distance between points. Scalar product. Length of vector. Cauchy–Schwarz inequality. The angle between vectors.

2

W7 Analytic geometry of the plane. Straight line formulas (normal parametric and directional form). Distance of a point from a line. The angle between lines

2

W8 Analytic geometry of the space R3. Equations for lines and planes. Distance between point and a plane. Intersection of planes.

2

W9 Linear combinations of vectors. Linearly independent vectors. The base of a space. Linear mappings. Matrix representation of linear mappings.

2

W10 Addition and multiplication of matrices and its correlation with operations on linear mappings. Example of matrices.

2

3

W11 Permutations and its sign..Definition of determinant and methods of calculation of determinant Algebraic complement of an element of a matrix. Laplace’ formula for determinant. Determinant and volume.

2

W12 Inverse matrix. Systems od linear equations. Cramer’s formulas. Examples. Homogeneous and non-homogeneous systems. 2

W13 Properties of linear mappings (kernel, image, rank). Rouché –Capelli theorem. Gaussian elimination.

2

W14 Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. 2 W15 Conic sections. 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes – classes Hours

Cw1 Real and complex numbers. 2 Cw2 Polynomials. 2 Cw3 Geometry of the plane. 2 Cw4 Geometry of the space R3. 2 Cw5 Basis and linear mappings. 2 Cw6 Matrices and determinants. 2 Cw7 Systems of linear equations. 2 Cw8 Test 1 Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED N1. Lecture - traditional method N2. Classes - traditional method N3. Student’s self work with the assistance of mathematical packages


Evaluation (F -forming; P - concluding)



F - Cw PEK_U01-PEK_U05 Oral answers, quizzes, written tests and/or e-tests

F – W PEK_W01-PEK_W04

Exam or e-exam

F=(2/3)*W+(1/3)*Cw

LITERATURE PRIMARY:

[1] A. Białynicki-Birula, Algebra Liniowa z Geometrią, PWN 1976. [2] F. Leja, Geometria analityczna, PWN, Warszawa 1972. [3] A. Mostowski, M. Stark, Elementy algebry wyższej, PWN, Warszawa 1963. [4] G. Banaszak, W. Gajda, Elementy algebry liniowej, część I, WNT, Warszawa 2002

4

SECONDARY:

[1] G. Farin, D. Hansford, Practical Linear Algebra: A Geometry Toolbox 2004, AK Peters, 2005.

[2] T. Jurlewicz, Z. Skoczylas, Algebra i geometria analityczna. Przykłady i zadania, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2011.

[3] T. Jurlewicz, Z. Skoczylas, Algebra liniowa. Przykłady i zadania, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2005.

[4] T. Jurlewicz, Z. Skoczylas, Algebra i geometria analityczna.. Definicje, twierdzenia i wzory. Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2011.

[5] T. Jurlewicz, Z. Skoczylas, Algebra liniowa. Definicje, twierdzenia i wzory. Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2005.

[6] E. Kącki, D. Sadowska, L. Siewierski, Geometria analityczna w zadaniach, PWN, Warszawa 1993.

[7] W. Stankiewicz, Zadania z matematyki dla wyższych uczelni technicznych, Cz. A, PWN, Warszawa 2003.

SUBJECT SUPERVISORS prof. dr hab. Jacek Cichoń, dr Agnieszka Wyłomańska Komisja programowa Instytutu Matematyki i Informatyki


ALGEBRA AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY A MAP003046

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY*****

AND SPECIALIZATION …………..

Subject educational

effect**



applicable)


Programme content**

Teaching tool number**

PEK_W01 C1 W1, W2, W3, W14

1,3

PEK_W02 C2 W4, W5 1,3 PEK_W03 C3, C4 W6, W7, W8,

W9, W15 1,3

PEK_W04 C5 W10, W11, W12, W13

1,3

PEK_U01 C1 Cw1, Cw6, Cw7 1,2,3 PEK_U02 C2 Cw2 1,2,3 PEK_U03 C3, C4 Cw3, Cw4, Cw5 1,2,3 PEK U04 C5 Cw6, Cw7 1,2,3 PEK_U05 C5 Cw6, Cw7 1,2,3

** - z tabel powyżej

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 33/2012 STUDIUM NAUK HUMANISTYCZNYCH

KARTA PRZEDMIOTU Nazwa w języku polskim: Własność intelektualna i prawo autorskie Nazwa w języku angielskim: Intellectual Property Law and Copyright Stopień studiów i forma: I stopień, stacjonarna Rodzaj przedmiotu: obowiązkowy Kod przedmiotu: PREW002 Grupa kursów: NIE


15


30




-


0,5


CELE PRZEDMIOTU

C1 – przedstawienie polskiego systemu źródeł prawa; C2 – omówienie podstawowych instytucji prawa publicznego i prywatnego; C3 – analiza przepisów prawnych dotyczących prawa publicznego i prywatnego; C4 – nabycie praktycznych umiejętności w zakresie analizy przepisów prawa.

PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA Z zakresu wiedzy: PEK_HUM W08 PEK_HUM W10 Brak opisu PEK. Z zakresu umiejętności: Z zakresu kompetencji społecznych: Żadnych kompetencji społecznych? Przedmiot aż się prosi o takowe.

TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE


Wy1 Wprowadzenie do polskiego systemu źródeł prawa oraz wykładnia i stosowanie prawa

2

Wy2 Normy etyczne i kodeksy norm etycznych 2 Wy3 Podstawowe instytucje prawa cywilnego 2 Wy4 Podstawowe instytucje prawa własności intelektualnej 2 Wy5 Podstawowe instytucje prawa własności przemysłowej 2

Wy6 Ochrona danych osobowych 2

Wy7 Ogólne zasady odpowiedzialności karnej 2 Wy8 Repetytorium 1

Suma godzin 15

STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE N1. Wykład informacyjny. N2. Wykład interaktywny (dyskusja). N3. Rozwiązywanie kazusów prawnych indywidualnie i w grupach. N4. Prezentacja multimedialna. N5. Analiza orzecznictwa sądowego. N6. Prezentacja wybranych zagadnień przez uczestników wykładu.





P PEK_HUM W08 PEK_HUM W10

Zaliczenie ustne lub pisemne

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA: [1] A. Bator (red.), Wprowadzenie do nauk prawnych. Leksykon tematyczny, Warszawa 2010 r. [2] E. Gniewek(red.), Podstawy prawa cywilnego, Warszawa 2011 r. [3] R. Skubisz, Prawo własności przemysłowej, Warszawa 2012 r.

LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA: [1] P. Kostański, Prawo własności przemysłowej. Komentarz, Warszawa 2010 r. [2] J. Barta, R. Markiewicz (red.), Prawo autorskie i prawa pokrewne. Komentarz, Warszawa 2011

r. [3] A. Adamski, Prawo karne komputerowe, Warszawa 2000 r.

OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMI Ę, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL) Dr Adam Har ęża, [email protected]

MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU Prawo własności intelektualnej

Własność intelektualna i prawo autorskie



dotyczy)


Numer narzędzia

dydaktycznego

PEK_HUM W08 PEK_HUM W10

C1 – C4 Wy 1- Wy 8 N1 - N6


KARTA PRZEDMIOTU Nazwa w języku polskim: Etyka inżynierska Nazwa w języku angielskim: Engineering Ethics Kierunek studiów: Automatyka i robotyka, Elektroni ka,

Telekomunikacja, Informatyka, Teleinformatyka Stopień studiów i forma: I stopień, stacjonarna Rodzaj przedmiotu: obowiązkowy, ogólnouczelniany Kod przedmiotu: PSEW001 Grupa kursów: NIE


15


30




-


0.5


CELE PRZEDMIOTU C1: Zdobycie przez studentów elementarnej wiedzy z etyki ogólnej i zawodowej; C2: Ukształtowanie wrażliwości na dylematy moralne w pracy inżyniera; C3: Zapoznanie studentów z kodeksami etyki inżynierskiej.

PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA Z zakresu wiedzy: PEK_HUM1 W08 PEK_W01: Po zakończeniu kursu student ma wiedzę niezbędną do rozumienia etyczno-społecznych uwarunkowań działalności inżynierskiej, takich jak: filozoficzny namysł nad istotą techniki i konkretne rozstrzygnięcia na gruncie „wartościowania techniki” (technology assessment). Z zakresu umiejętności: PEK_ HUM U01: Student potrafi pozyskiwać informacje z literatury filozoficzno-etycznej, a także interpretować naukowe teksty z dziedziny etyki ogólnej i etyki inżynierskiej. W oparciu o wiedzę z zakresu uzasadnienia norm etycznych w różnych nurtach filozoficznych, student potrafi sproblematyzować dylematy etyczne związane z wykonywaniem zawodu. Jest tylko wykład, a wykład nie generuje umiejętności.

TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE


Wy1 Etyka jako dyscyplina filozoficzna 1

Wy2 Główne szkoły metaetyczne 1

Wy3 Problem sumienia 1

Wy4 Podstawowe pojęcia etyczne – problem uzasadnienia norm etycznych 1

Wy5 Sposoby uzasadnienia norm w etykach deontologicznych 1

Wy6 Sposoby uzasadnienia norm w etyce utylitarystycznych 1

Wy7 Problemy działalności technicznej 1 Wy8 Determinizm techniczny w świetle sporu o możliwość wolności 1 Wy9 Elementy socjologii zawodu 1 Wy10 Status etyki inżynierskiej 1 Wy11 Problem odpowiedzialności zawodowej inżyniera 1 Wy12 Etyczna ocena wdrażania nowych technologii (TA) 1 Wy13 Struktura i funkcja kodeksów inżynierskiej etyki zawodowej 1 Wy14 Prezentacja wybranych inżynierskich kodeksów etycznych cz. 1. 1 Wy15 Prezentacja wybranych inżynierskich kodeksów etycznych cz. 2. 1

Suma godzin 15

STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE N1. Prezentacja multimedialna N2. Wykład informacyjny N3. Dyskusja

1 - Skrót: „PEK_HUM” - Przedmiotowy Efekt Kształcenia realizowany w ramach kursów humanistycznych, opracowany w odniesieniu do Efektów kształcenia w zakresie nauk technicznych.





F1 PEK_ HUM U01 Warunkująca przystąpienie do kolokwium końcowego rozprawka rozwiązująca wybrany problem postawiony w materiale wykładów

P PEK_HUM W08 Kolokwium pisemne z materiału wykładów

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA:

1) Agazzi E., Dobro, zło i nauka, tłum. E. Kałuszyńska, Warszawa 1997. 2) Anzenbacher A., Wprowadzenie do etyki, 2008.

3) Birnbacher D., Odpowiedzialność za przyszłe pokolenia, Kraków 1999. 4) Chyrowicz B. [red.], Etyka i technika w poszukiwaniu ludzkiej doskonałości, Lublin 2004. 5) Galewicz W. [red.], Moralność i profesjonalizm. Spór o pozycję etyk zawodowych, Kraków

2010. 6) Gasparski W., Dobro, zło i technika, [w:] Problemy etyczne techniki, Instytut Problemów

Współczesnej Cywilizacji, Warszawa 1999, s. 17-26. 7) Gasparski W., Dobro, zło i technika, „Zagadnienia Naukoznawstwa” 1999 nr 3-4, s. 386-391. 8) Goćkowski J. Pigoń K., Etyka zawodowa ludzi nauki, Wrocław 1991.

9) Jonas H., Zasada odpowiedzialności. Etyka dla cywilizacji technologicznej, tłum. M. Klimowicz, Kraków 1996.

10) Kiepas A., Człowiek – technika – środowisko: człowiek współczesny wobec wyzwań końca wieku, Katowice 1999.

11) Kiepas A., Człowiek wobec dylematów filozofii techniki, Katowice 2000. 12) Kiepas A., Nauka – technika – kultura: studium z zakresu filozofii techniki, Katowice 1984. 13) Ossowska M., Normy moralne. Próba systematyzacji, Warszawa 2003. 14) Postman N., Technolpol: triumf techniki nad kulturą, Warszawa 1995. 15) Styczeń T., Wprowadzenie do etyki, Lublin 1993.

LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJ ĄCA:

1) Bober, W. J., Powinność w świecie cyfrowym: etyka komputerowa w świetle współczesnej filozofii moralnej, 2008.

2) Kotarbiński T., Dzieła wszystkie. Prakseologia, Ossolineum 2003.

3) Lisak M. Elementy etyki w zawodzie architekta, 2006.

4) Słowiński B., Podstawy sprawnego działania, Koszalin 2007. 5) Sołtysiak G., Kodeksy etyczne w Polsce, Warszawa 2006.

6) Sułek M., Swiniarski J., Etyka jako filozofia dobrego działania zawodowego, Warszawa 2001.

7) Ślipko T., Zarys etyki ogólnej, Kraków 2004. 8) Ślipko T., Zarys etyki szczegółowej: t.1: Etyka osobowa, t.2: Etyka społeczna, Kraków

2005. 9) Wawszczak, W., Humanizacja Inżynierów, „Forum Akademickie” nr 9, wrzesień

2003, s. 38-40.

OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMI Ę, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL) Dr Krzysztof Serafin, [email protected]

MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU Etyka inżynierska

Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA W ZAKRESIE NAUK TECHNICZNYCH



dotyczy)


Numer narzędzia

dydaktycznego

(wiedza) PEK_HUM W08

T1A_ W08; T2A_ W08 C1, C3 Wy 1 – Wy 15 N1, N2, N3

(umiejętności) PEK_HUM U01

T1A_U01; T2A_U01 C2 Wy 7, Wy 8

Wy 10 –Wy15 N1, N2, N3